Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


MA  TH  I   LI) A 


I3ENN  I  ON 


imfrovememi 

Era. 


iS^ 


&v> 


LO; 


DECEMBER,  1922 
VOL.  26  NO.  2 


ORGAN  OF  THE  PRIESTHOOD 
QUORUMS, THE  YOUNG  MENS 
MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT  ASSOCIA- 
TIONS AND  THE  SCHOOLS  OF  THE 
CHURCH  OF  JESUS  CHRIST  OF  w 
LATTER-DAY  SAINTS  «w«w«*«w 

PUBLISHED  MONTHLY  BY  THE 

GENERAL  BOARD  YM.MJA 

SALT  LAKE  CITY 

UTAH 


READ  IT 

BELIEVE  IN  IT 


%  f   '/■>    IN  SALT  LAKE  CITY  AND  UTAH 

I  She -Deseret  Keiu^ 

is  read  in  more  homes  than 
any  other  evening  paper 

-JLii  »  •  Peop/e  /ike  it    • 


Latter-day  Saints  Garments 

APPROVED  CORRECT  PATTERN 

Prepaid  Parcel  Post  to  any  part  of  the  United  States  If  paid  In  ad- 
vance,  20c    extra   on    each    garment    to    Canada    or    Mexico. 

These  Approved  Temple  Garments  are  knitted  and  made  right  here 
in  our  own  Utah  factory,  to  your  special  order  and  measurements.  Lowest 
prices  on  market.  Mail  your  order  to  us  now  and  say  you  saw  It  in  the) 
"Improvement  Era."      If   order   is   C.    O.   D.  you   pay  the    postage. 

LOOK   FOR   THE   APPROVED    LABEL   IN    EVERY    GARMENT 
No.  Price 

4      Light    summer    weight    bleached $1.40 

11      Light     weight     cotton 1.00 

20      Light     weight     cotton     blenched 1.75 

60      Medium    weight    cotton 1.75 

22      Medium    weight    cotton     bleached 2.00 

00      Heavy    weight    cotton    unbleached 2.25 

24      Heavy    weight    cotton    bleached 2.50 

50      Extra  white  double  bleached,   mercerized 3.00 

10      Medium    weight    wool    mixture.  .  . '. 3.00 

16     Heavy  weight  wool   mixture 4.00 

70      Snow   white    Silkileen 3.40 

18     All    Merino    Wool 5.50 

Sizes  from  22     to  44  bust,  52  to  64  lengths,  as  desired..    Longer  than  64 

inches    or   over  44   In.    bust,    each   size   20c    extra.    .Garments   with    doable 

backs  25c  extra  per  suit.    .  We   will   make  any  size   desired. 

Measure  bust  around  body  under  arms;   length  from  center  on  top  ot 

shoulder  down   to   inside  of  ankle.      Orders  for  less  than  two  garments  not 

accepted. 

We    manufacture    sweater    coats,    Jersey    good*    and    underwear,    also 

flannel    shirts    and    Mackinaw    coats. 

MODEL   KNITTING    WORKS 

FRANKLYN   CHRIST1ANSON,   Manager 
657  Iverson  St.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  Phone  Hy.  516 

"RELIABLE   AGENTS    WANTED" 


WHEN   WRITING  TO   ADVERTISERS,   PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Jf or  Cfjrisftmas;  Jfflorn 

1922 

Swift  pass  the  years,  again  it  is  the  morn 
That  speaks  of  Him  and  of  His  gentle  life; 
Ten  centuries  and  nine  since  He  was  born, 
The  Prince  of  Peace  who  came  to  conquer  strife. 
Yea,  now  the  anthem  rises  in  His  praise, 
The  holly  wreath  hangs  in  the  church  and  home, 
Yea,  the  child  Jesus,  star  to  Herod's  days, 
From  Bethlehem  hath  vanquished  pagan  Rome. 
Yet  war  on  war  sweeps  on  from  land  to  land, 
Christ's  reign  of  love  upon  the  sword  yet  waits ; 
'Twixt  Hope  and  Fear  the  nations  anxious  stand, 
From  Russian  snows  to  Smyrna's  broken  gates ; 
0,  while  men's  passions,  sea-like,  rage  and  toss, 
Be  not  in  vain  His  anguish  on  the  Cross! 

Alfred  Lambourne 


ELDER  DAVID  O.  McKAY 
Of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve,  who  left  on  November  8  to  preside  over 
the  European  mission.  At  the  recent  semiannual  Conference  he  said: 
'Two-thousand  missionaries  were  preaching,  by  'plain  living  and  high  tfimh- 
ing,'  the  efficacy  of  'Mormonism.'  There  should  be  about  two-hundred- 
fifty  times  two-thousand  missionaries  in  the  organized  wards  and  brandies 
of  the  Church,  who  by  example  in  the  home,  by  devotion  and  service  tc* 
God  should  preach  the  gospel,  and  show  that  they  believe  and  know  that 
God  is  our  Father." 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Vol.  XXVI  DECEMBER,  1922  No.  2 


On  Government  and  Law* 

Letttr-day  Saints  Counseled  to  Obey  the  Laws  of  God  and  Man 
By  President  Heber  J.  Grant 


It  is  a  source  of  great  pleasure  and  satisfaction  to  me  to  see  such 
a  magnificent  audience  here  today,  almost  completely  filling  this 
house.  I  am  sure  that  those  who  are  standing  in  the  gallery  and  on 
the  south  side  of  the  building,  by  a  little  closing  up  on  the  part  of 
the  audience,  could  all  have  a  seat.  I  have  no  recollection  of  ever 
seeing  an  audience  here  on  a  week  day,  in  the  opening  of  our  con- 
ference, where  there  were  so  many  people  standing  when  we  com- 
menced speaking.  There  could  be  no  greater  evidence  of  the  interest  of 
the  Latter-day  Saints  than  is  shown  by  this  great  outpouring  of  people 
at  the  first  meeting  of  our  General  Conference,  and  I  am  grateful  to 
all  those  who  are  here  assembled.  I  know  you  have  come  here  with  a 
desire  to  be  fed  the  bread  of  life.  I  have  no  desire  whatever  to  say 
anything  to  you  this  morning  except  that  which  may  be  for  your  bene- 
fit, as  well  as  for  my  own. 

ENGAGED  FOR  MANY  YEARS  IN  PROCLAIMING  THE  GOSPEL 

Forty  years  ago  this  October  conference,  I  met  the  late  Elder 
George  Teasdale  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve,  at  the  south  gate,  and 
he  shook  hands  with  me  and  said:  "Brother  Grant,  I  am  delighted 
to  see  you.  You  and  I  are  going  to  be" — and  he  stopped  suddenly 
and  his  face  turned  red;  but  the  Lord  gave  me  the  balance  of  the 
sentence.  Four  times  in  my  life  I  have  been  permitted  to  read  the 
thoughts  of  people.  The  balance  of  Brother  Teasdale's  sentence  was — 
"sustained  this  afternoon  as  apostles  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  to  fill 
the  vacancies  in  the  Quorum,"  and  that  went  through  me 
like  a  shock  of  electricity.  I  came  to  the  Sunday  afternoon  meet- 
ing of  the  conference,  because  of  this  partial  sentence,  and  the  bal- 
ance that  was  given  to  me,  with  the  assurance  in  my  heart  that  Brother 
Teasdale  and  myself  would  be  sustained  as  apostles.  Those  of  you 
who  were  at  that  conference  remember  that  it  adjourned  without  fill- 
ing those  vacancies.     I  do  not  believe  that  any  mortal  man  ever  more 

*Opening  speech  at  the  late  Semi-annual  Conference  of  the  Church,  Oct.  6,  1922. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  as  second  class  matter.  Ac- 
ceptance for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided  for  in  Section  1 103,  Act  of> 
October  3,  1917,  authorized  on  July  2,  1918,  $2  per  annum. 

Address  Room  406  Church  Office  Building,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 


98  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

humbly  supplicated  God  during  the  next  few  days  to  forgive  him  for 
his  egotism  than  I  did  for  thinking  that  I  was  to  be  chosen  as  an 
apostle.  As  you  are  aware,  within  a  week  a  revelation  came  to 
John  Taylor  calling  Brother  Teasdale  and  myself  to  those  positions. 
For  forty  years  I  have  been  engaged  in  proclaiming  the  gospel  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  and  bearing  witness  to  my  knowledge  that 
God  lives,  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ,  the  Savior  of  the  world,  that 
Joseph  Smith  is  a  prophet  of  the  true  and  the  living  God.  I  have  had 
the  privilege  of  bearing  that  testimony  in  nearly  every  state  of  the 
Union,  in  Canada  on  the  north,  in  Mexico  on  the  south,  in  the  Hawai- 
ian Islands,  in  far-off  Japan,  in  England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  Wales. 
Germany,  Holland,  Belgium,  Switzerland,  France,  Italy,  Norway,  Swe- 
den, and  Denmark,  and  I  have  had  exceeding  great  joy,  during  all  of 
those  forty  years,  in  bearing  this  testimony. 

I  was  undecided  in  my  mind,  before  coming  to  this  meeting  which 
of  the  many  things  that  I  had  read  in  the  Book  of  Mormon  and  in 
the  Doctrine  and  Covenants  I  would  speak  upon.  The  only  question  was : 
Which  is  the  one  theme  to  present?  I  have  no  hesitancy  now  as  to 
the  thing  to  talk  about,  because  the  opening  prayer  was  on  the  identi- 
cal subject  of  the  first  item  that  I  read  this  morning  in  the  Doctrine 
and  Covenants,  and  that  was  to  sustain  and  to  uphold  the  laws  of  the 
land. 

BELIEF    OF    THE    LATTER-DAY    SAINTS    ON    GOVERNMENT    AND 
LAWS    IN    GENERAL 

I  have  been  criticized,  time  and  time  again,  by  friends  and  others, 
and  have  had  much  splendid  advice  given  to  me  not  to  read  so  much 
in  public  because  nothing  could  be  more  tiresome  to  an  audience  than 
reading;  but  I  am  not  here  for  the  purpose  of  saying  something  to 
tickle  your  ears  or  to  please  you,  but  I  am  here  with  a  prayer  in  my 
heart  to  say  those  things  that  shall  be  for  your  best  good  and  benefit, 
and  mine  also.  I  honestly  believe  that  it  will  be  for  our  best  good  to 
hear  every  word  of  an  entire  section  of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants 
which  is: 

"A  Declaration  of  Belief  regarding  Governments  and  Laws  in  general, 
adopted  by  unanimous  vote  at  a  general  assembly  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 
of  Latter-day  Saints,  held  at  Kirtland,  Ohio,  August  17,  /VJ5."     (Section  134.) 

"We  believe  that  governments  were  instituted  of  God  for  the  benefit  of 
man ;  and  that  he  holds  men  accountable  for  their  acts  in  relation  to  them,  both 
in  making  laws  and  administering  them,  for  the  good  and  safety  of  society. 

"We  believe  that  no  government  can  exist  in  peace,  except  such  laws  are 
framed  and  held  inviolate  as  will  secure  to  each  individual  the  free  exercise 
of  conscience,  the  right  and  control  of  property,  and  the  protection  of  life." 
(And  that  means  the  right  to  labor  without  taking  the  chance  of  being  killed.) 

"We  believe  that  all  governments  necessarily  require  civil  officers  and 
magistrates)  to  enforce  the  laws  of  the  same ;  and  that  such  as  will  administer 
the  law  in  equity  and  justice  should  be  sought  for  and  upheld  by  the  voice 
of  the  people  (if  a  republic)  or  the  will  of  the  sovereign. 

"We  believe  that  religion  is  instituted  of  God ;  and  that  men  are  amenable 
to  him,  and  to  him  only,  for  the  exercise  of  it,  unless  their  religious  opinions 


ON  GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW  99 

prompt  them  to  infringe  upon  the  rights  and  liberties  of  others ;  but  we  do  not 
believe  that  human  law  has  a  right  to  interfere  in  prescribing  rules  of  wor- 
ship to  bind  the  consciences  of  men,  nor  dictate  forms  for  public  or  private 
devotion ;  that  the  civil  magistrate  should  restrain  crime,  but  never  control 
conscience ;  should  punish  guilt,  but  never  suppress  the  freedom  of  the  soul. 

"We  believe  that  all  men  are  bound  to  sustain  and  uphold  the  respective 
governments  in  which  they  reside,  while  protected  in  their  inherent  and  in- 
alienable rights  by  the  laws  of  such  governments ;  and  that  sedition  and  re- 
bellion are  unbecoming  every  citizen  thus  protected,  and  should  be  punished 
accordingly ;  and  that  all  governments  have  a  right  to  enact  such  laws  as  in 
their  own  judgments  are  best  calculated  to  secure  the  public  interest;  at  the 
same  time,  however,   holding  sacred  the   freedom  of  conscience. 

"We  believe  that  every  man  should  be  honored  in  his  station,  rulers  and 
magistrates  as  such,  being  placed  for  the  protection  of  the  innocent  and  the 
punishment  of  the  guilty;  and  that  to  the  laws  all  men  owe  respect  and  defer- 
ence, as  without  them  peace  and  harmony  would  be  supplanted  by  anarchy 
and  terror;  human  laws  being  instituted  for  the  express  purpose  of  regulating 
our  interests  as  individuals  and  nations,  between  man  and  man ;  and  divine 
laws  given  of  heaven,  prescribing  rules  on  spiritual  concerns,  for  faith  and 
worship,  both  to  be  answered  by  man  to  his  Maker. 

"We  believe  that  rulers,  states,  and  governments  have  a  right,  and  are 
bound  to  enact  laws  for  the  protection  of  all  citizens  in  the  free  exercise  of 
their  religious  belief;  but  we  do  not  believe  that  they  have  a  right  in  justice 
to  deprive  citizens  of  this  privilege,  or  proscribe  them  in  their  opinions,  so 
long  as  a  regard  and  reverence  are  shown  to  the  laws  and  such  religious 
opinions  do  not  justify  sedition  nor  conspiracy. 

"We  believe  that  the  commission  of  crime  should  be  punished  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  offense;  that  murder,  treason,  robbery,  theft,  and  the  breach 
of  the  general  peace,  in  all  respects,  should  be  punished  according  to  their  crim- 
inality, and  their  tendency  to  evil  among  men,  by  the  laws  of  that  govern- 
ment in  which  the  offense  is  committed ;  and  for  the  public  peace  and  tran- 
quility, all  men  should  step  forward  and  use  their  ability  in  bringing  offenders 
against  go,od  laws  to  punishment. 

"We  do  not  believe  it  just  to  mingle  religious  influence  with  civil  gov- 
ernment, whereby  one  religious  society  is  fostered  and  another  proscribed  in  its 
spiritual  privileges,  and  the  individual  rights  of  its  members,  as  citizens,  denied. 

"We  believe  that  a1l  religious  societies  have  a  right  to  deal  with  their  mem- 
bers for  disorderly  conduct,  according  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  such  so- 
cieties;  provided  that  such  dealings  be  for  fellowship  and  good  standing;  but 
we  do  not  believe  that  any  religious  society  has  authority  to  try  men  on  the 
right  of  property  or  life,  to  take  from  them  this  world's  goods,  or  to  put  them 
in  jeopardy  of  either  life  or  limb,  or  to  inflict  any  physical  punishment  upon 
them.  They  can  only  excommunicate  them  from  their  society,  and  withdraw 
from  them  their  fellowship. 

"We  believe  that  men  should  appeal  to  the  civil  law  for  redress  of  all 
wrongs  and  grievances,  where  personal  abuse  is  inflicted,  or  the  right  of  prop- 
erty or  character  infringed,  where  such  laws  exist  as  will  protect  the  same;  but 
we  believe  that  all  men  are  justified  in  defending  themselves,  their  friends, 
ana  property,  and  the  government,  from  the  unlawful  assaults  and  encroach- 
ments of  all  persons  in  times  of  exigency,  where  immediate  appeal  cannot  be 
made  to  the  laws,  and  relief  afforded. 

"We  believe  it  just  to  preach  the  gospel  to  the  nations  of  the  earth,  and 
warn  the  righteous  to  save  themselves  from  the  corruption  of  the  world ;  but 
we  do  not  believe  it  right  to  interfere  wih  bond-servants,  neither  preach  the 
gospel  to,  nor  baptize  them,  contrary  to  the  will  and  wish  of  their  masters,  nor 
to  meddle  with  or  influence  them  in  the  least,  to  cause  them  to  be  dissatisfied 


100  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

with  their  situation  in  this  life,  thereby  jeopardizing  the  lives  of  men;  such 
interference  we  believe  to  be  unlawful  and  unjust,  and  dangerous  to  the  peace 
of  every  government  allowing  human  beings  to  be  held  in  servitude." 

DUTY  OF  THE  SAINTS  TO  SUSTAIN  AND  LIVE  THE  LAW 

I  endorse  with  all  my  heart  this  declaration  sustained  by  the 
unanimous  vote  of  the  general  conference  in  1835.  I  am  convinced 
beyond  the  shadow  of  a  doubt  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every  Latter-day 
Saint  to  sustain  and  live  the  law.  I  believe  that  every  Latter-day  Saint 
who  has  any  idea  in  his  or  her  heart  that  some  law  has  been  passed 
that  is  not  a  righteous  law,  after  it  has  been  fought  out  in  the  courts 
and  has  been  decided,  whatever  the  decision  may  be,  by  the  highest 
tribunal  of  our  great  and  glorious  country,  the  Supreme  Court  of 
the  United  States,  that  it  is  his  duty  to  obey  such  law.  I  believe  that 
every  Latter-day  Saint — and  by  the  way  no  man  is  a  Latter-day  Saint 
who  drinks  whisky — but  any  "Mormon"  who  drinks  whisky  today 
knows  that  he  is  in  condemnation  before  the  Lord  Almighty,  whether 
he  is  the  one  who  bought  the  whisky,  or  whether  he  is  simply  a  par- 
taker of  it.  I  believe  that  every  Latter-day  Saint  owes  it  to  himself 
to  uphold  and  sustain  what  is  known  as  the  cigarette  law,  and  I  be- 
lieve that  we  as  a  people  should  know  by  the  announcement  of  every 
man  who  is  to  be  elected  to  the  legislature,  that  he  will  stand  for  that 
law,  and  if  he  will  not  so  announce  himself,  if  his  opponent,  no  matter 
what  his  politics  may  be,  will  stand  for  that  law,  that  we  ought  to  bury 
our  politics  and  vote  for  the  man  favoring  the  retaining  and  enforcing 
of  the  cigarette  law. 

BEST  MEN   SHOULD  BE  CHOSEN   REGARDLESS   OF   POLITICS 

Politics  reminds  me  very  much  of  the  measles.  The  measles  don't 
hurt  much  if  you  will  take  a  little  saffron  tea  or  something  else  to 
keep  them  on  the  surface,  but  if  they  once  set  in  on  you,  they  turn 
your  hide  yellow  and  sometimes  make  you  cross-eyed.  So  do  not  let 
politics  set  in  on  you.  I  believe  absolutely  in  the  best  men  for  office. 
I  believe  in  honest,  upright,  good  men  being  chose  to  occupy  places 
and  positions  in  the  state  and  in  the  Church. 

THE  SAINTS  BELIEVE  IN  THE  WORDS  OF  THE  PROPHET  JOSEPH 

We  testify  to  all  the  world  that  Joseph  Smith  met  the  Creator  of 
heaven  and  earth.  We  testify  to  all  the  world  that  in  answer  to  the 
question  asked  of  God,  as  to  which  of  all  the  various  religions  in 
the  world  had  the  truth,  that  God  pointed  to  his  son,  Jesus  Christ, 
and  announced  that  he  was  his  well  beloved  Son  and  said:  "Hear 
him,"  and  that  the  Savior  of  the  world  told  Joseph  Smith  to  join 
none  of  them.  We  believe  that  the  man  who  promulgated  these  state- 
ments regarding  government  and  laws  was  a  prophet  of  the  living 
God.  We  believe  the  statements  made  in  the  section  following  what 
I  have  read  to  you — and  by  the  way,  as  I  am  not  here  to  please  you, 
I  will  also  read  Section  135: 


ON  GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW  101 

"Martyrdom  of  Joseph  Smith  the  Prophet,  and  his  brother,  Hyrum  Smith 
the  Patriarch,  at  Carthage,  Illinois,  June  27,  1844. 

"To  seal  the  testimony  of  this  book  and  the  Book  of  Mormon,  we  an- 
nounce the  martyrdom  of  Joseph  Smith  the  Prophet,  and  Hyrum  Smith  the 
Patriarch.  They  were  shot  in  Carthage  jail,  on  the  27th  of  June,  1844,  about 
five  o'clock  p.  m.,  by  an  armed  mob — painted  black — of  from  150  to  200  per- 
sons. Hyrum  was  shot  first  and  fell  calmly,  exclaiming:  /  am  a  dead  man! 
Joseph  leaped  from  the  window,  and  was  shot  dead  in  the  attempt,  exclaim- 
ing: 0  Lord,  my  God!  They  were  both  shot  after  they  were  dead,  in  a 
brutal  manner,  and  both  received  four  balls. 

"John  Taylor  and  Willard  Richards,  two  of  the  Twelve,  were  the  only 
persons  in  the  room  at  the  time;  the  former  was  wounded  in  a  savage  man- 
ner with  four  balls,  but  has  since  recovered;  the1  latter,  through  the  provi- 
dence of  God,  escaped,  without  even  a  hole  in  his  robe. 

"Joseph  Smith,  the  Prophet  and  Seer  of  the  Lord,  has  done  more, 
save  Jesus  only,  for  the  salvation  of  men  in  this  world,  than  any  other 
man  that  ever  lived  in  it.  In  the  short  space  of  twenty  years,  he  has 
brought  forth  the  Book  of  Mormon,  which  he  translated  by  the  gift  and 
power  of  God,  and  has  been  the  means  of  publishing  it  on  two  con- 
tinents; has  sent  the  fulness  of  the  everlasting  gospel,  which  it  contained, 
to  the  four  quarters  of  the  earth;  has  brought  forth  the  revelations  and 
commandments  which  compose  this  book  of  Doctrine  and  Covenants,  and 
many  other  wise  documents  and  instructions  for  the  benefit  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men;  gathered  many  thousands  of  the  Latter-day  Saints,  founded 
a  great  city,  and  left  a  fame  and  name  that  cannot  be  slain.  He  lived 
great,  and  he  died  great  in  the  eyes  of  God  and  his  people;  and  like  most 
of  the  Lord's  anointed  in  ancient  times,  has  sealed  his  mission  and  his 
works  with  his  own  blood;  and  so  has  his  brother  Hyrum.  In  life  they  were 
not  divided,  and  in  death   they  were  not  separated! 

"When  Joseph  went  to  Carthage  to  deliver  himself  up  to  the  pretended 
requirements  of  the  law,  two  or  three  days  previous  to  his  assassination, 
he  said:  'I  am  going  like  a  lamb  to  the  slaughter;  but  I  am  calm  as  a 
summer's  morning;  I  have  a  conscience  void  of  offense  towards  God,  and 
towards  all  men.  I  shall  die  innocent,  and  it  shall  yet  be  said  of  me — he 
was  murdered  in  cold  blood.'"  (And  that  is  said  of  him  all  over  the  world, 
whether  by  members  of  the  Church  or  not,  who  are  familiar  with  all  the 
circumstances.  A  more  dastardly,  outrageous  murder  was  never  before 
committed  in  the  world.) 

"The  same  morning,  after  Hyrum  had  made  ready  to  go — shall  it  be 
said  to  the  slaughter?  yes,  for  so  it  was — he  read  the  following  paragraph, 
near  the  close  of  the  twelfth  chapter  of  Ether,  in  the  Book  of  Mormon, 
and  tunned  down  the  leaf  upon  it: 

"'And  it  came  to  pass  that  I  prayed  unto  the  Lord  that  he  would  give 
unto  the  Gentiles  grace,  that  they  might  have  charity.  And  it  came  to 
pass  that  the  Lord  said  unto  me:  If  they  have  not  charity  it  mattereth  not 
unto  thee,  thou  hast  been  faithful;  wherefore  thy  garments  are  clean.  And 
because  thou  hast  seen  thy  weakness,  thou  shalt  be  made  strong,  even 
un+o  the  sitting  down  in  the  place  which  I  have  prepared  in  the  mansions 
of  my  Father.  And  now  I  *  *  *  bid  farewell  unto  the  Gentiles;  yea, 
and  also  unto  my  brethren  whom  I  love,  until  we  shall  meet  before  the 
judgment-seat  of  Christ,  where  all  men  shall  know  that  my  garments  are 
not  spotted  with  yor  blood.'  The  testators  are  now  dead,  and  their  testament 
is1  in  force." 

My  mother,  as  a  young-  woman,  lived  in  Nauvoo  for  years.     She 
assured  me  that  no  more  God-fearing,  upright  mortal  ever  trod  the 


102  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

earth  than  Hyrum  Smith,  the  Patriarch,  and  I  have  no  doubt  what- 
ever as  to  the  absolute  exaltation  of  Joseph  and  Hyrum  in  the  presence 
of  the  Lord.  I  have  no  doubt  that  these  two  men  are  assisting  in 
directing,  by  the  power  that  they  have  on  the  other  side,  the  work  of 
God  here  on  the  earth,  notwithstanding  their  martyrdom. 

"Hyrum  Smith  was  forty-four  years  old  in  February,  1844,  and  Joseph 
Smith  was  thirty-eight  in  December,  1843;  and  henceforward  their  names  will 
be  classed  among  the  martyrs  of  religion ;  and  the  reader  in  every  nation  will 
be  reminded  that  the  Book  of  Mormon,  and  this  book  of  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants of  the  Church,  cost  the  best  blood  of  the  nineteenth  century  to  bring 
them  forth  for  the  salvation  pi  a  ruined  world ;  and  that  if  the  fire  can  scathe 
a  green  tree  for  the  glory  of  God,  how  easy  it  will  burn  up  the  dry  trees  to 
purify  thq  vineyard  of  corruption.  They  lived  for  glory;  they  died  for  glory; 
anid  glory  is  their  eternal  reward.  From  age  to  age  shall  their  names  go 
down  to  posterity  as  gems  for  the  sanctified. 

"They  were  innocent  of  any  crime,  as  they  had  often  been  proved  before, 
and  were  only  confined  in  jail  by  the  conspiracy  of  traitors  and  wicked  men; 
and  their  innocent  blood  on  the  floor  of  Carthage  jail  is  a  broad  seal  affixed 
to  'Mormonism'  that  cannot  be  rejected  by  any  court  on  earth,  and  their  in- 
nocent blood  on  the  escutcheon  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  with  the  broken  faith 
of  the  State  as  pledged  by  the  governor,  is  a  witness  to  the  truth  of  the  ever- 
lasting gospel  that  all  the  world  cannot  impeach ;  and  their  innocent  blood  on 
the  banner  of  liberty,  and  on  the  magna  charta  of  the  United  States,  is  an 
ambassador  for  the  religion  of  Jesus  Christ,  that  will  touch  the  hearts  of 
honest  men  among  all  nations ;  and  their  innocent  blood,  with  the  innocent 
blood  of  all  the  martyrs  under  the  altar  that  John  'saw,  will  cry  unto  the  Lord  of 
Hosts  till  he  avenges  that  blood  on  the  earth." 

THIS  AUDIENCE  A  TESTIMONY  TO  THE  DIVINITY  OF  THE  CHURCH 

I  have  understood  that  this  splendid  account  of  the  martyrdom  of 
Joseph  and  Hyrum  Smith  was  written  by  President  John  Taylor, 
known  as  the  "Champion  of  Liberty"  who  received  four  shots  in  his 
body  and  who  lived  carrying  some  of  those  bullets  to  his  grave,  and 
who,  years  after  the  martyrdom,  stood  before  the  people  in  this  stand 
as  the  President,  Prophet,  Seer  and  Revelator  of  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ.  Men  may  conspire,  men  may  work  against  the  Church  of 
God  again  established  upon  the  earth,  but  the  statement  here  made 
that  no  man,  saving  Jesus  Christ  himself,  has  done  more  for  the  sal- 
vation of  humanity  than  did  Joseph  Smith,  cannot  be  controverted.  I 
am  at  the  defiance  of  the  world  to  have  any  religious  people,  I  do  not 
care  where  you  go,  with  no  more  members  than  the  Latter-day  Saints 
have,  to  call  a  conference  of  the  people  and  have  such  a  splendid 
audience  as  there  is  here  today.  This  very  audience  is  a  testimony  to 
every  living  soul  who  stops  to  reflect  upon  it,  that  God  has  in  very 
deed,  through  the  instrumentality  of  Joseph  Smith,  established  again 
upon  the  earth  the  plan  of  life  and  salvation ;  that  Jesus  Christ  did 
direct  him.  All  the  disbelief  of  all  the  world  that  God  and  Jesus 
Christ  spoke  to  him,  cannot  change  the  fact,  if  it  is  a  fact — and  God 
has  given  to  me,  to  hundreds  and  thousands,  and  tens  of  thousands  of 
his  children,  from  the  country  of  the  Midnight  Sun,  Scandinavia,  clear 


ON  GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW  103 

down  to  South  Africa,  all  over  Europe,  from  Canada  to  South  America, 
and  all  over  the  Islands  of  the  sea,  an  absolute  witness  by  the  Holy 
Spirit  that  Joseph  Smith  is  in  very  deed  a  Prophet  of  the  living  God. 

FALSEHOODS    STILL    PROMULGATED    COCERNING    THE    CHURCH 

Allow  me  to  read  a  news  clipping  sent  me  in  a  letter  by  former 
Governor  John  C.  Cutler.  He  says:  "I  thought  the  annexed  clipping 
would  be  information  to  you,  as  it  was  to  me": 

"MORMON  LEADER  POLITICAL  BOSS  SAYS  REFORMER 

(Exclusive  Dispatch) 

"IVinona  Lake  (Ind.)  August  9. — The  most  powerful  political  private 
individual  in  America  today  is  H.  J.  Grant,  head  of  the  'Mormon'  Kingdom," 
declared  Dr.  James  S.  Martin  of  Pittsburg,  superintendent  of  the  National 
Reform  Association,  in  addressing  the  annual  Christian  Citizenship  Institute 
here  today.  "Twenty-six  years  ago,"  he  continued,  "there  was  not  a  principal 
man  in  all  'Mormondom'  who  had  even  s,o  much  as  a  vote.  AH  had  been  dis- 
franchised by  the  United  States  government  on  account  of  their  crimes.  To- 
day H.  J.  Grant  patronizes  presidents,  makes  bargains  with  great  political 
parties,  dictates  the  political  policies  of  Utah  and  at  least  five  surrounding 
states  and  wields  effective  political  influences  in  at  least  five  others." 

The  gentleman  must  have  been  listening  to  one  of  the  lying 
speeches  of  a  notorious  anti-"  Mormon"  woman.  Martin  is  the  Super- 
intendent of  the  National  Reform  Association.  If  he  is  properly 
quoted  he  better  reform  himself,  and  purge  himself  of  falsehood. 
There  is  a  special  place  prepared  for  his  kind,  and  if  he  does  not  repent 
he  will  land  there.  I  announce  to  all  the  world  that  I  do  not  even 
control,  politicaly,  Utah,  and  that  I  have  no  desire  to  control  Utah,  that 
I  have  never  opened  my  mouth  in  favor  of  or  against  any  individual 
in  any  of  the  adjacent  states  that  he  is  reported  to  say  I  control  po- 
litically. Joseph  Smith  was  told  that  his  name  "should  be  had  for 
good  and  evil  among  all  nations,"  or  that  it  should  be  both  "good  and 
evil  spoken  of  among  all  people,"  and  we,  his  successors,  have  had 
the  same  privilege.  We  have  been  lied  about  most  scandalously.  One 
anti-" Mormon"  is  reported  to  have  said  that  I  had  fifteen  million 
dollars  in  a  Wall  Street  bank,  as  Trustee-in-Trust  for  the  Church ; 
and  I  never  had  fifteen  cents. 

DISBELIEF  AND  LIES  OF  THE  WORLD  CAN  NOT  STOP  THE  PROGRESS 

OF  THE  WORK 

As  I  have  said,  all  the  disbelief  of  all  the  world  and  all  the  lies 
of  men  like  Doctor  Martin,  who  might  inform  themselves  and  there- 
fore do  not  need  to  tell  these  lies,  cannot  stop  the  progress  of  this 
work.  Just  to  show  you  that  it  cannot  be  stopped,  let  me  read  a°"ain 
what  the  Lord  told  Joseph  Smith  when  he  was  incarcerated  in  Liberty 
Jail.  You  cannot  keep  the  revelations  of  the  Lord  even  from  com- 
ing to  the  Prophet  while  in  a  jail.  I  will  let  you  read  some  of  it 
yourselves.  It  is  Section  121.  Read  it  all.  I  will  start  with  the  33rd 
verse : 


104  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"How  long  can  rolling  waters  remain  impure?  What  power  shall  stay  the 
heavens  ?  As  well  might  man  stretch  forth  his  puny  arm  to  stop  the  Missouri 
river  in  its  decreed  course,  or  to  turn  it  up  stream,  as  to  hinder  the  Almighty 
from  pouring  down  knowledge  from  heaven  upon  the  heads  of  the  Latter-day 
Saints. 

"Behold,  there  are  many  called,  but  few  are  chosen.  And  why  are  they 
not  chosen? 

"Because  their  hearts  are  set  so  much  upon  the  things  of  this  world,  and 
aspire  to  the  honors  of  men,  that  they  do  not  learn  this  one  lesson — 

"That  the  rights  of  the  priesthood  are  inseparably  connected  with  the 
powers  of  heaven,  and  that  the  powers  of  heaven  cannot  be  controlled  nor 
handled  only  upon  the  principles  of  righteousness." 

Joseph  Smith,  Brigham  Young,  John  Taylor,  or  any  one  of  his 
successors,  cannot,  and  never  could,  handle  the  powers  of  heaven  only 
in  righteousness,  and  they  never  tried  to. 

"That  they  may  be  conferred  upon  us,  it  is  true ;  but  when  we  undertake 
to  cover  our  sins,  or  to  gratify  our  pride,  our  vain  ambition,  or  to  exercise 
control  or  dominion  or  compulsion  upon  the  souls  of  the  children  of  men, 
in  any  degree  of  unrighteousness,  behold,  the  heavens  withdraw  themselves ; 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  grieved ;  and  when  it  is  withdrawn,  Amen  to  the 
priesthood  or  the  authority  of  that  man. 

"Behold,  ere  he  is  aware,  he  is  left  unto  himself,  to  kick  against  the  pricks, 
to  persecute  the  saints,  and  to  fight  against  God. 

"We  have  learned  by  sad  experience  that  it  is  the  nature  and  disposition 
of  almost  all  men,  as  soon  as  they  get  a  little  authority,  as  they  suppose,  they 
will  immediately  begin  to  exercise  unrighteous  dominion. 

"Hence  many  are  called,  but  few  are  chosen. 

"No  power  or  influence  can  or  ought  to  be  maintained  by  virtue  of  the 
priesthood,  only  by  persuasion,  by  long-suffering,  by  gentleness  and  meekness, 
and  by  love  unfeigned; 

"By  kindness,  and  pure  knowledge,  which  shall  greatly  enlarge  the  soul 
without  hypocrisy,  and  without  guile — 

"Reproving  betimes  with  sharpness,  when  moved  upon  by  the  Holy  Ghost; 
and  then  showing  forth  afterwards  an  increase  of  love  toward  him  whom 
thou  hast  reproved,  lest  he  esteem  thee  to  be  his  enemy; 

"That  he  may  know  that  thy  faithfulness  is  stronger  than  the  cords  of 
death. 

"Let  thy  bowels  also  be  full  of  charity  towards  all  men,  and  to  the  house- 
hold of  faith,  and  let  virtue  garnish  thy  thoughts  unceasingly;  then  shall  thy 
confidence  wax  strong  in  the  presence  of  God ;  and  the  doctrine  of  the  priest- 
hood shall  distil  upon  thy  soul  as  the  dews  from  heaven. 

"The  Holy  Ghost  shall  be  thy  constant  companion,  and  thy  scepter  an 
unchanging  scepter  of  righteousness  and  truth;  and  thy  dominion  shall  be  an 
everlasting  dominion,  and  without  compulsory  means  it  shall  flow  unto  thee 
forever  and  ever." 

Liberty  Jail  did  not  keep  back  the  inspiration  of  the  living  God 
from  Joseph  Smith ;  as  few  if  any  greater  revelations  have  ever  been 
given  us  than  this  one  received  in  Liberty  Jail. 

I  will  now  quote  from  section  76: 

"And  this  is  the  Gospel,  the  glad  tidings,  which  the  voice  out  of  the 
heavens*  bore  record  unto  us — 


ON  GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW  i05 

''That  he  came  into  the  world,  even  Jesus,  to  be  crucified  for  the  world, 
and  to  bear  the  sins  of  the  world,  and  to  sanctify  the  world,  and  to  cleanse 
it  from  all  unrighteousness."     (Doc.  and  Cov.,  Sec.  76.) 

That  is  the  testimony  of  the  gospel  that  we  bear  to  all  the 
world.  Men  have  said:  "We  believe  that  Jesus  Christ  lives,  but  we 
don't  know  it."  Two  men  at  least  knew  it,  and  here  is  their  testi- 
mony ;  this  is  the  testimony  of  Joseph  Smith  and  Sidney  Rigdon : 

"And  now,  after  the  many  testimonies  which  have  been  given  of  him,  this 
is  the  testimony,  last  of  all,  which  we  give  of  him:  That  he  lives! 

"For  we  saw  him,  even  on  the  right  hand  of  God;  and  we  heard  the  voice 
bearing  record  that  he   is  the   Only  Begotten   of  the   Father — 

"That  by  him,  and  through  him,  and  of  him,  the  worlds  are  and  were 
created,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof  are  begotten  sons  and  daughters  unto 
God." 

OUR  SACRIFICES  FOR  THE  GOSPEL  A  PROOF  OF  OUR  LOVE  FOR  IT 

"Oh  but,"  says  one,  "I  don't  believe  it."  Once  more  allow  me 
to  announce  that  all  the  disbelief  of  all  the  world  cannot  change  the 
fact,  if  it  is  a  fact,  and  God  has  given  to  thousands  and  tens  of  thou- 
sands the  witness  by  the  revelations  of  his  Holy  Spirit  that  it  is  a  fact, 
that  "Mormonism"  socalled  by  the  world,  is  in  very  deed  the  plan  of 
life  and  salvation ;  that  Joseph  Smith  was  in  very  deed  the  Prophet 
of  the  true  and  living  God.  People  say:  "We  cannot  understand  the 
strength  of  "Mormonism,"  we  cannot  understand  why  two  thousand 
young  men  and  young  women  at  one  time,  at  their  own  expense  or 
at  the  expense  of  their  families,  will  go  into  the  world,  giving  their 
time  without  money  and  without  price,  to  proclaim  the  gospel  losing 
their  wages,  paying  their  own  way,  to  proclaim  your  faith."  Every 
Latter-day  Saint  can  understand  it.  They  understand  it  because  those 
young  men  and  those  young  women  who  go  out  to  proclaim  the  gos- 
pel, live  it,  they  in  very  deed  are  fulfilling  the  requirements  laid  down 
by  the  Savior  "to  love  the  Lord  our  God  with  all  our  heart,  mind, 
might  and  strength,"  and  the  next  great  commandment,  "to  love  our 
neighbor  as  ourselves."  No  other  people  in  all  the  world  are  giving 
such  an  evidence  of  the  love  of  God  and  the  love  of  their  fellows  as 
is  given  by  our  missionaries.  Day  after  day  the  majority  of  all  the 
letters  that  come  to  the  desk  of  the  Presidency  of  the  Church  are  from 
young  men  and  young  women  who  are  called  upon  missions,  and  it  is 
the  rarest  thing  in  the  world  to  find  a  missionary  call  that  is  not 
favorably  and  willingly  answered. 

When  we  send  out  these  calls  for  missions  the  answer  comes  back : 
"I  thank  the  Lord  that  he  has  seen  fit  to  inspire  his  servants  to  call 
me  upon  a  mission.  It  has  been  the  dream  of  my  life."  Another :  "My 
heart  has  always  longed  to  go  forth  and  proclaim  this  gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ.  I  am  grateful  that  the  call  has  come."  That  is  the  class  of 
letters  that  we  get  day  after  day.  There  are  tens  of  thousands  of  men 
and  women  who  have  gone  forth  to  proclaim  this  gospel,  and  the 
amount  of  sacrifice  in  actual  dollars,  in  proportion  to  our  numbers, 


id6  Improvement  era 

is  almost  beyond  calculation.  When  you  figure  that  these  people 
could  earn  probably,  on  an  average,  $100  per  month,  that  they  are 
spending  from  $20  to,  in  same  cases,  $60  and  $70  a  month,  an  average 
probably  of  nearly  $50;  that  two  thousand  or  nearly  that  number,  and 
sometimes  it  has  been  in  excess,  are  giving  all  this  time  and  this  ex- 
pense ;  add  it  together  and  it  amounts  to  several  million  dollars  a  year, 
and  all  done  with  no  hope  of  earthly  reward. 

THE  UNCERTAIN   REPLIES  OF  THE   MINISTERS 

I  remember  while  proclaiming  the  gospel  in  England  I  ran 
across  a  book  written  by  ex-Senator  Beveridge,  I  believe  he  was 
then  a  senator,  entitled,  The  Young  Man  and  the  World.  I  have  re- 
ferred to  it  many  times  here,  but  I  desire  to  rofer  to  it  again.  In  that 
book  I  found  chapters  on,  "The  Young  Man  and  the  Pulpit,"  "The 
Young  Man  and  His  Home,"  "The  Young  Man  and  the  Law ;"  and 
in  the  chapter  on  "The  Young  Man  and  the  Pulpit,"  he  said  that  a 
certain  individual  with  very  splendid  chances  for  favorable  answers, 
with  good  opportunities  during  an  entire  summer  vacation  asked  of  all 
the  ministers  that  he  met,  three  questions  and  he  announced  before 
coming  to  those  questions  that  one  of  the  greatest  transportation  men 
in  all  the  United  States  had  said  that  he  would  rather  have  a  knowl- 
edge that  we  live  again  and  that  the  soul  is  immortal  than  to  have 
the  greatest  honor  and  the  greatest  position  that  could  be  given  in  all 
the  world,  and  he  told  of  another  man  that  was  just  an  ordinary  ward 
politician  who  said  he  thought  of  many  strange  things — "Is  the  soul 
immortal  and  what  is  the  soul  anyway?"  The  three  questions  were 
as  follows: 

"First,  yes  or  no,  Do  you  believe  in  God,  the  Father;  God  a  per- 
son, God  a  definite  and  tangible  intelligence — not  a  congeries  of  laws 
floating  like  a  fog  through  the  universe;  but  God  a  person,  in  whose 
image  you  were  made?  Don't  argue;  don't  explain;  but  is  your  mind 
in  a  condition  where  you  can  answer  yes  or  no?" 

"Not  a  man  answered,  "Yes."  Each  man  wanted  to  explain  that 
the  Deity  might  be  a  definite  intelligence  or  might  not ;  that  the  'latest 
thought'  was  much  confused  upon  the  matter,  and  so  forth  and  so  on." 

Then  the  next  question: 

"Yes  or  no :  Do  you  believe  that  Christ  was  the  Son  of  the  living- 
God,  sent  by  him  to  save  the  world?  I  am  not  asking  whether  you 
believe  that  he  was  inspired,  in  the  sense  that  the  great  moral  teachers 
are  inspired — nobody  has  any  difficulty  about  that.  But  do  you  be- 
lieve that  Christ  was  God's  very  Son,  with  a  divinely  appointed  and 
definite  mission,  dying  on  the  cross  and  raised  from  the  dead — yes 
or  nor 

"Again  not  a  single  answer  with  an  unequivocal,  earnest  'Yes.' 
But  again  explanations  were  offered  and  in  at  least  half  the  instances 
the  sum  of  most  of  the  answers  was  that  Christ  was  the  most  perfect 


ON  GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW  107 

man  that  the  world  had  seen,  and  humanity's  greatest  moral  teacher.'' 
He  was  not  a  great  moral  teacher  if  he  was  not  the  Son  of  God, 
because  he  announced  himself  as  the  Son  of  God.  He  announced 
himself  as  the  Redeemer  of  the  world,  and  therefore  he  could  not  be 
a  great  moral  teacher,  if  the  foundation  upon  which  he  stood  was  a 
falsehood. 

The  third  question  was : 

"Do  you  believe  that  when  you  die  you  will  live  again  as  a  con- 
scious intelligence,  knowing  who  you  are  and  who  other  people  are?" 

"Again,  not  one  answer  was  unconditionally  affirmative.  'Of 
course  they  were  not  sure  as  a  matter  of  knowledge.'  'Of  course  that 
could  not  be  known  positively.'  " 

THE  DEFINITE  ANSWER  OF  THE  LATTER-DAY  SAINTS  TO  THESE  QUESTIONS 

The  Latter-day  Saints  everywhere  in  the  wide  world,  without 
one  moment's  hesitation,  would  answer:  "Yes,  yes,  yes,"  to  all  three 
of  those  questions.  We  have  no  doubt  that  God  is  a  person.  Joseph 
Smith  saw  him  and  talked  with  him.  We  have  no  doubt  that  Jesus 
Christ  is  the  Redeemer  of  the  world  because  he  declared  that  to  Sidney 
Rigdon  and  to  Joseph  Smith  in  the  declaration  that  I  have  just  read 
to  you.  We  have  no  doubt,  because  Jesus  Christ  appeared  in  the  Kirt- 
land  temple  to  Joseph  Smith  and  Oliver  Cowdery.  We  have  abso- 
lutely no  doubt  whatever  regarding  the  immortality  of  the  soul — • 

"And  should  we  die  before  our  journey's  through, 

Happy  day !  all  is  well ! 
We  then  are  free  from  toil  and  sorrow  too, 

With  the  just  we  shall  dwell." 

I  had  a  lettex  from  the  vice-president  of  a  great  banking  institu- 
tion, to  whom  I  sang  this  song  when  he  was  in  Utah,  and  he  asked  me 
for  a  copy  of  it.  A  few  days  later  he  repeated  to  me  the  last  verse, 
and  said: 

"Those  are  wonderfully  inspiring  words.  I  have  never  read  a 
verse  of  any  hymn  that  taught  such  an  absolute,  firm  conviction  in 
the  immortality  of  the  soul." 

In  a  letter  which  he  wrote  to  me  he  referred  to  those  words  again, 
and  he  said:  "I  consider  these  the  most  sublime  words  I  have  ever 
heard.  They  inspire  to  courage  and  that  beautiful  confidence  in  the 
immortality  of  the  soul  that  raises  man  to  the  stature  of  a  God." 

Latter-day  Saints  answer  those  questions  "Yes,  yes,  yes."  Mr. 
Beveridge  says  that  these  ministers  were  among  the  most  eloquent  and 
high-grade  ministers  in  the  Eastern  and  New  England  states,  and 
that  they  felt  there  was  a  decline  of  faith  among  the  people.  In  that 
connection  he  said : 

"Is  it  possible  that  such  priests  of  interrogation  could  warm  the 
hearts  of  men?"  He-.' .went  on  to  .say  before  he  asked  these  quetsions 
that  any  man  who  stood  up  in  the  pulpit  and  undertook  to  teach  the 


108  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

doctrines  of  Christ,  when  he  lacked  a  faith  in  those  doctrines  himself, 
committed  a  sacrilege  every  time  he  entered  the  pulpit. 

BELIEVE  WHAT  YOU  SAY 

I  have  heard  it  said  that  "damn"  is  not  swearing,  that  it  is  only- 
emphasis.  I  was  preaching  one  night  with  the  late  President  John 
Henry  Smith,  in  the  opera  house  in  Phoenix.  The  legislature  was  in 
session.  Hearing  that  two  of  the  "Mormon"  apostles  were  there, 
some  of  the  members  of  the  legislature  waited  on  us  and  said  they  had 
arranged  to  hire  the  opera  house,  and  they  would  agree  to  fill  it  if  we 
would  condescend  to  preach.  Well,  we  usually  hire  our  own  hall  and 
condescend  to  preach  to  empty  benches;  so,  of  course,  we  condescended, 
and  were  delighted  with  the  opportunity.  One  of  the  good  sisters 
who  came  down  from  Mesa  was  sitting  behind  a  man  while  I  was 
preaching,  and  she  heard  him  say,  with  emphasis,  that  I  was  an  earnest 
preacher.  Pretty  soon,  with  that  emphasis  again,  he  said  I  was  a 
good  preacher,  and  finally  once  more  with  emphasis  he  said :  "That 
man  believes  (with  emphasis)  every  word  he  is  saying."  I  ask  no 
greater  compliment. 

GRATITUDE  TO  PARENTS  WHO  WERE  TRUE  TO  THE  FAITH 

Before  I  sit  down  I  want  to  say  that  I  have  never  heard  and 
never  expect  to  hear,  to  the  day  of  my  death,  my  favorite  hymn: 
"Come,  come,  ye  Saints,  no  toil  nor  labor  fear,  But  with  joy  wend  your 
way,"  but  what  I  think  of  the  death  and  the  burial  of  my  little  baby 
sister,  and  the  wolves  digging  up  her  body  on  the  plains ;  but  what  I 
think  of  the  death  of  my  father's  first  wife,  and  the  bringing  of  her 
body  here  for  burial,  from  Echo  Canyon;  but  what  1  think  of  others 
that  I  know  of,  who  laid  down  their  lives;  but  what  I  think  of  that 
wonderful  journey  of  Brigham  Young  and  his  band  of  Pioneers,  and 
those  who  followed  him,  and  my  heart  goes  out  in  gratitude  beyond 
all  the  power  with  which  God  has  given  me  to  express  it,  that  my 
father  and  my  mother  were  among  those  who  were  true  to  God,  and 
who  made  those  sacrifices  for  the  conviction  of  their  hearts,  because 
of  the  knowledge  that  they  had  that  God  lives,  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ, 
and  that  Joseph  Smith  is  his  Prophet.  I  never  hear  this  other  hymn 
that  we  have  sung  here  today — "Do  what  is  right''- — but  what  I  de- 
sire with  all  the  power  of  my  being  to  impress  upon  the  Latter-day 
Saints  the  necessity  of  following  the  teachings  of  the  last  verse  of 
that  hymn, 

"Do  what  is  right;  be  faithful  and  fearless, 
Onward,  press  onward,  the  g.oal  is  in  sight ; 

Eyes  that  are  wet  now,  ere  long  will  be  tearless, 
Blessings  await  you  in  doing  what's  right. 

"Do  what  is  right,  let  the  consequence  follow, 

Battle  for  freedom  in  spirit  and  might, 
And  with  stout  hearts  look  ye  forth  till  tomorrow, 

God  will  protect  you,  do  what  is  right." 

God  bless  you  all.     Amen.    . 


A  Glimpse  into  the  Secret  Diplomacy 
of  the  Confederate  States 


[Concluded  from  Page  10] 


By  Dr.  A.  L.  Curtis 


hamar  is  Sent  to  Russia  , 

The  commission  first  sent  abroad  found  its  time  too  well 
occupied  in  France,  England,  and  Belgium,  to  undertake  a 
mission  to  Russia.  The  cooperation  of  Russia  had  been  sought 
to  act  in  a  joint  recognition  of  the  South  by  the  Great  Powers  of 
Europe.  This  had  not  been  successful.  The  chief  executive 
of  the  South  determined  to  send  Mr.  L.  Q.  C.  Lamar,  an  influ- 
ential man,  as  a  special  commissioner  to  the  court  of  St.  Peters- 
burg. In  due  time  Mr.  Lamar  reached  Russia.  An  interesting 
thing  about  Mr.  Lamar's  commission  is  that  it  gives  us  an  idea 
as  to  what  the  Southern  States  considered  its  duty  to  other 
nations.     It  reads: 

"When  several  of  the  independent  states  *  *  *  determined  to  with- 
draw from  the  Union  and  associate  themselves  in  a  new  Confederation  * 
*  *  It  was  natural  and  proper  that  they  should  communicate  this  fact 
to  the  other  nations  of  the  earth.  The  usages  of  international  intercourse 
require  official  communication  of  all  organic  changes  in  the  Constitution 
of  States." 

So,  to  fulfil  their  duty  to  Russia,  as  they  had  to  certain 
other  nations,  they  sent  an  authorized  representative  to  the 
court  of  Russia,  having  written  instructions  to  guide  him  to 
present  an  official  request  to  that  government  for  recognition. 
In  the  messages  and  papers  of  the  South  which  we  have,  we 
find  Mr.  Lamar's  commission,  we  f:nd  his  instructions,  and  we 
know  he  arrived  at  St.  Petersburg;  but,  we  are  left  in  doubt  as 
to  whether  he  officially  requested  of  this  nation  recognition  or 
not.  However,  Russia  played  her  part  in  the  great  drama  of 
nations,  equally  well  as  one  called  on  by  the  Southern  States, 
or  as  one  called  on  by  France,  England  and  their  associates. 

We  assume  that  Russia  was  "called  upon." 

Mann  is  Sent  to  Denmark 

An  attempt  to  be  thorough  necessitates  the  mention  that 
Mr.  Mann  was  sent  to  Denmark.  The  object  was  to  consult 
with  the  authorities  on  the  matter  of  Africans  which  were  cap- 


/ 


110  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

tured  at  sea  by  the  North  from  slave-trading  ships  being  trans- 
ferred to  the  Danish  West  Indies,  and  to  prevent  the  disposal 
of  Southern  slaves  on  this  pretence,  if  attempted  by  the  North. 
As  this  was  the  sole  purpose  of  the  mission,  and  no  attempts 
were  made  to  officially  knock  at  the  door  of  Denmark,  the 
matter  may  be  dismissed. 

The  Nations  not  Called  Upon 

The  hand  of  the  Lord  is  seen  alike  in  the  Southern  States 
calling  upon  certain  nations,  and  in  not  calling  upon  other 
nations.  The  commissioner  to  Russia,  Mr.  Lamar,  urged  the 
Confederate  government  to  send  a  commission  to  Austria  and 
Prussia,  thus,  "I  am  satisfied  that  much  service  to  our  cause 
would  be  done  by  your  sending  a  commissioner  to  the  govern- 
ments of  Austria  and  Prussia.  An  intelligent  gentleman  resid- 
ing in  Berlin  has  assured  me  that  the  government  and  army  are 
extremely  favorable  to  the  South,  and  that  the  success  of  the 
South  is  not  more  sincerely  desired  at  any  court  than  that  of 
Austria."  Though  urgently  requested,  it  is  a  remarkable  fact 
that  no  commissioner  of  the  Southern  States  was  ever  sent  to,  or, 
ever  called  upon,  a  nation  allied  with  the  Central  Powers  in 
the  World's  War. 

Rost  is  Sent  to  Spain 

It  is  stated  elsewhere  that  Pierre  A.  Rost  was  sent  to  Spain. 
He  and  William  L.  Yancey  and  A.  Dudley  Mann  were  commis- 
sioned to  represent  the  South  at  the  court  of  the  Queen  of  Spain. 
Mr.  Yancy  and  Mr.  Mann  never  visited  Spain.  Mr.  Rost  arrived 
at  Madrid  as  the  news  of  the  reverses  of  the  South  were  being 
received.  He  waited  some  time  in  the  expectation  of  learning 
the  real  nature  and  extent  of  conditions  and  especially  in  the 
hope  that  some  encouraging  news  would  be  received.  It  did  not 
come.  Instead,  news  came  that  his  own  plantation  had  been 
overrun  by  the  Northern  armies,  and  his  property  confiscated, 
bringing  him  financial  disaster.  He  asked  an  unofficial  inter- 
view with  the  Prime  Minister  of  Spain  which  was  granted.  At 
this  interview  even  his  own  personal  instructions  from  the 
Secretary  of  State  were  left  with  the  Prime  Minister;  but  the 
attitude  of  the  Spanish  government  gave  him  no  encouragement 
to  ask  an  official  interview  or  present  an  official  request.  Mr. 
Rost's  health  began  to  fail.  Under  financial  reverses,  broken 
in  health,  broken  in  spirit,  he  left  for  Paris,  where  he  tendered 
his  resignation.  In  this  he  says,  "The  state  of  my  health  would 
not  permit  me  to  return  to  Spain.  *  *  *  After  we  are  rec- 
ognized in  London  and  Paris  it  will  be  time  enough  to  send  a 
commissioner  to  Spain,  her  government  being  particularly  slow 


SECRET  DIPLOMACY  OF  CONFEDERATE  STATES  111 

and  intending  to  be  so  *  *  *  with  regard  to  us.  *  *  *" 
Mr.  Slidell  was  later  delegated  a  commissioner  to  Spain  but  he 
never  visited  this  government. 

Spain  was  visited  but  not  officially  "called  upon." 

Mexico  is  Visited 

Connected  with  the  attempted  overtures  of  the  South  to- 
ward Mexico  are  all  the  elements  essential  to  the  deepest  drama 
— ambition,  energy,  achievement — all  but  gained,  a  crisis,  re- 
newed effort,  pride,  pomp,  anticipation,  trickery,  broken  faith, 
disgust. 

John  T.  Pickett,  of  Montgomery,  was  appointed  a  commis- 
sioner to  Mexico.  Duly  commissioned,  bearing  his  letter  of  in- 
structions, full  of  hope,  ambitious,  and  energetic,  he  reached  the 
City  of  Mexico.  Through  his  tact  and  cleverness,  he  won  his 
way  to  the  heart  and  confidence  of  the  Mexican  Minister  of 
Foreign  Affairs.  His  purpose  and  the  desire  of  the  Confederacy 
seemed  an  assured  fact,  when  a  crisis  came — conditions  changed. 
But  let  him  tell  of  this.  In  his  letter  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
he  said: 

"Sir,  I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that1  I  have  succeeded  in  establish- 
ing friendly  relations  with  Mr.  Zamacona,  the  New  Minister  of  Foreign 
Affairs,  and  but  for  the  unhappy  condition  of  this  government  (a  new  revo- 
lution being  about  to  burst  upon  it,  the  English  and  French  Ministers 
having  suspended  diplomatic  relations,  etc.)  would  feel  confident  by  this 
time  of  having  accomplished  all  the  material  objects  of  my  mission." 

Like  the  fairy  story,  where  the  youth  reached  out  his  hand 
to  pick  the  gloden  pear  and  it  miraculously  disappeared,  so 
Picket  stood  ready  to  officially  call  on  Mexico  with  all  as- 
surances of  his  being  received,  when  the  government  of  Mex- 
ico simply  ceased  to  exist,  and  he*  was  left  standing  in  the  midst 
of  chaos  and  revolution.    His  mission  had  failed. 

This  revolution  in  Mexico  was  undoubtedly  fomented  by 
the  agents  of  the  Emperor  of  France,  Napoleon  III,  whose 
desire  and  ambition  to  found  an  empire  in  Mexico  has  already 
been  mentioned.  This  revolution  was  only  one  forward  step 
in  the  accomplishment  of  it.  With  the  revolution  in  progress, 
with  the  French  army  in  the  ports,  and  overrunning  the  terri- 
tory of  Mexico,  with  Maximilian,  after  signifying  his  willing- 
ness to  accept  the  crown  of  the  new  empire,  waiting  in  Paris  for 
plans  to  be  accomplished  to  carry  him  and  his  cortege  to  the 
shores  of  Mexico,  let  us  take  a  glimpse  at  the  diplomatic  activity 
of  the  Southern  States.  The  President  and  Cabinet  of  the  Con- 
federacy were  fully  aware  of  the  design  and  plans  of  the  Em- 
peror Napoleon  III  to  found  an  Empire  in  Mexico  and  seat 
Maximilian,  Archduke  of  Austria,  on  the  throne.     They; were. 


112  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

not  only  aware,  but  apparently  in  full  accord.  Proffers  of 
alliances,  "offensive  and  defensive,  in  Mexican  affairs,"  had 
been  made.  The  arrival  of  Maximilian  was  expectantly  and 
joyfully  awaited.  In  the  meantime,  the  South  was  active,  as 
shown  from  this  document  of  State: 

"Department  of  State,  Richmond,  Jan.  7,  1864. 
General  "William  Preston,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary   to   the   Government   of   Mexico. 

Sir: — Your  appointment  to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  Confederate  States  near  the  Emperor  of  Mexico, 
having  been  confirmed  by  the  Senate;  it  becomes  my  duty,  under  the 
direction  of  the  President)  to  issue  these  instructions.     *     *     * 

(Signed)  J.  P.  Benjamin." 

General  Preston  feeling  a  just  pride  in  receiving  the  highest 
honor  and  title  of  any  Confederate  diplomat  proceeded  on  his 
journey  to  Mexico.  He  succeeded  in  "running  the  blockade," 
and  reached  Havana,  Cuba.  Maximilian  was  delayed,  and  did  not 
sail  from  France  as  soon  as  expected.  The  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  determined  to  wait  at  Havana  the 
Archduke's  arrival,  then  to  enter  Mexico  amid  the  pomp  and 
splendor  to  be  tendered  to  the  Emperor.  During  this  wait  condi- 
tions took  a  change.  Mr.  Slidell  reported  he  had  twice  re- 
quested an  interview  with  Maximilian  which  had  not  been 
granted.  Mr.  Mann  reported,  "I  have  heard  from  a  well-in- 
formed source,  much  more  to  my  chagrin  than  astonishment, 
that  Louis  Napoleon  had  enjoined  upon  Maximilian  to  hold  no 
official  relations  with  our  commissioners  to  Mexico."  The 
trickery  and  broken  faith  of  Napoleon  had  been  manifested. 
In  unexpressed  disgust  their  Envoy  Extraordinary  was  condi- 
tionally recalled.     Mexico  was  not  officially  "called  upon." 

Two   more   countries   remain   to   be    considered,   one   of   the 
small  and  one  of  the  great  among  nations. 

Charles  J.  Helm  is  Sent  to  Cuba 

Strange  as  it  may  seem  a  duly  appointed  commissioner  was 
sent  to  Cuba  which  was  then  a  Spanish  colony.  Another  thing 
somewhat  unusual  was  that  an  official  message  was  sent  by  this 
commissioner  direct  from  the  President  of  the  Confederacy  to 
the  Governor  of  Cuba.  In  only  one  other  instance  did  this  hap- 
pen. All  through  the  Civil  War  Cuba  was  a  fast  friend  to  the 
South.  Munitions  of  war,  supplies  of  every  description,  were 
sent  from  Europe  direct  to  Cuba  without  molestation.  In  Cu- 
ban ports  the  goods  were  reloaded  on  Confederate  ships  which, 
if  luck  was  with  them,  "ran  the  blockade,"  and  delivered  these 
goods  in  a  southern  port.  Of  all  countries,  Cuba  rendered  the 
South  the  most  valiant  sen  ice.  This  in  part  explains  the  rea- 
son for  her  being  favored  by  being  officially  "called  upon." 


SECRET  DIPLOMACY  OF  CONFEDERATE  STATES  113 

Bishop  Lynch  and  A.  Dudley  Mifinn  were  Sent  to  Italy 

President  Davis,  of  the  Southern  Confederacy,  was  so  much 
impressed  with  the  Pops  of  Rome's  endeavors  to  bring  about 
peace,  that  he  determined  to  send  Bishop  P.  N.  Lynch  as  a 
commissioner  to  the  court  of  the  Vatican.  This  reverend  gentle- 
man, duly  commissioned,  duly  instructed,  proceeded  on  his  way 
to  Italy,  reaching  England  and  afterwards  Paris.  From  there  he 
left  for  Rome,  but  whether  he  reached  Rome  or  not  is  difficult  to 
determine,  as  ther.e  is  no  diplomatic  correspondence  to  show 
that  he  did.  However,  A.  Dudley  Mann,  who  had  been  dele- 
gated to  the  court  of  King  Leopold,  was  appointed  a  commis- 
sioner to  His  Holiness  the  Pope,  by  President  Jefferson  Davis. 
It  was  entrusted  to  him  to  carry  to  Rome  a  special  document  of 
state,  the  President's  message  to  Pope  Pius  IX. 

We  can  better  understand  the  importance  of  Mr.  Mann's 
mission  if  we  pause  and  consider  the  political  as  well  as  the 
ecclesiastical  position  of  the  Pope  of  Rome  at  this  time.  The 
dominion  of  Pius  IV,  known  as  the  States  of  the  Church,  in- 
cluded the  greater  part  of  Italy  at  his  coronation.  At  the  begin- 
ning of  his  reign  he  gained  boundless  popularity  by  his  liber- 
ality. Later  a  reactionary  policy  threw  him  into  disfavor  and 
the  populace  rose  against  him.  In  1849  he  was  driven  by  a  mob 
from  Rome,  and  fled  to  Gaesta,  and  a  Roman  Republic  was 
formed.  Napoleon  III  of  France  determined  to  restore  the  papal 
authority,  which  he  did  by  resort  to  arms.  Louis  Napoleon 
again,  in  1859,  assisted  the  Italians  against  the  Anstrians,  and 
from  1860  to  1866  the  Papal  government,  though  its  extent  had 
been  reduced,  was  sustained  by  the  presence  of  a  French  army. 
So  Mann's  mission  to  Rome  was  not  alone  to  an  ecclesiastical 
ruler  but  to  a  temporal  ruler  as  well.  This  commissioner 
reached  Rome,  presented  his  credentials  to  the  court  of  the 
Vatican  and  was  received  by  the  Pope  with  no  undue  delay- 
In  the  correspondence  this  is  described  in  great  detail.  Space 
will  allow  us  to  present  but  one  paragraph  regarding  it  from 
Mr.  Mann's  message  to  Mr  Benjamin,  Secretary  of  State.  It 
reads : 

"Sir:  The  Cardinal,  Secretary  of  State  Antonelli,  officially  transmitted, 
to  me  yesterday  the  answer  of  the  Pope  to  the  President.  In  the  very 
direction  of  this  communication  there  is  a  positive  recognition  of  our 
Government.  It  is  addressed  to  the  'Illustrious  and  Honorahle  Jefferson 
Davis,  President  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America.'  Thus  we  are 
asknowledged  by  as  high  an  authority  as  this  world  contains,  to  be  an  inde- 
pendent power  in  the  world.  I  congratudate  you,  I  congratulate  the  Presi 
dent,  I  congratulate  his  Cabinet — in  short,  I  congratulate  all  my  true- 
hearted  countrymen  and  countrywomen  upon  this  benign  event.  The  hand 
of  the  Lord  has  been  in  it,  and  eternal  glory  and  praise  to  his  holy  and 
righteous  name."  . 


114  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Comment  and  Conclusion 

The  diplomatic  papers  of  the  Confederacy,  or  at  least  a 
greater  part  of  them,  as  has  been  intimated,  were  profoundly 
secret  and  confidential.  Some  of  them  were  written  in  code  and 
sent  by  trusted  messengers.  Their  contents  were  known  only  to 
the  President  and  his  Cabinet  and  a  selected  few.  After  the  war 
they  were  practically  forgotten,  and  yet  remembered.  They 
remained  buried  as  it  were,  in  the  archives  of  the  government  at 
Washington  for  over  forty  years.  Eight  years  before  the  out- 
break of  the  World  War,  Congress  was  moved  upon  and  by  a 
special  act  of  that  august  body,  one  of  its  members  was  ap- 
pointed to  drag  these  documents  out  from  the  dust  and  cobwebs 
of  a  past  generation,  and  publish  them  for  the  first  time,  to  the 
world.  "For  God  is  not  unrighteous  to  forget."  Saith  the  Lord, 
"I  have  not  spoken  in  secret  from  the  beginning." 

To  the  credit  of  the  Southern  States,  be  it  said,  they  chose 
wise  men  for  their  leaders.  The  men  who  occupied  the  position 
of  Secretary  of  State  were  men  of  great  accomplishment.  They 
were  attorneys  of  repute  and  each  had  served  in  the  Senate  of 
the  United  States  before  the  war.  They  were  trained  in  the  us- 
ages, and  customs,  traditions  and  laws  of  nations.  They  under- 
stood the  "usages  and  customs  of  mankind"  necessary  for  the 
Confederate  states  to  follow  in  knocking  at  the  doors  of  na- 
tions. For  them  to  formally  or  officially  "call  upon  another 
nation"  it  was  thus  to  be  accomplished:  (1)  It  must  be  done 
through  an  agent  or  commissioner  (a)  who  was  duly  and  of- 
ficially commissioned  to  represent  the  Confederacy  and  (b)  who 
had  written  instructions  from  the  Department  of  State  for  his 
guidance.  (2)  The  "call"  (request,  entreaty,  importunity,  or  de- 
mand) was  to  be  made  in  writing  and  signed  by  the  Commis- 
sioner himself,  or,  the  Commissioner  must  carry  a  document  of 
State  signed  by  the  chief  executive  (a  special  message  of  the 
President)  to  the  Chief  Ruler  of  the  country  called  upon.  (3) 
This  official  communication  must  be  delivered  in  person  by  the 
Commissioner,  into  the  hands  of  the  proper  official,  i.  e.,  to  the 
Chief  Ruler  himself  or  to  the  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs.  This 
is  the  procedure  more  or  less  followed  at  the  present  day  among 
all  nations. 

The  commissioners  understood  this.  They  seemed  to  feel 
and  realize  that  their  part  was  not  properly  played  if  they  failed 
in  one  or  all  of  these  requirements.  As  for  example  Slidell, 
though  he  associated  intimately  with  the  members  of  the  court 
of  Napoleon  III,  and  though  he  had  numerous  talks  with  the 
Emperor  himself,  and  they  understood  each  other,  made  in  the 
face  of  all  this  a  formal  demand  for  recognition  by  the  French 
government.    Of  this  he  writes :    "My  own  decided  opinion  had 


SECRET  DIPLOMACY  OF  CONFEDERATE  STATES  H5 

been  in  favor  of  presenting  the  demands  several  weeks  since;  I 
had  yielded  to  the  better  judgment  of  my  colleague  at  London, 
who  had  consulted  several  of  our  leading  friends  in  Parliament 
a9  to  the  expediency  of  such  a  step,  but  I  could  no  longer  defer 
it  (the  demand  for  recognition)  with  any  regard  to  the  interest 
of  the  government  or  to  self  respect."  These  commisioners  were 
not  tramps,  vagrants,  nor  tourists.  They  left  Southern  soil 
for  the  avowed  purpose  to  represent  their  country  in  foreign 
nations.  The  official  requests  were,  without  exception,  for  the 
one  and  the  same  thing — recognition.  Some  may  ask,  "Why  did 
they  not  ask  for  help?"  Recognition  was  the  greatest  help  they 
could  obtain.  There  could  be  no  intervention  without  first 
recognition.  With  recognition,  they  could  openly  buy  war-ships, 
and  munitions  of  war  from  any  and  all  countries;  they  could 
have  built  or  bought,  armed  and  manned  navies  in  foreign  ports. 
Without  recognition,  they  were  handicapped,  men-of-war  had  to 
be  secretly  built  and  munitions  secretly  bought.  Though  the 
heart  of  a  nation  was  with  them,  the  hand  of  that  nation  was 
of  necessity  against  them.  Recognition  would  have  been  their 
greatest  asset. 

From,  a  thorough  search  and  unbiased  investigation  of  the 
diplomatic  correspondence  of  the  Southern  States  these  things 
were  evident: 

First:  That  representatives  of  the  Southern  States  were 
never  sent  to,  or  never  called  upon,  Prussia  or  any  kingdom 
which  later  became  part  of  the  German  Empire,  Austria-Hun- 
gary, or  any  other  country  or  nation  which  formed  or  joined 
the  Central  Powers  in  the  World's  War.  Even  Maximilian, 
Archduke  of  Austria,  refused  an  interview  at  Paris. 

Second:  That  the  following  nations  were  visited,  but  not 
formally  or  officially  "called  upon":  1  Spain;  2  Mexico;  3 
Denmark. 

Third.  That  these  nations  and  these  nations  only  were 
regularly  and  formally  "called  upon",  according  to  the  cus- 
toms of  nations:  1  Great  Britain;  2  France;  3  Belgium;  4 
Russia;  5  Cuba;  and  6  Italy. 

The  World's  War  is  closed;  it  is  past  history.  Some  facts 
stand  out  like  mountain  peaks  on  its  horizon.  It  is  today  the 
concensus  of  opin'on  of  the  world  that  the  Central  Powers 
began  the  war. 

It  is  remarkable,  but  a  well  known  fact,  that  all  the  nations 
visited  but  not  formally  "called  unon"  by  the  Southern  agents, 
remained  neutral  in   the  World  War. 

It  is  astonishing,  but  an  undeniable  fact,  that  every  nation 
formally  "called  upon",  by  the  Confederate  States:  Great  Brit- 
ain, France,  Belgium,  Russ'a,  Italy,  and  Cuba,  the   great   and 


116  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

mighty  of  the  "jot  and  tittle"  of  nations — individually  and  col- 
lectively "called  upon"  other  nations  for  aid,  that  all  joined 
hand  in  hand,  shoulder  to  shoulder,  musket  to  musket,  cannon 
to  cannon,  and  fought,  might  and  main,  to  "defend  themselves 
against  other  nations."  It  cannot  be  disputed  that  during  this 
great  and  terrible  conflict  war  was  "poured  out  upon  all 
nations",  whether  neutral  or  at  war. 

"Tell  us  what  shall  be,  or  come  to  pass,  that  we  may  know 
ye  are  gods,"  the  prophet  of  old  enjoined  the  idols.  The  Lord, 
through  Joseph  Smith,  said,  "The  Southern  States  will  call  on 
other  nations."  To  know  the  future  lies  only  with  the  Lord. 
Man  may  predict  crises  or  great  events  when  practically  face  to 
face  with  them,  but  with  no  degree  of  certainty.  In  the  late 
world's  war,  the  world's  greatest  statesmen,£en  erish  and  uncertain, 
labored  with  Italy,  appealed  to  her  honor,  worked  on  her  fears, 
and  through  flattery  and  bribes  tried  to  sway  her  to  their  side. 
The  whole  world  anxiously,  wonderingly  and  unquestioningly 
looked  on  for  weeks  and  weeks  for  her  first  uncertain  step.  Yet, 
although  she,  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  was  bound  by  treaties 
and  by  the  strongest  ties  of  mankind  otherwise,  her  place  was 
pointed  out,  her  rank  and  file  designated  and  her  lot  cast  over 
eighty  years  before  by  Him  who  rules  all  nations.  What  a 
marvelous  array  of  facts,  what  evidence  that  God  lives  and  that 
the  nations  of  the  earth  are  as  but  clay  in  the  hands  of  the 
potter  to  him  who  knows  the  end  from  the  beginning.  Man, 
with  all  his  shrewdness,  could  not  have  predicted  the  rebellion  of 
South  Carolina  twenty-nine  years  before  it  happened.  Man  could 
not  have  foretold  that  the  rebellion  of  South  Carolina  would  be 
the  beginning  of  a  civil  war,  and  a  series  of  wars.  He  could  not 
have  foretold  at  this  time  that  the  Southern  States  would  be 
divided  against  the  Northern  States  in  bloody  combat.  No  liv- 
ing person  could  have  foretold  that  the  Southern  States  would 
call  upon  Great  Britain  and  other  nations.  No  one  could  have 
foretold  that  these  very  nations  thus  called  upon  would  ally 
themselves  and  call  upon  other  nations  to  join  them  in  a  united 
defense  against  common  foes.  No  one  could  have  predicted 
eight-two  years  before  hand  the  World's  War  and  have  pointed 
out  the  nations  which  would  play  the  important  roles  on  the 
defensive  side.  To  believe  such  would  be  believing  things  far 
more  absurd  than  that  God  lives  and  that  he  reveals  his  secrets 
to  his  servants  the  prophets. 

"They  have  Mose^  and  the  prophets,"  said  the  Savior,  "if 
they  will  not  believe  them,  neither  would  they  believe,  though 
one  should  rise  from  the  dead."  "Trust  the  Lord  with  all  thine 
heart,  and  lean  not  unto  thine  own  understanding.  In  all  thy 
ways  acknowledge  him,  and  he  shall  direct  thy  paths."  "Hearken 


SECRET  DIPLOMACY  OF  CONFEDERATE  STATES  li7 

unto  me,  O  Jacob  and  Israel,  my  called,  I  am  he,  I  am  the  first, 
I  also  am  the  last.  Mine  hand  also  hath  laid  the  foundation 
of  the  earth,  and  my  right  hand  hath  spanned  the  heavens,  when 
I  call  unto  them  they  stand  up  together.  All  ye,  assemble 
yourselves  and  hear     *     *     *     I,  even  I,  have  spoken." 


Endurato 


The  phantoms  of  my  childhood's  hope, 

The  day  dreams  of  my  trust. 
The  idols  of  my  manhood's  prime, 

All,  all,  have  turned  to  dust. 
The  lesser  lights,  that  once  burned  bright, 

Have  flickered  and  gone  out; 
The  beams  have  vanished  from  my   sight, 

The  ashes  lie  about. 

But  Ah,  the  Star  that  gleamed  on  high, 

O'er    Bethlehem's    quiet    plain, 
Still   sends  its  rays   adown  the  years, 

Alight,   while    time    remains. 
And,  oh,  the  light  about  The  Head 

Still  o'er  my  way  appears! 
The   halo    of   that   God-lent   crown 

Grows  brighter  with  the  years. 

Tridell,  Utah.  Mrs.  Alice  Morrill 


The  Feeling  of  Autumn 

(With  apologies  to  O.  S.  Johnson) 


'Tis  autumn  here,  'Tis    Autumn    here, 

Where    the    fertile    valley    stretches;  Where    the   mountain   air   is   cooling; 

Where  the   checkered  fields  Where  the  master   artist 

Are   ripe   with   Nature's   season's   toil.  Is  painting,  in  shades  of  golden-brown. 

Do    you    love    Autumn?  Do    you   love    Autumn? 

'Tis  autumn  here,  'Tis   Autumn   here, 

Where   the   days   are    gently  passing;  Where  the  soul  of  man  respondeth; 

Where    the    winds    of   sadness  Where  the  harvest  moon   tells, 

Lend  enchantment  to  Summer's  spell.  In  mystery,  the  omnipotence  of  God. 

Do  you  love  Autumn?  Do  you  love   Autumn? 

Richfield,  Utah  Wallace  C.  Thompson 


**  ^s 


The  Gift  of  Peace 


By  Venice  Famsworth  Anderson 


Father  Time  had  once  more  drawn  his  inscrutable  circle 
around  the  year.  It  was  Christmas  season  1847,  in  the  snowy 
heart  of  the  Salt  Lake  Valley.  The  cluster  of  adobe  and  log 
cabins  within  the  "Old  Fort"  huddled  affectionately  together 
and  clung  tenaciously  to  the  protecting  arms  of  the  kindly  wall. 
The  stockade  gate  at  the  east  was  closed  except  for  a  space  large 
enough  to  allow  entrance  to  a  man  and  a  horse.  Many  of  the 
cabin  loop-holes  which  penetrated  the  outer  wall  and  gave  access 
to  the  open  country  were  fast  barricaded,  for  it  was  the  day 
before  Christmas  and  the  small  body  of  settlers  dreaded  a  sur- 
prise attack  from  an  unfriendly  band  of  Utes. 

All  had  been  harmony  between  the  "Mormons"  and  the  red 
men  until  a  week  before  Christmas  when  a  prize  beef  belonging 
to  the  camp  had  been  driven  off  and  slaughtered  by  two  young 
braves.  When  complained  to,  the  chief  sulked  ominously  and 
the  Indians  became  openly  hostile.  The  almost  defenseless 
settlers  had  just  reason  to  fear  a  bloody  conflict.  But  it  was  the 
first  Christmas  in  their  new  homes,  and  the  brave  little  group 
had  decided  not  to  let  a  chance  attack  ruin  the  much  beloved 
holiday. 

Accordingly,  the  men  who  were  best  able  to  leave  had  taken 
two  sturdy  work  horses  and  gone,  well  armed,  to  the  neighbor- 
ing canyon  to  procure  evergreens  for  decorating  the  cabins  and 
a  great  Christmas  tree  to  occupy  the  platform  in  the  middle  of 
the  "Old  Fort."  Here  at  high  noon  on  Christmas  day  the  set- 
tlers planned  to  congregate  for  singing,  thanskgiving,  and  such 
feasting  as  their  scanty  larders  would  permit.    ; 

In  the  Taylor  cabin,  which  boasted  of  the  largest  stove  in 
camp  and  a  roof  which  leaked  only  during  a  very  bad  storm,  the 
best  cooks  in  the  community  had  gathered  to  prepare  the  es- 
sential parts  of  the  feast.  An  accepted  leader  among  these 
women  was  pretty,  young  Margaret  Yates.  Margaret,  however, 
was  far  more  than  a  cook.  In  her  deep,  hazel  eyes  there  was  a 
look  of  pathos,  humor,  enthusiasm,  and  devotion.  Her  mouth 
was  at  once  firm  and  enticingly  sweet.  Her  hands  were  marked 
with  hard  work  but  her  feet  were  as  trim  and  shapely  as  a 
duchess's.  Though  she  wore  a  plain  worsted  frock  and  an  apron 
which  had  once  been  a  flour  sack,  she  was  every  inch  the  lady 
born.    A  true  pioneer  woman. 


120  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Until  late  in  the  afternoon  she,  with  her  happy  companions, 
labored  over  cakes  made  with  half  portions  of  shortening  and 
sugar,  and  sandwiches  with  meat  but  little  or  no  butter.  When 
all  was  done,  Margaret  hurried  out  to  find  her  baby  son,  whom 
she  had  left  playing  with  the  other  children. 

Her  first  glance  at  the  sun  told  her  that  it  was  growing  late 
and  she  wished  she  had  put  warmer  wraps  on  her  boy  before 
leaving  him.  As  she  passed  the  open  place  where  the  youngsters 
had  been  playing  "Fox  and  Geese,"  she  found  it  deserted.  With 
growing  anxiety  she  hurried  on  to  her  own  cabin.  At  the  door 
she  paused,  sick  at  heart;  the  fire  was  out;  the  cabin  was  cold 
and  strangely  empty.  A  dread  premonition  seized  her.  Her 
boy  had  not  returned  to  his  home  as  she  had  bidden  him.  He 
had  wandered  off.  Vainly  she  tried  to  assure  herself  that  her 
baby  had  gone  into  one  of  the  neighbor's  cabins.  She  returned 
to  the  door  and  stood  there  for  an  instant,  every  muscle  poised, 
straining  eyes  and  ears  for  the  slightest  sign  of  life.  Her  eager 
glance  swept  to  the  very  depths  of  the  distant  canyons. 

A  wild  terror  suddenly  rushed  over  her.  The  sun  was 
traveling  rapidly  toward  the  snow-crested  ridge  in  the  west 
and  a  bleak  wind  blew  steadily  from  Emigration  canyon.  With- 
in an  hour  the  valley  would  be  wrapped  in  darkness  save  for  the 
cold  light  from  the  stars  and  the  moon.  Thd  valley  was  already 
covered  with  a  crusty  blanket  of  snow  and  the  night  was  grow- 
ing bitter  cold.  But  far  worse  than  the  darkness  and  cold  was 
the  dread  of  the  skulking  gray  wolves,  which  infested  the  valley, 
and  the  equally  crafty  and  far  more  cruel  Indians. 

There  was  not  a  moment  to  lose.  Margaret  grasped  the  elk 
horn  which  hung  within  reach  and  blew  a  shrill  blast.  Almost 
instantly  the  cabin  doors  within  the  "Old  Fort"  burst  open  and 
men,  women,  and  children  rushed  forward  in  response  to  the 
call. 

At  the  arrival  of  each  new  comer,  Margaret  asked  franticallv 
for  her  baby.  No  one  knew  anything  of  the  sturdy  little  lad, 
the  camp's  favorite.  He  was  last  seen  hours  earlier  playing  with 
the  children  in  the  snow.  By  some  dreadful  mischance  no  child 
had  felt  responsible  for  independent  little  John  Yates,  nor  had 
seen  him  wander  away. 

The  most  experienced  men  could  not  hide  their  concern. 
Many  of  the  wom3n  wept  openly.  Some  one  suggested  a  minute 
search  of  the  "Old  Fort"  and  the  immediate  environs.  With 
true  pioneer  skill  the  work  was  organized  and  begun. 

Marsraret,  however,  waited  only  long  enough  to  assure  her- 
self that  her  babv  was  not  in  caniD.  Then  from  its  resting  place 
above  her  door  she  took  a  heavy-barrelled  gun  and  with  steady 


THE  GIFT   OF   PEACE  121 

hands,  she  turned  it  away  from  her  friends  and  fired  three 
successive  shots.  These  whizzed  through  the  hollow  distance 
and  reverberated  from  every  mountain  side. 

Miles  away  in  the  icy  depths  of  the  canyon,  John  Yates 
paused,  his  ax  held  high  in  the  air.  At  his  feet  lay  a  stalwart 
pine  just  felled.  In  his  face  flowed  the  rich  blood  of  health 
and  vigor.  In  his  dark  eyes  was  the  fire  of  pioneer  manhood. 
His  broad  shoulders  and  long,  slender  muscles  showed  him  every 
inch  the  athlete,  while  his  finely  set  head  and  his  high  brow 
bespoke  him  at  once  a  scholar  and  a  leader  among  men.  In- 
stantly his  companions  near  him  stopped  work  and  looked  at 
him  with  anxious  eyes. 

"That's  your  call,  Yates." 

Noislessly  John's  ax  sank  into  the  snow. 

Breathlesly  the  men  listened.  In  a  moment  through  the 
white  stillness,  there  came  cracking  again  three  distinct  shots. 

"I'm  off.  You  boys  must  bring  the  trees  down,"  announced 
Yates  briefly  as  he  started  on  the  run  for  camp. 

The  men  stood  watching  him  admiringly  as  he  swung  off 
over  the  foot  hills  not  deigning  to  take  either  horse  or  the  longer, 
beaten  trail.  In  his  every  movement  was  the  evidence  of  in- 
finite reserve  force.  The  pioneers  felt  this  and  loved  and 
prized  him  for  it. 

Margaret,  dry-eyed,  passionately  calm,  met  her  husband  far 
outside  the  fort  wall. 

"What  is  the  matter,  little  mother?"  asked  Yates,  assuming 
a  cheerfulness  which  he  did  not  feel.  Tie  knew  his  wife  too 
well  to  expect  a  trifling  mishap. 

Her  first  words  weer  a  suppressed,  "Thank  God,  you  are 
here,  I  knew  you  would  come  at  once,  and  it's  none  too  soon." 

John  threw  his  strong  arm  round  her  slender  waist  and 
somehow  the  pressure  gave  her  strength  to  tell  him,  though  her 
words  came  in  gasps: 

"Our  son — my  baby — he's  gone — he  must  have  followed 
you  men  toward  the  mountains.  No  one  knows  anything  about 
him.    What  on  earth  shall  we  do?" 

The  red  blood  suddenly  deserted  John's  cheek,  but  in  the 
same  instant  his  mind  and  body  started  action.  He  half  carried 
Margaret  back  to  the  cabin,  placed  her  in  a  chair  and  walked 
aimlessly,  as  it  at  first  appeared,  around  the  room.  He  would 
have  given  half  his  life  at  that  moment  to  have  been  in  an  east- 
ern store.  But  hd  wasted  no  time  in  idle  wishing.  He  snatched 
the  gaudiest  thing  in  the  cabin,  a  silk  patchwork  scarf,  from  a 
chair  and  then  opened  the  provision  cupboard.  Margaret 
started  in  amazement  fearing  for  the  moment  that  her  husband 
had  lost  his  reason.     Then  light  dawned. 


122  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"You're  going  to  the  Indians?"  she  queried  almost  afraid 
to  believe. 

At  a  nod  of  acquiescence  from  her  husband  she  was  at  his 
side. 

"Here,  take  this  and  tell  them  I  have  other  good  things," 
she  said,  as  she  thrust  a  pound  can  of  sugar,  more  than  half  her 
winter's  supply,  into  his  hand. 

And  then  a  brighter  light,  probably  born  of  the  blessed 
Christmas  season,  came  to  her.  With  eager  feet  she  hurried 
across  the  floor  and  threw  up  the  lid  of  her  packing  trunk. 
From  the  till  she  took  a  strange  little  toy,  a  home  made  wooden 
horse  arrayed  in  a  most  gorgeous  bridle  of  feathers  and  wool 
cleverly  woven  together.  It  was  to  have  been  her  son's  only 
real  Christmas  present,  but  she  brushed  back  the  hot  tears  and 
came  smiling  to  her  husband. 

"Take  this  to  the  chief.  He  has  a  grandson.  I  think  he 
will  help  find  our  boy." 

John  pressed  his  wife  admiringly  to  his  heart.  Tenderly 
he  wrapped  the  little  horse  in  the  bright  scarf.  At  the  door  he 
paused  to  say  cheerfully,  "Don't  worry,  little  mother,  the  In- 
dians are  in  camp  not  more  than  a  mile  away  and  the  chief 
knows  I  am  his  friend.  As  for  our  boy,  he  is  as  sturdy  as  granite 
and  he  hasn't  been  out  too  long — yet." 

The  tale  of  what  John  was  doing  ran  like  wildfire  through 
the  camp.  Though  the  men  feared  for  his  safety,  they  knew, 
too,  that  it  Was  foolish  to  endanger  the  lives  of  more  men  than 
necessary  and  furthermore  that  the  Indians  would  be  sure  to 
intercept  the  advance  of  a  body  of  men  as  an  attack,  and  would 
act  accordingly. 

Yates  traversed  the  distance  between  the  "Old  Fort"  and 
the  Indian  encampment  in  a  miraculously  short  time.  As  he 
neared  the  cluster  of  crude  wikiups  which  had  been  thrown  up 
by  the  savages  he  maintained  a  sharp  lookout  for  any  danger 
signals.  He  carried  in  a  deep  pocket  in  his  sheepskin  coat  a 
trusty  /pistol,  but  as  he  aproached  the  camp  he  raised  his  right 
arm  above  his  head  in  friendly  greeting. 

Unmolested  except  by  glowering  looks  he  reached  the  wik- 
iup  of  the  chief.  He  found  the  savage  sitting  moodily  before 
his  pungent  brush  fire.  The  old  chief  neither  moved  nor 
showed  any  signs  of  interest  or  surprise  at  John's  sudden  appear- 
ance. To  the  white  man's  greeting  the  Indian  grunted  sullenly. 
Yates  without  delay  brought  into  play  all  his  knowledge  of 
Indian  psychology.  He  began  smoothing  unconcernedly  the 
end  of  the  scarf  which  hung  below  his  coat.  Then  he  pulled 
the  cloth  out  little  by  little  until  its  whole  gaudy  length  Was 
visible.     This  he  swung  back  and  forth  showing  up  the  bright 


THE  GIFT   OF  PEACE  123 

colors  in  the  silk.  The  vision  was  too  much  for  the  old  chief. 
He  could  not  hide  his  interest  though  he  remained  silent  and 
motionless. 

At  this  point  the  anxious  father  told  his  story.  During  the 
recital  the  chief  eyed  the  silk  scarf  minutely  but  at  the  end  of 
the  eager  petition  for  help  he  sank  again  into  moody  indiffer- 
ence. Yates  bit  down  his  impatience  as  best  he  could  and  began 
to  whittle  a  flat  stick  into  ladle  shape.  With  this  he  ostenta- 
tiously tasted  the  sugar  and  offered  some  to  the  chief.  The 
savage  smacked  his  lips  approvingly  over  the  much  craved  sweet 
stuff  but  instead  of  moving  merely  grunted  something  about 
"heap  cold"  and  deliberately  threw  another  branch  on  his 
smoky  fire. 

Then  the  desperate  father  prepared  to  use  his  last  resource. 
With  tactful  skill  he  enquired  about  the  welfare  of  the  tribe  and 
asked  tenderly  concerning  the  grandson,  the  beloved  "little 
chief."  In  spite  of  himself  the  old  Indian's  heart  warmed.  With 
a  glow  of  pride  in  his  crafty  old  eyes,  he  spoke  in  his  own  savage 
way  of  the  fine  points  of  the  baby  brave.  When  the  find  grand- 
parent was  at  the  height  of  his  enthusiasm,  Yates  drew  forth 
the  toy  horse  with  the  simple  plea,  "It's  for  your  grandson, 
chief.     Won't  you  come  and  help  find  my  boy?" 

The  time-old  appeal  was  too  strong  for  the  Indian.  With 
a  snort  of  acquiescence,  he  took  the  horse,  examined  it  admir- 
ingly and  finally  hid  it  carefully  away.  Then  he  swallowed  a 
great  gulp  of  the  sugar  and,  lest  his  squaw  might  find  it,  buried 
the  can.  With  primitive  vanity  he  drew  the  scarf  around  his 
neck  so  that  the  whole  world,  especially  his  jealous  braves, 
might  see.  Without  more  ado  the  chief  threw  his  blanket 
across  his  shoulder  in  typical  fashion  and  set  forth. 

Once  in  the  open  he  sniffed  at  the  wind  and  shook  his  head 
disapprovingly.  Already  a  few  icy  flakes  were  fluttering  in  the 
air  and  the  sun  was  a  huge  crimson  ball  in  a  dull  gray  sky.  With 
steady  strides  he  skirted  the  fort  wall  and  reached  the  stock- 
ade gate.  Here  the  chief  paused  long  while  John  waited,  con- 
trolling his  impatience  as  best  he  could.  After  careful  exam- 
ination the  Indian  rose  leisurely  from  the  hard  beaten  patch  of 
snow.  This  was  so  gruelled  with  horses'  hoofs  that  John  had 
looked  in  vain  for  any  clue  to  be  found  there.  To  his  surprise 
the  chief  calmly  informed  him  that  the  papoose  was  with  the 
horses.  To  the  white  man's  amazed  look  the  Indian  pointed 
disgustedly  to  a  tiny  dent  inside  a  horse-shoe  mark.  There,  sure- 
enough  was  a  baby  heel  print  not  quite  obliterated.  The  chief 
seemed  satisfied  now  that  he  was  not  iri  a  vain  quest  and  set  out 
rapidly  to  follow  the  horses'  trail. 

Now  and  again  he  paused  to  make  sure  that  the  little  feet 


124  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

had  still  followed.  As  they  neared  the  canyon  the  snow  became 
deeper  and  crustier.  The  father  began  to  wonder  if  any  child, 
even  his  son,  could  tra\  el  so  far  on  foot  over  such  country.  He 
voiced  his  doubts  to  the  Indian.  For  answer  the  chief  pointed 
to  another  tiny  mark,  this  time  a  toe  print,  plainly  visible  be- 
yond the  edge  of  a  deep  horse-shoe  track. 

"Papoose  good  legs,"  remarked  the  chief  and  strode  on  in 
silence. 

The  minutes  seemed  interminable  to  the  father.  With 
every  step  a  ghastly  fear  was  becoming  stronger;  could  his  boy 
if  found  have  survived  the  bitter  cold  of  the  long  hours,  or 
worse,  the  possible  attack  of  a  wild  beast? 

Finally  they  came  to  a  steep  ascent.  Just  beyond  was  a 
log  bridge,  a  crude  span  over  the  icy,  deep-running  creek.  Here 
a  bleak  certainty  seized  John,  no  four-year  old  child  could  cross 
that  bridge  in  safety.  It  was  a  difficult  task  for  a  man.  In  the 
face  of  this  fact  with  irritating  serenity  the  Indian  stopped,  ad- 
justed his  blanket  and  commented  sagely,  "Papoose  heap  wise." 

John  looked  at  the  chief  and  waited  in  tense  silence.  The 
Indian  was  no  longer  following  the  horses'  trail.  His  eyes  were 
roving  over  the  surrounding  country  with  a  shrewd  penetrating 
glance.  The  horses  and  men  had  crowded  together  for  some 
distance  before  crossing  the  bridge  so  that  the  path  was  a  mere 
confusion  of  marked  and  unmarked  snow.  On  either  side  of  the 
road  with  impenetrable  underbrush  ending  in  jagged  peaks  or  in 
the  ice-checked  creek.  The  child's  trail  had  simply  vanished. 
The  sun  was  only  a  gorgeous  rim  just  visible  above  the  high 
peak.  In  the  east,  the  moon  had  risen  cold  and  clear.  The  wind 
had  died  but  for  occasional  shrieks,  and  in  the  interim  all  nature 
was  solemn  and  still. 

For  a  few  moments  the  Indian  seemed  puzzled,  then  he 
turned  leisurely  and  walked  back  several  yards.  Suddenly  be 
stopped  with  an  exclamation  of  satisfaction.  He  had  come  to 
a  low  break  in  the  bushes.  He  turned  and  with  a  look  of  tri- 
umph beckoned  to  John.  In  an  instant  the  father  was  at  the 
spot.  The  bushes  here  swerved  back  unexpectedly  and  between 
their  ranks  just  visible  in  the  gray  light  was  a  distinct  trail  of 
tiny   foot  marks. 

"Papoose  heap  tired,"  commented  the  Indian  and  this  time 
not  even  expecting  the  dense  white  m^an  to  understand,  he 
pointed  to  the  toe  marks.  Each  one  was  heavier  than  the  last. 
The  little  feet  could  hardly  lift  themselves. 

A  little  farther  on  in  the  path  there  was  a  deep  blurr — the 
tiny  traveler  had  stumbled  and  fallen.  A  few  rods  ahead  with  a 
treacherous  drift  where  the  lad  had  wisely  turned  aside  and 
trudged  wearily  on.     There  was  a  continuous  line  now  between 


THE  GIFT   OF  PEACE  125 

the  foot  marks.  The  tired  little  legs  could  no  longer  raise  the 
heavy  shoes  above  the  snow. 

With  a  wild  yell  the  Indian  suddenly  darted  forward,  his 
hunting  knife  raised  above  his  head.  At  almost  the  same  in- 
stant John's  pistol  shot  rang  in  the  air.  A  snarling  wild  cat  had 
made  his  last  hunt.  Not  three  yards  beyond  the  writhing  body 
at  the  side  of  the  path  beneath  a  gnarled  birch  tree,  lay  a  tiny 
form  motionless  in  the  blue  snow.  One  little  arm  had  clutched 
at  a  willow  which  had  broken  in  the  fall,  but  still  remained  in 
the  baby  hand.  The  thin  home  spun  coat  was  spread  uselessly 
on  the  snow.  The  weary  feet  had  stopped  only  when  they  could 
go  no  farther.  On  the  firm,  pale  cheeks  were  tear  stains  and 
the  baby  mouth  drooped  mournfully. 

Before  the  chief  could  touch  him,  John  reached  the  spot 
and  gathered  his  boy  to  his  breast.  For  a  moment  the  chief  left 
him  alone  and  then  with  less  ceremony  than  wisdom,  took  the 
boy  and  placed  him  once  more  in  the  cold  snow.  With  Indian 
skill  he  applied  first  aid.  Roughly  he  rubbed  the  lad  from  head 
to  foot  applying  soft  snow  to  the  cheeks,  ears  and  hands.  With 
no  concealed  disgust,  he  tore  off  the  little  shoes,  civilization's 
foolish  toys,  and  rubbed  snow  on  the  blue  feet. 

Slowly  the  blod  began  to  flow  through  the  chilled  veins. 
The  tiny  legs  twitched  spasmodically  under  the  vigorous  rubbing 
and,  after  what  seemed  on  eternity  to  the  father,  two  great 
brown  eyes  opened  and  looked  mistily  out  into  the  bleak,  world. 

"Heap  fine  papoose,"  said  the  chief  as  he  rose  solemnly  and 
wrapped  himself  once  more  in  his  great  blanket. 

Not  a  word  further  passed  between  the  two  men,  but  the 
hand  shake  which  John  forced  upon  the  chief  spoke  a  world  of 
gratitude  and  bound  the  young  pioneer  and  the  old  Indian  in  an 
undying  friendship. 

It  was  almost  dark  now  and  the  canyon  was  an  unpleasant 
place  in  which  to  linger.  The  moon  was  veiling  herself  in  swirl- 
ing billows  of  fine  snow  and  in  the  distance  two  gray  wolves 
howled  as  if  some  grievous  wrong  had  been  done  them.  John 
wrapped  his  precious  burden  securely  in  his  great  sheep-skin 
coat  and  falling  in,  almost  reverently,  behind  the  old  chief, 
started  for  camp. 

The  home  journey  was  joyously  short.  As  they  neared 
camp  they  met  numerous  groups  of  men,  self  organized  search 
parties,  each  with  its  lantern  and  dog.  At  th«se  the  chief  scoffed 
openly  but  his  old  heart  warmed  in  spite  of  himself  at  the  white 
men's  tumultuous  praise  when  they  learned  what  he  had  done. 
By  the  time  they  reached  the  stockade  the  journey  had  become 
a  march  of  triumph  headed  by  the  majestic  chief  and  the  pubi- 
lant  father  holding  in  his  arms  the  sleeping  babe. 


126  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

At  the  Yates  cabin  the  crowd  fell  back  out  of  respect  to  the 
reserved,  brave  little  mother.  She  stood  tremulous  in  the 
open  door  way,  her  lips  parted  over  set  teeth,  her  soft,  hazel 
eyes  two  surging  stars  of  love  and  fear.  As  if  in  spite  of  her- 
self her  yearning  arms  stretched  out  and  she  whispered  from  the 
depths  of  her  heart,  "My  baby — is  he — is  he?" 

"He  is  asleep,  little  mother,  as  well  as  he  ever  was." 

To  prove  his  words,  John  sprang  to  the  door  step,  placed 
the  boy  next  his  mother's  heart  and  then  folded  them  both  pas- 
sionately in  his  two  strong  arms. 

Outside  in  the  swirling  snow  the  settlers  took  eager  care 
of  the  old  chief.  He  was  escorted  royally  to  a  cabin  where  he 
was  fed  sumptuously.  Then  he  was  led  over  to  the  platform. 
Here  a  glad  work  was  in  progress.  There  was  not  a  good  wife 
in  the  settlement  who  did  not  donate  joyously  from  her  scanty 
supply  to  the  heavy  sled  which  was  being  packed  for  the  In- 
dians. There  was  everything  in  the  load  from  "poor  man's" 
cake  to  juicy  pine  hens  roasted  to  a  nicety.  One  true-blue 
mother  insisted  upon  sending  precious  pop  corn  balls  to  every 
youngster  in  the  Indian  band.  And  Margaret  Yates  had  sus- 
tained her  nerves  during  the  dreadful  hours  of  waiting  by  bak- 
ing ginger-bread  men,  large  and  small,  in  as  plentiful  numbers 
as  her  larder  permitted.  These  were  added  as  a  final  touch  to 
the  creaking  sled. 

Several  curious  Indians  found  near  the  stockade  gates  were 
drafted  to  draw  the  load  to  the  tribe.  Amid  a  chorus  of  cheers 
and  good  will  the  mystified  red  men  started  for  their  wikiups, 
while  with  sighs  of  intense  relief  the  pioneers  returned,  unfear- 
ing  for  the  first  time  in  days,  to  their  cabins  to  enjoy  the  gift  of 
peace  which  the  little  child  had  unwittingly  brought  them. 

In  the  meantime,  little  John  Yates,  the  innocent  cause  of 
this  rejoicing,  was  endeavoring  manfully  to  finish  eating  his 
bowl  of  broth  and  bread.  His  heavy  brown  eyes  closed  sleepily 
over  the  last  bite.  Tenderly  his  mother  held  him  while  he 
lisped  his  baby  prayer  of  thanks,  and  then  she  wrapped  him 
snugly  in  the  warm  blankets  of  his  trundle  bed.  Arm  in  arm 
the  father  and  mother  stood  watching  their  boy  until  his  heavy 
lashes  lay  peacefully  on  his  rosy  cheeks  and  his  breath  came  in 
long,  easy  swells. 

One  by  one  the  tallow  dips  flickered  out  in  the  village  of 
adobe  and  logs.  The  Indians  had  long  since  gone  to  rest.  Great 
Salt  Lake  Valley  was  left  unmolested  to  the  fluttering  white 
flakes  and  the  bright  angels  of  peace  and  good  will.  But  a 
tense  expectancy  pervaded  the  gentle  peace  of  the  night,  and 
l*--n*  before  daylight  the  camp  had  awakened  to  the  meager 
Christmas    joys    of    that   brave    little    camp.      Rippling   mirth 


THE   GIFT   OF   PEACE  127 

poured  from  the  frosty  windows  and  climbed  with  the  circling 
smoke  up  the  chimneys.  From  morn  until  night  that  day  there 
was  peace  and  joy  and  thanksgiving.  And  nowhere  in  the 
valley  was  there  more  happiness  than  in  the  cheery  Yates  cabin, 
unless  it  was  in  a  far  off  wikiup  where  a  little  Indian  boy  sat  all 
day  and  played  with  a  wooden  horse,  while  a  moody  old  chief 
watched  and  smiled  inwardly. 


Gems  of  Thought 


"As  a  man  thinketh  in  his  hearty  so  is  he." — Proverbs. 

"All  things   are  possible  to  him  who   believes." — Selected 

"Never  speak  a  word  that  you  would  not  wish  to  come  true." 

"Man  is  materialized  thought;  he  is  what  he  thinks."— Franz  Hartman. 

"Wherefore  let  him  that  thinketh  he  standeth  take  heed  lest  he  fall." — 
Paul. 

"Do  not  think  a  thought  that  you  do  not  wish  manifest  in  your  life." — 
Author  Unknown. 

"Never  imagine  a  condition  or  circumstance  that  you  would  not  like 
to  see  near  you."— Selected. 

"Every  right  action  and  true  thought  sets  the  seal  of  its  beauty  on  the 
person  and  the  face." — Ruskin.. 

"Day  dreams  aren't  useless  after  all,  provided  you  back  them  up  with 
day  hustle." — Jerome  P.  Flieshman. 

"Practically  all  things  are  possible  to  a  man  who  can  learn  how  and 
what  to  think." — Dr.  Wm.  A.  Keever. 

"Silence  and  reserve  suggest  latent  power  *  *  *  what  some  men 
think  has  more  effect  than  what  others  say." — Chesterfield. 

"Thoughts  are  not  only  things,  they  are  living  things  which  grow, 
multiply,  and  bring  forth  after  their  own  kind." — Agnes  Mae  Glasgow. 

"Those  who  make  room  for  impressions  will  receive  them.  Man's  soul 
may  be  perfected  by  the  power  of  the  will." — Paracelsus. 

"As  nothing  reveals  character  like  the  company  we  like  and  keep,  so 
nothing  foretells  futurity  like  the  thoughts  over  which  we  brood." — Newell 
Dwight  Hillis. 

"Act  is  the  blossom  of  thought;  joy  and  suffering  are  its  fruits;  thus 
does  a  man  garner  in  the  sweet  and  bitter  fruitage  of  his  own  husbandry." 
— James  Allen. 

"Truly  thought  must  image  forth  the  thing  of  the  condition  desired  be- 
fore it  can  manifest  itself.  This  is  a  truth  known  to  all  metaphysicians.— 
Stephen  Adams. 

"Crowd  your  mind  with  thoughts  that  are  rich  and  high  and  wonderful. 
This  is  the  simplest  way  to  build  strength,  quality,  and  greatness,  into  your 
mind." — Christian  D.  Larson. 


Jearts  andfjolfyhocks 

c/7  Story  of  Love,  Struggle 
and  Society 

JluthMoenchBeJt 


Chapter  III 

"There  ne'er  was  a  gallant  like  Young  Lochinvar!"  Edna 
laughed  happily  as  she  cuddled  up  to  John  in  the  little  car  he 
had  hired  to  escape  the  mob.  It  was  thrilling  to  be  spirited 
away  in  so  romantic  a  fashion.  It  was  the  pinnacle  of  a  maid's 
ambition  to  be  wed'  to  one  who  could  so  cleverly  make  his  es- 
cape from  the  showers  of  rice  and  old  shoes,  that  Phil,  with  all 
his  wealth,  had  been  forced  t  o  take.  A  woman  Ion  es  a  big  man, 
a  strong  man,  a  masterly  man.  Edna  knew  that  John  was  all 
these  as  she  felt  the  joy  of  adventure  with  her  hero. 

"Where  are  you  taking  me  to,  Young  Lochinvar?"  she 
demanded,  glorying  in  the  fact  that  she  was  almost  lost  to 
view  beside  his  broad  shoulders. 

"I'm  going  to  take  you  to  a  spot  where  no  best  man  or  other 
admiring  swain  can  have  another  glimpse  of  you  for  two  weeks." 
Even  a  Ford  sedan  runabout  can  be  steered  with  one  hand.  John 
used  the  other  arm  to  draw  Edna  to  him. 

"I'm  starved  for  you.  I'm  almost  jealous.  The  way  some 
of  those  fellows  were  adoring  you  was  more  than  I  could  en- 
dure." 

"They  weren't  looking  at  me  at  all,"  Edna  maintained. 
"Every  woman  and  girl  in  the  crowd  was  admiring  you  and  en- 
vying me." 

"What  about  Phil  and  Judith?" 

"Didn't  they  look  splendid?  It  was  certainly  a  wedding  to 
remember." 

"It  was,  little  woman,  and  I'm  glad  you  had  it.  I'm  glad 
you  had  the  center  of  the  stage  with  your  girlhood  friend.  I'm 
glad  of  the  bridal  finery,  the  veil,  the  bridesmaids,  the  flower 
girls  and  all  th,e  beautiful  setting  for  two  lonely  flowers." 

"Why  are  you  saying  it  sadly?" 

"I  remember  my  baby  sister  trailing  a  table  cloth  about  the 
house.  It  was  wound  about  her  head  like  a  turban  and  swept 
after  her  for  several  yards.  She  was  getting  the  sensation  of 
being  a  bride.    So  I'm  glad  you  have  had  it  all." 

"\ou  are  making  me  anxious,"  Edna  pouted  prettily, 
"That's  the  way  father  always  led  up  to  something  disagreeable." 

"Oh,  darling,  I  hope  it  won't  be  disagreeable,"  John  wavered 


HEARTS  AND  HOLLYHOCKS  129 

and  incidentally  nearly  ran  the  car  into  a  tree.  "But  you  are 
right.  I  am  leading  up  to  something  with  clumsy  masculine 
tact.  I  was  trying  to  tell  you  that  I  was  glad  you  had  realized 
your  dream,  and  hoping  you  would  enjoy  mine  for  we  are  al- 
most at  our  destination." 

John  glanced  covertly  at  Edna's  face.  Was  it  disappoint- 
ment or  dismay  or  only  suspended  judgment  he  read  there? 

"Then  we  are  not  going  on  any  train?"  Edna  asked  nerv- 
ously. They  were  drawing  near  the  outskirts  of  town,  a  region 
Edna  scarcely  knew.     "Where  are  you  taking  me?" 

"To  a  little  hut  among  the  hollyhocks,"  John  breathed  as 
he  stopped  the  car  before  a  small  adobe  cottage  almost  hidden 
by  hollyhocks  and  climbing  roses. 

It  was  an  alluring  spot,  but  Edna  bit  her  lip  in  vexation. 
The  shock  was  too  great.  So  this  was  where  they  were  to  spend 
their  honeymoon.  When  Judith  told  of  the  beauties  of  Florida, 
she  would  have  to  remain  silent  or — really,  it  was  too  stupid  oi 
John.  "Just  for  tonight,"  Edna  demurred.  "Then  off  on  a 
journey  tomorrow?" 

"Only  in  fancy,  dear,"  John  pleaded.  "Don't  you  love  me 
enough  to  be  happy  with  me  here?" 

"I  could  be  happy  with  you  anywhere,"  Edna  recovered 
herself.    "Only  this  was  so  unexpected." 

"Now,  I'm  just  going  to  take  you  to  the  door,  dear,"  John 
kissed  her  gratefully.  "Then  I'll  leave  you  to  rove  about  and 
dream  while  I  take  the  little  car  back.  It  was  only  borrowed, 
you  know.  Then  I'll  walk  back,  thinking  every  step  of  the  way 
that  my  dream  has  come  true.  My  dream  that  a  lovely  little 
woman  loves  me  and  is  waiting  for  me  in  a  'hut  half  hidden 
among  roses,  herself  the  fairest  rose  of  all." 

"John  I'd  love  you  better  than  any  other  man  on  earth  if 
this  were  alii  the  worldly  wealth  we  should,  ever  possess.  If  you 
were  poor  or — or — why,  I'd  be  prouder  of  you  en  en  if  I  had  to 
go  through  poverty  of  the  very  poorest  kind.  I'd  even  share  dis- 
grace with  you  rather  than  be  the  wife  of  the  richest,  most  hon- 
ored man  on  earth." 

John  drew  her  to  him  tenderly.  "I  don't  imagine  I'll  ask  you 
to  share  very  dire  poverty,  little  woman,  certainly  not  disgrace. 
I'm  not  contemplating  any  desperately  criminal  acts.  But  it's 
going  to  be  rather  hard  to  play  up  to  Phil  and  Judith.  He'll 
have  a  car.    We'll  walk." 

"Splendid  exercise,"  Edna  laughed.  "Just  so  we  walk  to- 
gether." 

"That's  what  I  was  trying  to  get  at  the  other  night,"  John 
agreed,  and  that's  the  thought  I'll  leave  you  with.  And  I'll  be 
back  as  quickly  as  possible." 


130  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

Edna  stood  watching  his  car  out  of  sight  while  a  thousand 
memories  were  assailing  her. 

"What  is  it?"  she  finally  asked  herself.  "Why  it  is  this  old- 
fashioned  garden!  It  is  just  like  grandma's.  There  are  the  very 
hurdock  leaves  I  used  to  fashion  into  hats.  And  here  are  the 
hollyhocks  to  trim  them  with.  And  there  are  larkspur  and  mari- 
golds and  candytuft." 

Fully  an  hour  later  John  came  upon  her  unexpectedly. 
She  was  surrounded  by  the  works  of  her  hands:  the  most  be- 
witching doll  parasols,  exquisit  creations  of  Paris  hats,  ballet 
dancers,  adorable  elderly  ladies  and  a  perfect  colony  of  dolls, 
all  fashioned  from  satiny  hollyhocks,  burdock  leaves  and  old 
fashioned  flowers. 

"Why,  this  is  paradise,"  Edna  exclaimed,  dropping  her 
fascinating  treasures  to  run  to  John.  "This  is  grandma's  gar- 
den all  over  again.  I  used  to  think  it  was  heaven  and  fairyland 
all  rolled  into  one.  And  I'm  starving  to  death  and  just  found 
it  out." 

"So  am  I.    Let's  see  what  we  can  find." 

They  opened  the  back  door  and  there  as  cozy  as  could  be 
was  the  kitchen  table  set  out  with  an  old  fashioned  supper, 
bowls  of  creamy  milk,  a  plate  of  brown  bread,  sliced  so  daintily, 
honey  in  the  comb.  It  was  all  so  homey  and  inviting,  the  spot- 
less kitchen,  the  snowy  cloth,  the  informal  meal.  Th^ey  were  at 
home  at  once. 

"How  could  paradise  be  so  close  to  town,"  Edna  laughed 
after  she  had  eaten  her  capacity  of  brown  bread  and  milk,  and, 
armed  with  a  plate  of  cookies  and  a  plate  of  apples,  was  making 
for  the  next  room. 

"I  know  there  is  another  room  and  a  fire-place  where  we 
can  munch  cookies  and  apples  before  the  blaze.  But  who  owns 
it  all  and  how  did  you  come  to  find  it?" 

"You  are  right,"  John  exclaimed  opening  the  door  before 
he  answered  all  the  questions.  "Here  is  the  fire-place  and  the 
fire  all  laid."  He  struck  a  blaze  and  placing  the  apples  and 
cookies  on  a  small  table,  evidently  for  the  very  purpose,  he 
brought  up  the  big  chair  and  drew  Edna  into  it  while  he 
perched  on  the  arm.  "It  belongs  to  a  beautiful  woman,  whose 
soul  time  has  not  tarnished.  She  goes  up  town  to  work  but  lives 
here  with  her  flowers  and  her  memories;  and  a  more  serene 
countenance,  a  heart  more  brimming  with  good-will  I  have  never 
encountered.  I  have  admired  the  place  so  often  she  invited  us 
to  spend  our  honeymoon  here  while  she  was  away  on  a  visit." 

"Two  could  sit  comfortably  in  this  great  chair,"  Edna 
invited,  making  room  beside  herself.  "I  want  to  dream  on  your 
shoulder  before  this  grate  fire.    A  person  could  live  a  thousand 


HEARTS  AND   HOLLYHOCKS  131 

years  in  a  quiet  nook  like  this.  It  is  so  much  like  grandma's 
home.  It  seems  so  strange  now  as  I  look  back  on  it.  There  were 
always  aunts  and  uncles  and  grandchildren  visiting  her,  several 
families  at  one  time.  I  never  remember  less  than  three  families 
at  any  time.  And  yet  I  never  heard  a  quarrel,  a  cross  word, 
a  sarcastic  criticism.  I  never  thought  of  it  till  now.  And  I  never 
heard  an  unpleasant  word  between  grandpa  and  grandma  in 
my  life.  I  don't  remember  seeing  a  frown  or  ugly  glance.  No 
one  was  ever  in  a  hurry  or  worried.  I  can  see  the  table  set  and 
the  children,  aunts,  uncles  and  grandpa  and  grandma  around  it. 
That  table  reached  from  one  end  of  the  long  room,  which  was 
kitchen  and  dinning  room,  clear  to  the  other.  I  wonder  why  we 
were  so  quiet  and  well-behaved!  Was  it  grandpa's  sweet  in- 
fluence? I  know  it  was  not  because  we  were  afraid  of  him  or 
grandma.  Then  the  evenings  after  supper.  We  played  so 
quietly,  while  grandpa  read  his  paper  and  grandma  sat  knitting. 
I  remember  hearing  the  old  clock  tick.  We  all  listened  for  the 
hour  of  nine.  That  was  the  signal  for  grandpa  to  fold  his  paper 
and  lay  it  on  the  table,  take  off  his  glasses,  and  turn  his  chair 
towards  the  center  of  the  room.  Each  one  found  a  chair  and 
turned  it  in  a  circle  or  knelt  with  someone  while  grandpa 
prayed.  He  was  a  lengthy  petitioner,  when  it  came  to  prayers. 
And  many  a  time  we  just  had  to  snicker  oner  some  absurd 
thought  that  popped  into  our  heads  while  the  prayer  lasted 
And  oh,  how  our  kness  ached  before  he  got  through.  Then 
everyone  went  to  bed.  But  why  was  everything  so  quiet  and 
peaceful  there?  We  children  were  noisy  enough  at  home.  With 
all  these  families  under  one  roof,  why  was  there  no  discord, 
no  quarreling  or  fault-finding?" 

"Maybe  it  was  the  atmosphere  of  the  place,"  John  ven- 
tured under  the  spell  of  Edna's  words,  and  wondering  himself 
at  her  narrative.  "Maybe  you  explained  it  all  when  you  said 
no  one  was  ever  in  a  hurry,  no>  one  ever  worried." 

"Or,  if  they  did  thev  left  their  worries  at  the  gate,"  Edna 
smiled.  "I  know  we  aty  had  the  greatest  reverence  for  grandpa, 
with  his  snowy  beard,  his  kindly  voice.  He  said  so  little.  We 
children  always  knew  when  he  was  concerned  about  anything. 
He  put  his  hands  behind  him  and  walked  way  up  to  the  back 
of  the  lot  where  he  could  be  alone  to  think.  And  no  one  ever 
disturbed  him.  When  he  returned,  we  could  see  bv  his  clear 
brows  that  he  had  solved  his  problem  or  subdued  his  sorrow, 
or  calmed  his  anger.  He  was  the  sam?  serene  soul  that  said  so 
little  but  was  always  kind  and  loving." 

"That  is  what  I  should  like  to  be,  young  or  old,"  John  ex- 
claimed. "And  you  have  described  the  kind  of  home  I  have  al- 
ways wished  for,  a  place  of  peace." 


132  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

"At  home,  we  were  hurrying  to  go  somewhere,  or  worrying 
about  expenses,  or  hoping  for  something  new,  and  straining  to 
pay  for  it.  Furniture,  clothes,  dishes,  carpets  or  something  else, 
was  always  in  demand  and  always  crying  out  to  be  paid  for." 

"It  is  a  terrible  strain  to  be  forever  standing  on  tiptoe 
straining  to  reach  a  mark  just  beyond  our  grasp,"  John  agreed, 
"and  that  is  what  makes  our  modern  lives  so  trying  on  our  soul 
strength.  'We  hio\  e  traveled  far  from  leisurely;  lane',''  he 
quoted. 

"And  that  reminds  me,"  Edna  cried,  "is  Tennyson  in  the 
bookcase?  I  thought  of  something  this  morning  that  I  wanted 
to  look  over  again." 

"I  know  what  it  is,"  John  exclaimed  with  almost  uncanny 
insight.  "I  thought  of  the  same  thing  when  I  saw  you  in  the 
iiltar  room.    It  is  what  the  prince  says  about  his  mother." 

"Yes  in  'The  Princess,'  how  could  you  have  known?" 

"Suggestion.  When  hearts  are  in  tune,  they  receive  thought 
messages  just  as  easily  as  spoken  messages.  When  mother  was 
living,  I  never  thought  of  a  song,  when  we  were  in  a  room  to- 
gether that  she  didn't  begin  singing  it.  And  if  she  thought  of 
one  I  was  whistling  it  right  away." 

"I  hope  we  can  always  be  in  tune  with  each  other,  like 
that,"  Edna  sighed. 

"And  both  together  in  tune  with  God,"  John  added,  kissing 
her  tenderly.  "Here  is  the  message  you  wished.  I  memorized  it 
years  ago,  after  mother  died: 

"Not  learned,  save  in  gracious  household  ways, 

No  angeL  but  a  dearer  being,  all  dipt 

In  angel  instincts,  breathing  paradise, 

Interpreter  between  the  gods  and  men. 
*     *     * 

"Happy  he  with  such  a  mother!  faith  in  womankind 
Beat  with  his  blood,  and  trust  in  all  things  high 
Comes  easy  to  him,  and  though  he  trip  and  fall 
He  shall  not  blind  his  soul  with  clay." 

And  so  the  evening  passed  and  th,e  other  evenings,  too. 
They  found  an  old  guitar.  John  knew  a  few  chords,  so  they 
sang  old  songs  together,  or  read,  or  dreamed  by  the  fire-place, 
or  walked  in  the  moonlight. 

Fishing  in  the  river  that  flowed  by  one  side  of  the  lot,  work 
in  the  little  garden,  housework  and  visiting  with  each  other,  took 
up  their  days.     And  soon  the  two  weeks  were  over. 

"It  has  been  so  perfect,  I  dread  the  change,"     Edna  sighed 
as  they  sat  by  the  fire  for  the  last  evening. 

"It  is  one  dream  that  came  true,"  John  added. 


HEARTS  AND  HOLLYHOCKS  133 

Yet  neither  realized  that  the  memory  of  those  beautiful 
hours  together,  would  bless  and  torture  them  in  the  years  that 
were  to  come. 

Neither  realized  that  unseen  forces  were  even  then 
upon  their  threshold,  forces  that  would  inevitably  change  the 
set  of  their  sails. 

"Didn't  you  say  that  Judith  and  Phil  were  to  come  in  and 
sp,3nd  this  last  evening  with  us?"  Edna  asked. 

"Yes,  I  told  Phil,  where  we  were  to  be.  They  were  to  drop 
in  on  us  on  their  way  from  the  train  before  anyone  expected 
them  homie." 

"That  sounds  like  them,  now,"  Edna  exclaimed  as  a  car  was 
heard  to  stop  at  the  gate. 

Chapter  IV 

"It's  our  last  evening  in  this  dear,  little  home.  I  wish  we 
might  stay  here  always,"  Edna  sighed. 

John  leaned  over  and  clasped  her  in  his  arms.  "It's  worse 
than  that,  dearest,  it's  our  last  minute.  Judith  is  at  the  door  right 
now." 

There  was  an  impetuous  ring  at  the  old  fashioned  bell,  then 
Judith  tried  the  knob.  She  was  in  the  room  in  a  minute  in  a 
blaze  of  wrath.  Phil  followed  right  after,  anxious  to  explain 
and  make  up.     But  Judith  sprang  away  from  him. 

"Why,  Judith,"  Edna  cried  in  dismay,  clasping  Judith's 
storm-shaken  body  in  her  arms.      "Whatever  has  happened?" 

"It's  Phil!  and  I  just  hate  him!  I  never  will  make  up 
with  him!"     Judith  sobbed  passionately. 

"She's  just  tired,"  Phil  apologized.  "We've  had  a  deuce 
of  a  time.  There  was  a  wreck  just  ahead  of  us  And  there  we 
were  side-tracked  without  a  diner  for  about  twenty-four  hours. 
Judy  and  I  finally  got  out  and  walked  into  a  miserable,  little, 
one-house  town.  But  we  hired  a  man  to  bring  out  his  Tin 
Lizzie  and  get  us  to  a  real  town.  There  we  sat  in  a  cold  sta- 
tion, half-starved  for  hours — " 

"Oh,  for  pity's  sake,  don't  make  me  live  it  all  over  again!" 
Judith  exclaimed.    "It  was  bad  enough  to  go  over  it  once." 

Edna  took  command  of  the  situation  at  once.  "You  sit 
right  here  in  this  easy)  chair,  Judie.  Phil,  stir  up  the  fire.  And 
John,  you  can  take  her  hat  and  gloves  and  then  come  and  help 
me  get  something  warm  for  her.  She's  just  tired  and  hungry 
and  sleepy  and  everything  else  that's  miserable." 

The  men  did  as  th,ey  were  bidden  and  in  a  few  minutes 
John  wheeled  the  little  table,  on  which  he  and  Edna  had  enjoyed 
so  many  cozy,  fireside  meals,  close  to  the  fire-place.     "Oh,  this 


134  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

tastes  so  good,"  Judith  .exclaimed  ravenously.  "I'm  nearly 
starved  to  death.  Wherever  did  you  find  this  cozy  nest?  I 
didn't  know  you  could  cook,  Edna." 

"I  can't,"  Edna  laughed.  "Any  dining-car  chef  could  make 
my  simple  attemps  look  silly,  indeed." 

"Don't  say  dining-car  chef,"  Phil  begged.  "The  things  they 
served  us  in  the  name  of  food  and  the  prices  we  paid  and  the 
tips  we  gave!" 

"  'When  I  was  at  home  I  was  in  a  better  place',"  John 
quoted  in  imitation  of  Touchstone.  "  'But  travelers  must  be  con- 
tent'." 

"Never  again  for  me,"  Judith  groaned. 

"You'll  forget  all  about  it  by  morning,"  John  predicted, 
"and  be  telling  everyone  that  will  listen  how  wonderful  Florida 
is.  Why,  a  month  from  now  you'd  undertake  a  trip  to  the  moon, 
if  there  was  a  chance,  and  Edna  would  be  ready  to  go  with 
you." 

"Florida  is  lovely,"  Judith  cried,  "and,  oh,  those  southern 
roses." 

"Not  half  so  fragrant  as  the  honeysuckle  all  over  this  old 
porch,  and  not  half  so  pretty  as  the  hollyhocks  and  marigolds 
rnd  batchelor  buttons — " 

"And  the  burdock  leaves — "  John  interrupted  Edna  teas- 
ingly.  He  psver  could  get  over  the  array  of  Paris  hats  she  had 
fashioned  from  them  that  first  night  in  the  over-grown  garden. 

"You  two  seem  frightfully  happy,"  Judith  sighed  enviously 
as  she  noted  the  tender  intimacy  between  th,em,  at  the  same  time 
casting  about  for  some  way  to  slip  her  hand  unobtrusively  into 
Phil's  by  way  of  an  attempt  at  making  up.  John  and  Edna, 
noting  her,  contrived  to  gaze  studiously  into  the  fire,  and  soon 
both  couples  were  building  castles  in  the  flames  and  embers. 

"You  are  going  to  stay  with  us,  you  know,"  Edna  urged 
when  they  finally  spoke  of  going  home.  "There  is  a  spare  bed- 
room all  ready  for  you.  It  is  the  last  of  our  vacation  and  honey- 
moon, and  we  ought  to  spend  it  together." 

"We'll  have  to  go  home,"  Judith  spoke  with  reluctance. 
"Our  families  will  be  expecting  us.  But  I'd  like  to  dream  here 
forever.  Traveling  is  interesting;,  but  it  can  get  on  one's  nerves 
when  everything  goes  frightfully  wrong." 

This  was  recognized  as  Judith's  apolosry  for  her  little  out- 
burst against  Phil  when  she  first  arrived.  Phil  patted  her  hand 
affectionately  to  show  he  understood  and  cherished  no  resent- 
ment. 

"Well,  we  couldn't  afford  a  real  trip,  so  we  came  here  to 
'The  Forest  of  Arden,'  as  Edna  calls  it,  and  dreamed  all  kinds 


HEARTS  AND  HOLLYHOCKS  135 

of  adventure,  not  one  of  which  could  be  so  wonderful  as  to  lhe 
here  all  the  time." 

"It  would  be  lonely  for  Edna  while  you  were  gone  all  day," 
Judith  demurred.  "And  then  it  would  be  awkward  for  you  to 
have  to  walk  so  far  after  work." 

"Walking  is  good  exercise,"  John  maintained.  "But  I 
hadn't  thought  it  might  be  lonsly  for  Edna  here  all  day."  He 
spoke  like  a  school  boy  whose  pet  bubble  has  burst  just  when 
he  had  hoped  it  might  last  forever. 

"It  is  surely  cozy  here,"  Phil  agreed,  "but  there  is  no  use 
turning  hermit  yet  awhile."  Here  Judith  and  Phil  exchanged 
meaningful  glances  and  a  minute  later  there  was  the  sound  of  a 
car  stopping  and  a  medley  of  voices  and  laughter  coming  up  the 
graveled  walk.  There  was  a  chorus  of  oh's  and  ah's!  when  the 
door  opened  and  the  parents  of  all  but  John  stood  on  the 
threshold. 

"We  tracked  you  young  scallywags,"  Phil's  father  laughed. 
"How  did  you  come  to  think  of  this  place  to  hide  a  honeymoon 


in 


"It  was  entirely  John's  idea,"  Edna  smiled  proudly. 

"Yes,  and  he  wants  to  hide  Edna  here  for  the  rest  of  her 
life,"  Phil  joked. 

"Nonsense,"  Phil's  father  exploded,  "we'll  soon  put  a  stop 
to  all  that.  Get  on  your  toggery  all  of  you.  We're  going  to 
kidnap  you  and  take  you  all  back  to  civilization." 

"All  except  Edna  and  her  captor,"  John  declared.  "We 
must  finish  our  honeymoon  here.    Unless  she'd  rather  go." 

"I  couldn't  go  yet,"  Edna  agreed.  "It's  going  to  be  hard 
enough  in  the  morning,  even.  We've  been  so  happy  here.  I 
almost  dread  to  change.  " 

She  spoke  so  sincerely  and  with  such  evident  regret  at  the 
thought  of  leaving,  that  after  a  few  protests,  the  group  went 
merrily  away. 

"This  may  change  your  minds  somewhat,"  Phil's  father 
smiled  as  he  placed  a  sealed  envelope  in  John's  hands  and 
hurried  away. 

"And  this  may  change  Edna's  notions,"  her  father  cried, 
affectionately  pressing  a  similar  envelope  into  her  hand.  "Now, 
don't  open  them  till  we  are  out  of  sight,"  he  commanded.  "And 
remember  John's  letter  is  to  be  opened  first." 

"What  do  you  suppose  it  is?"  Edna  wondered,  when  the 
sound  of  the  cars  was  no  longer  audible. 

"Something  good,  of  course,"  John  hazarded.  "Phil's  father 
never  does  anything  else.  And  yet  somehow  I  dread  to  open  it. 
I'm  superstitious  I  suppose.  These  two  weeks  have  been  so 
perfect,  I  know  they  can't  last  forever.    And  I  know  nothing  else 


136  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

could  ever  be  better.     I  feel  like  Adam  and  Eve  must  have  felt 
when  they  turned  their  backs  on  Paradise." 

"Silly  boy,"  Edna  laughed  happily.  "We'll  take  our  Para- 
dise right  along  with  us.     Now  open  the  letter." 

After  John  had  opened  it,  he  stood  silent  so  long  that  Edna 
came  and  peeped  over  his  shoulder.  "It's  just  what  I  feared," 
he  said  thoughtfully. 

"Feared,"  Edna  almost  shrieked  for  joy.  'O,  goody,  goody, 
goody!  Why  can't  you  read,  you  foolish?  Oh,  hurrah!  hur- 
rah! They've  given  us  the  lot  next  to  Phil's  and  Judith's.  It's 
right  where  they  are  going  to  build.  Judie  and  I  will  be  side 
by  side  again.  We  won't  even  have  a  fence  between.  It  will  be 
just  as  Judie  and  I  have  always  been.  Oh,  isn't  h,e  the  grandest 
man  on  earth,  Phil's  father?  He  must  love  you  as  if  you  were 
his  son.  I  suppose  he  knows  how  Judith  and  I  have  always  been. 
Oh,  aren't  you  glad,  darling?" 

"You  don't  realize,  sweetheart,"  John  explained  seriously. 
"There  is  the  lot  right  enough,  but  how  can  pennyless  John 
build  a  house  on  it?" 

"Couldn't  we  mortgage  the  lot  for  enough  to  build  the 
house?" 

"We  might  get  one  third  of  th,e  amount  necessary,  that  way." 

"Well,  couldn't  we  build  just  a  small  house  at  first?" 

"How  would  you  feel  in  a  small  house  while  Judith  was 
next  door  in  a  large  one?" 

"Oh,  I  shouldn't  mind  it  at  first." 

"But  that  is  the  residence!  part  of  town.  Every  house  along 
the  street  is  handsome  and  pretentious.  I  hoped  we  might  stav 
here  or  in  some  modest  neighborhood  where  we  would  not  have 
to  be  in  competition  always  with  those  whose  fortunes  are  made. 
Then  we  could  save  and  build  when  we  could  afford  to  and  as 
we  could  afford  to  build,  instead  of  being  forced  into  some- 
thing beyond  our  means." 

"But  we  can't  refuse,"  Edna  cried  in  dismay.  "Why,  we 
haven't  opened  father's  letter  yet." 

John  looked  on  while  Edna  hurriedly  tore  open  the  en- 
velop. Then  she  suddenly  flung  the  letter  into  the  air  and  caught 
John  about  the  neck.  "Oh,  you  darling.  It  is  solved.  The 
whole  thing  is  solved.     Isn't  he  the  dandiest  daddy?" 

"He  is  going  to  put  up  for  us  to  build  with?"  John  asked  with- 
out enthusiasm,. 

"However  could  you  guess?  No,  it  isn't  that.  Poor  daddy 
couldn't  do  that.  He  will  go  on  our  notes  though,  and  help  us 
to  get  the  money  so  we  can  build  right  while  we  are  about  it. 
Why,  you  don't  seem  a  bit  relieved,  John  I  think  you  are 
dreadfully  ungrateful." 


HEARTS  AND  HOLLYHOCKS  137 

"It  isn't  that,  sweetheart.  It's  only — oh,  well,  I  guess  it  will 
come  out  all  right.  After  all  it's  the  set  of  the  sail,  and  not  the 
gale  that  determines  the  way  we  go!'" 

Edna  went  to  sleep  that  night  to  dream  happily  of  a  beau- 
tiful modern  home  of  her  own.  John  was  at  her  side,  and  Judith 
was  just  across  the  yard.    John,  however,  tossed  wakefully. 

"I  suppose  it  is  wicked  and  stupid  and  ungrateful  of  me," 
he  thought  to  himself.  "But  I  don't  want  a  home  on  another 
man's  bounty.  And  I  know  that  notes  have  a  way  of  falling  due 
just  whether  one  is  ready  to  meet  them  or  not.  And  usually 
one  is  no  more  ready  to  meet  them  when  they  fall  due  than  he 
was  when  he  made  them  out.  But  that  is  not  the  worst  feature 
of  this.  It  is  that  living  up  to  Judith  and  Phil  eternally,  whether 
we  can  or  not.     It  is  the  one  fear  I  have  about  our  marriage." 

Towards  morning  John  dozed  off  to  dream  ridiculously  of 
sheriff's  scales,  bridge  luncheons,  sedan  cars  and> — well,  he 
wouldn't  even  name  the  other  picture  that  came.  But  as  this 
latter  figment  of  a  troubled  brain  flitted  before  the  vision  of  his 
unconsciousness,  he  woke  with  a  start  and  a  yawn  of  grateful 
return  to  consciousness. 

"Whatever  happens;  it  is  Edna's  happiness,  not  my  notions, 
that  must  be  considered,"  he  decided.  "I  must  make  the  little 
girl  happy.  And  her  heart  seems  set  on  this.  Come  on,  little 
worr»an,"  he  called  gaily,  as  Edna  opened  her  eyes.  "We've  got 
to  get  back  to  realities  and  plunge  into  life  in  earnest." 
(To  be  continued) 


In  the  Beautiful  Valley  of  Life 

I  was  weary  and  worn  with  much  care. 

Great  sorrow  and  grief  I  had  known ; 
The  hour  seemed  as  one  of  despair 

Whence  joy,  like  a  fleet  hird,  had  flown. 

Yet  e'en  down  by  the  valley  of  death 
I  found  that  my  Savior  seemed  near, 

To  whisper  of  comfort  and  faith, 

Saying  this — "You  have  nothing  to  fear." 

0  blessed   Redeemer  of  mine, 

If  the   valley   of   death  be   so   sweet, 

Then  what  of  the  valley  of  life, 
With   a   harvest   of   glory   replete? 

0  ye  who  now  strive  for  that  goal, 
Take  courage,  the  victory  is  near; 

Remember  His  dear,  precious  words, 
And  you  will  have  "Nothing  to  fear." 
Berkeley,  California  Annie  G.  LaurUzen 


Large  Families" 

Dr.  C.  L.  Olsen 

The  term  "a  large  family,"  intuitively  brings  before  our 
mind's  eye,  for  the  sake  of  comparison,  the  small  family,  as  well 
as  larger  and  smaller  ones.  Even  the  thought  of  a  family  without 
children  crowds  in  upon  us. 

In  discussing  the  subject  before  us,  we  must  first  endeavor 
to  show  the  necessity  for  children  to  be  born  at  all,  unto  their 
parents — and,  likewise,  the  necessity  of  parents  allowing  children 
to  be  born  untoi  them.  And,  thank  God,  we  are  not  left  in  the 
dark  concerning  this  matter;  neither  do  we  have  to  depend  upon 
the  whims  and  fancies  of  mortal  man,  in  determining  this  import- 
ant issue. 

It  should  not  require  a  great  deal  of  argument  to  convince 
Latter-day  Saints,  particularly,  that  to  bear  children  is  a  mis- 
sion, divinely  appointed  to  all  of  God's  children.  There  can  be 
no  room  for  argument  about  this  question,  which  has  ones  and 
for  all  time  been  settled,  by  an  Authority,  which  no  Christian, 
at  least  will  doubt. 

"To  the  law  and  to  the  testimony."  So,  let  us  turn  to  Holy 
Writ:  When  the  all-wise  Creator  had  finished  his  great  work, 
preparing  this  earth  as  an  abode  for  his  children  while  they 
should  sojourn  in  mortality,  and  he  had  placed  upon  this,  his 
footstool,  our  first  parents,  "God" — I  am  quoting — "blessed 
them,  and  God  said  unto  them,  Be  fruitful,  and  multiply,  and  re- 
plenish the  earth."  To  multiply  urns  intended  as  a  blessing-- 
not  as  a  punishment. 

To  inherit  an  earthly  tabernacle  is  the  only  means  by 
which  the  spirit  of  man  can  possibly  advance  and  in  course  of 
time  become  like  his  heavenly  Father.  If  it  is  true — which  of 
course  it  is — that  "all  of  God's  children  must  receive  bodies  be- 
fore this  earth  and  its  inhabitants  will  have  fulfilled  the  great 
purpose  for  which  they  were  created,"  it  is  clear  that  the  respon- 
sibility of  allowing  children  to  be  born,  or  of  denying  them  that 
natural  right,  rests  upon  those  who,  as  husbands  and  wives,  have, 
impliedly,  accepted  the  mission  of  becoming  parents,  if  God  shall 
grant  them  the  privilege.  These  great  truths  must  be  self-evi- 
dent to  every  right-thinking  man  or  woman. 


*An  address  delivered  before  the  Advanced  Senior  Class.  M.  I.  A.,  and 
others  over  sixteen  years  of  age,  Miller  ward,  Granite  Stake,  March  7,  1922. 


LARGE  FAMILIES  139 

What,  you  say,  are  all  men  subject  to  this  law,  the  law  gov- 
erning the  multiplying  of  species?  Yes,  absolutely.  Every 
healthy  individual,  not  only  human  beings,  but  lower  animals, 
as  well,  instinctively  respond  to  the  nuiversal  law  of  reproduction. 
None  but  the  coward,  the  faint-hearted  weakling,  or  selfish  crea- 
ture will  attempt  to  evade  it.  Listen  to  the  immortal  shake- 
speare : 

"Torches  are  made  to  light,  jewels  to  wear, 
Dainties   to   taste,  fresh   beauty   for  use, 

Herbs  for  their  smell,  and  sappy  plants  to  bear; 
Things  growing  to  themselves  are  growth's  abuse: 

Seeds  spring  from  seeds,  and  beauty  breedeth  beauty, 

Thou  wast  begot — to  get  it  is  thy  duty. 

"Upon  the  earth's  increase  why  shouldst  thou  feed, 
Unless  the  earth  with  thy  increase  be  fed? 

By  law  of  Nature  thou  art  bound  to  breed, 

That  thine  may  live,  when  thou  thyself  art  dead; 

And  so  in   spite  of  death  thou  dost  survive, 

In  that  thy  likeness  still  is  left  alive." 

Man,  the  Creator's  master  piece,  the  crowning  glory  of  God's 
creation,  is  the  only  being  capable  of  designedly  thwarting  his 
Maker's  plan.  Elder  Joseph  A.  West,  in  his  excellent  article, 
"Marriage"  (Era,  Feb.,  1922)  referring  to  a  statement  in  the 
Oregonian,  says: 

"The  American  family  of  fifty  years  ago  averaged  a  little  over  five 
children;  whereas  now  it  averages  but  a  little  over  two;  one  hundred  and 
fifty  years  ago,  the  average  was  about  eight,"  and  adds,  "We  have  besides 
an  innumerable  host  of  men  and  women  who  fail  to  comply  with  God's 
first   great  commandment — to  multiply  and  replenish   the  earth." 

Referring  to  the  U.  S.  census  for  the  decennium  ending  with 
1920.  the  Springfield  Republican  has  this  to  say  regarding  the 
relative  size  of  the  American  family : 

"The  traditional  statistical  convention  of  five  in  a  family  [meaning 
parents  and  children]  is  apparently  due  for  revision  before  very  long.  The 
Census  Bureau  now  reports  the  average  at  4.3,  having  declined  from  five  in 
1880  to  4.9  in  1890 ;  to  4.7  in  1900  and  to  4.5  in  1910." 

Comparisons  are  odious;  but  they  are  mighty  telling  for  all 
of  that.  We,  the  Latter-day  Saints,  need  not  go  back  150  years 
to  find  some  very  valuable  food  for  reflection.  I  well  remember 
the  time — and  I  am  not  old,  by  any  means — when  we  boasted 
eight  as  being  the  number  of  an  average  Latter-day  Saint  family, 
as  against  five  for  the  United  States  as  a  whole.  And  what  are 
the  comparative  averages  today?     About  6  to  4%! 

And  now  we  are  brought  face  to  face  with  the  subject 
under  discussion  from  another  angle,  namely  that  of  quality: 
Referring  specifically  to  the  number  of  children  in  a  family,  the 


140  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

proposition,  "It  is  not  quantity  but  quality  that  counts,"  has  been 
variously  stated  by  several  eminent  men  time  and  again,  publicly 
and  pri\  ately,  in  speeches  and  in  writings.  The  statement  sounds 
plausible,  logical,  in  fact!  therefore,  it  is  frequently  repeated, 
parrot-like,  by  those  who  readily  take  things  for  granted.  Hav- 
ing been  allowed  to  go  unchallenged — at  least,  I  have  never  heard 
anyone  attempting  to  disprove  its  accuracy — the  assertion  has 
gained  credence,  while  even  well-informed  persons  have  accepted 
the  argument  as  finally  settled. 

To  be  sure,  quality  and  not  quantity  is  paramount  in  some, 
perhaps  most,  of  human  undertakings,  for  extample,  soldiers  in 
a  given  encounter;  aeroplane  pilots,  sea  captains,  the  personnel 
of  an  Arctic  expedition,  etc.  But  in  e^  ery  single  instance,  the  so 
much  desired  "quality"  depends  on  individual  selection,  wheth- 
er it  be  from  the  ranks  of  the  drafted  men,  the  most  skilful 
aviators,  the  careful  mariners  or  from  explorers,  renowned  for 
their  intrepidity. 

But  notwithstanding  such  selection  and  the  greatest  care 
imaginable  being  exercised  in  human  calculations,  the  actual 
outcome  may  prove  a  disappointment.  For  wherever  the  human 
equation  operates,  the  ultimate  results  are  problematical — they 
may  or  may  not  measure  up  to  expectations.  These  deductions 
hold  good  in  any  human  venture;  and  rearing  a  family  of  chil- 
dren, the  greatest  of  all  human  ventures,  is  no  exception.  "The 
best  laid  plans  of  men  and  mice  aft  gang  aglee."  The  unsinkable 
Titanic  sinks;  the  majestic  Roma  crashes  to  the  ground,  a  seeth- 
ing mass  of  flames,  abruptly  ending  the  expected  glorious  career 
of  its  noble  crew;  Shakleton,  the  daring  explorer,  dies  before 
reaching  his  goal. 

To  make  the  proposition,  "It  is  not  quantity  but  quality 
that  counts,"  an  axiom  as  applied  to  the  number  of  children  in  a 
family,  is  absurd.  It  is  the  feeble  echo  of  quibbling  man,  strug- 
aling  to  find  an  excuse  for  not  allowing  nature  to  take  its  course. 
It  is  the  hollow  creed  of  so-called  sexual  reformers;  the  untenable 
theory  of  the  ultra-scientific  mind,  in  search  for  something  with 
which  "to  soothe  the  unholv  throng,"  bending  every  energy  to 
find  an  excuse  for  disregarding  this  divine  injunction:  Multi- 
plv!  The  evil  one  does  not  care  how  this  is  done,  if  he  can  but 
frain  the  victory. 

Now,  let  us  for  a  few  moments  calmly  consider  the  question, 
viewing;  it  from  a  rational  standpoint:  The  quality  of  the  pro- 
duct depends  upon  the  quality  of  the  material.  Analogically, 
the  same  rule  governs  the  human  product;  hence,  if  the  qualitv 
in  children  he  deficient,  the  onlv  remedv  lies  in  obtaining  bet- 
ter "material."  How?  Bv  selection.  Can  any  human  being 
make  such  selection?     No.  The  quality  of  the  spirit  determines 


LARGE  FAMILIES  141 

the  quality  of  the  child,  the  man  or  the  wornan.  It  does  not  in 
the  least  depend  upon  the  number  of  children  in  a  given  family. 
Such  a  homely  proverb,  as:  "You  can  never  make  a  silk  purse 
from  a  sow's  ear,"  can  be  applied  to  human  beings,  even. 

Fortunately,  the  Lord  has  not  entrusted  puny,  whimsical 
mortals  with  the  privilege  of  selecting  from  among  his  spirits 
the  particular  one  or  ones  they  may  happen  to  want — spirits 
which,  when  embodied,  should  be  nobis,  beautiful  and  strong, 
and  possess  a  surpassing  degree  of  "quality."  This  particular 
prerogative  the  Lord  has  reserved  unto  himself.  He  may  in  his 
inscrutable  wisdom  see  fit  to  send  some  superior  spiritual  intelli- 
gences to  obtain  earthly  tabernacles,  in  one  or  another  dispensa- 
tion, all  to  bring  about  his  holy  purposes. 

In  explaining  the  meaning  of  the  extravagant  proposition 
mentioned  (and  its  exact  language  has  been  quoted)  its  pro- 
ponents will  say  that  according  to  science,  if  parents  could  be  in- 
duced not  to  burden  themselves  with  so  many  children,  but 
rather  be  satisfied  with,  say,  one  or  two,  they  would  be  able 
to  pay  more  attention  to  these,  provide  them  with  better  homes, 
better  food,  better  clothes  and  more  enjoyment;  surround  them 
with  more  "refined"  associates,  give  them  a  better  education,  etc., 
and  that  these  considerations  will  bring  about  the  so  greatly 
desired  "quality."  The  fact  is,  that  parents,  and  would-be  or 
should-be  parents,  today  are  burdened  with  too  much  "science" 
altogether,  in  connection  with  the  rearing  of  children,  while  com- 
mon sense  is  side-tracked,  The  "problem"  of  parenthood,  that 
frightful  bugbear  of  latter-day  sinners,  is  ding-donged  in  our 
ears,  in  season  and  out  of  season. 

Parents  and  parents-to-be,  take  heart!  Do  not  heed  the 
specious  pleadings  of  zealous  social  "reformers,"  who  are  trying 
to  show  you  how  God's  plan  can  be  improved  upon.  Quietly 
study  your  own  condition;  consider  the  following  facts,  and 
weigh  them  carefully.  Each  and  every  spirit,  both  before  and 
after  entering  mortality,  is  an  individual  entity.  As  such,  and 
hairing  been  endowed  with  ability  to  choose  between  good  and 
evil,  and  gw  en  an  inalienable  right  to  exercise  his  or  her  free 
agency,  all  that  parents  can  do,  in  rearing  a  family  of  children, 
is  to  teach  them  sound  doctrine,  instil  in  them  correct  principles, 
set  them  a  good  example,  and  endeavor  to  the  best  of  their 
ability  to  bring  them  up  in  the  fear  and  admonition  of  the  Lord. 
There  is  a  limit  to  responsibilitv-  even,  so  that  mortals  need  not 
feel  dismayed,  but,  filled  with  faith,  hope  and  charity  they  may 
accept  the  call  to  parenthood,  confidently  trusting  in  an  over- 
ruling Providence.  "Suffer  little  children,  and  forbid  them  not, 
to  come  unto  me."  Such  was  the  call  of  the  Savior.  Before 
children  can  come  unto  him,  they  must  be  born.    And  woe  unto 


142  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

those  who  intentionally  "forbid"  God's  spirits  to  enter  into  mor- 
tality, thus  hindering  them  from  progressing  in  the  scale  of 
intelligence. 

Ah,  yes,  eugenics  and  eusthenics!  We  must  not  forget  to 
mention  them.  When  these  interesting  subjects — so  fascinating, 
because  of  their  plausibilities — shall  have  been  worn  threadbare, 
depend  upon  it,  some  new  euphonic  term  will  be  coined,  for  eru- 
dite, grave-visaged  bachelors  and  spinsters,  to  prate  and  orate 
about.  Meanwhile,  people  with  common  sense,  healthy  bodies, 
sound  minds  and  natural  instincts  will  go  right  ahead  and  people 
this  world  in  the  good,  old-fashioned  way,  heeding  nature's 
promptings  and  not  the  silly  admonitions  of  their  inferiors. 

Now  let  us  look  at  the  large  family  as  an  actuality:  The 
potential  large  family  admits  of  academical  discussions;  the 
actual  large  family  is  a  domestic  reality,  where  polemical  disput- 
ations as  to  the  whys  and  wherefores,  and  the  eventful  outcome 
of  the  venture,  are  out  of  place. 

A  large  family  is  not  necessarily  a  bedlam,  where  confusion 
reigns  supreme.  It  is  rather  comparable  to  a  colony  of  busy 
bees,  where  each  indi^  idual  member  either  has  learned,  or  is 
learning,  to  do  something  useful,  not  only  for  her  own  self,  but 
for  the  good  of  the  whole  "colony."  The  mothsr,  that  dignified, 
guiding  load-star  in  the  home,  may  be  compared  to  the  stately 
queen-bee,  as  she  quietly,  calmy,  but  well  aware  of  her  command- 
ing station,  moves  about  in  the  "hive",  directing  e\ery  activity 
of  all  the  inmates. 

The  popular  refrain.  "Everybody  works  but  father,"  does 
not  apply  to  the  head  of  a  large  family,  especially  if  he  and  his 
wife  start  housekeeping  on  daily  wages,  a  meagre  bank  account, 
or,  as  more  often  happens,  without  any  tangible  assets.  If  he 
is  not  poor,  his  large  familv  will  very  likely  both  make  him  and 
keep  him  poor,  that  is,  in  this  world's  goods. 

If  ever — as  we  are  told  was  the  case  in  in  good,  old  Ameri- 
can days  of  yore — children  were  considered  as  representing  in- 
trinsic money  value  to  their  parents,  their  rating  on  any  such 
basis  is  long  since  obsolete.  At  present,  the  exchange  quota- 
tion?, on  the  child-market  are  decidedly  bearish/ — I  believe  that 
would  be  the  oroper  Wall  Street  term.  But  for  all  of  that,  the 
!"an  having  a  large  family  of  children — of  anywhere  near  decent 
rhildren — is  rich,  indeed.  Perhaps  not  rich  in  money,  stocks  or 
bonds,  but  in  possessing  the  inner  satisfaction  that  he  is  a  man, 
and  not  a  mouce.  He  takes  at  its  face  value  the  scriptural 
declaration:  "Lo,  children  are  a  heritage  of  the  Lord.  As  ar- 
rows are  in  the  hand  of  a  mighty  man,  so  are  children.  Happy 
is  the  man  that  h?th  h^s  rrerver  full  of  them:  thev  shall  not  be 
ashamed,  but  they  shall  speak  with  the  enemies  in  the  gate." 


LARGE  FAMILIES 


143 


Modernizing  his  attitude  as  understood  by  the  phrase, 
"speaking  with  the  enemies  in  the  gate,"  such  a  man — one, 
deserving  having  that  masculine  designation  spelt  with  a  capital 
M — manfully  taking  his  part  among  men  and  endeavoring  to  do 
his  full  duty  as  husband,  father,  neighbor,  and  citizen,  has 
learned  by  heart  the  admonition  of  our  virile  western  bard,  the 
inimitable  Walt  Whitman:     "Live  so  every  day  that  you  can  look 

any  man  in  the  face  and  tell  him  to  go  to ,"  and  he  may  feel 

tempted  to  use  the  closing  word  of  this  rather  vigorous  thunder 
bolt,  if  he  be  accosted  by  the  birth-control  vituperator,  made  the 
target  for  ribald  jokes  or  flippant  jests  or  assailed  by  the  sancti 
monious  hypocrite. 

And  as  for  the  children  in  large  families,  they  compare  at 
least  very  favorably  with  those  coming  from  the  smaller-sized 
family.  Trained,  not  only  didactically  but  in  actual  practice,  to 
curb  selfish  tendencies;  to  share  with  others  their  little  joys; 
not  only  to  recite  the  Golden  Rule,  but  to  live  it,  they,  generally 
"make  good,"  so  that  when  turned  out  the  finished  product,  they 
stand  up,  four  square,  as  men,  not  lisping  sissies;  women,  not 
fashion-plate  chromos. 

Now  let  ms  say  to  you  mentally  and  physically  strong  young 
men  and  women  of  marriageable  age:  Get  married.  Beget  chil- 
dren— don't  be  scared;  let  them  come,  as  many  as  God  is  willing 
to  send  you.  You  will  be  all  the  happier  for  bidding  these  pre- 
cious spirits  welcome,  taking  them  in  your  arms  and  into  your 
homes.  Do  not  try  to  interfere  with  the  course  of  nature,  as 
regards  bearing  children.  Let  no  one  make  you  believe  that  if 
you  ha^e  "too  many"  children  both  they  and  you  will  suffer 
from  hunger  on  that  account,  in  this  blessed  land.  For,  as  true 
as  it  is  written: 

"In  some  way  or  other,  the  Lord  will  provide; 

It  may  not  be  my  way, 

It  may  not  be  thy  way, 
And  yet  in  his  own  way  the  Lord  will  provide." 


/ 


By  Whose  Authority? 


By  Reinhard  Maeser,  of  the  Brighatni    Young   University 


The  contention  still  persists  that  there  is  and  always  has 
been  with  man  an  unbroken  line  of  authority  to  administer  in 
spiritual  blessings  since  the  days  that  Christ  conferred  this 
power  upon  Peter;  but  this  seeins  to  be  untenable  in  the  light  of 
history.  To  present  some  of  the  evidences  pointing  to  a  complete 
departure  from  the  primitive  Church,  is  the  purpose  of  this 
paper,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  presentation  shall  not  be  trite, 
not  a  mere  retelling  of  the  evidences  commonly  used  to  show 
that  there  has  been  as  complete  falling  away  from  the  apostolic 
Church  as  the  Scriptures  predicted  there  should  be. 

In  this  presentation  I  have  drawn  from  the  following  works : 
Kurtz,  Lehrbueh  der  Kirchengeschichte ;  Piper,  Zuegen  der 
Wahrheit;  Lecky,  History  of  European  Morals;  Gibbon's, 
Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire;  Rishell,  History  of 
Christianity  and  others.  The  diversified  and  authentic  sources 
from  which  gleanings  have  been  made,  should  lend  considerable 
security  to  the  truthfulness  as  well  as  the  varied  conceptions  and 
practices  of  its  ordinances  and  interpretations  of  its  principles. 

A  necessity  for  entering  upon  any  explanation  of  the  organi- 
zation and  doings  of  the  Church  in  the  days  of  Christ's  personal 
ministry  is  not  apparent  for  the  purposes  of  this  exposition.  I 
am  accepting  the  accounts  of  these  things  as  they  are  made 
known  to  us  in  the  New  Testament.  For  the  sake,  however, 
of  contrast,  comparison,  or  adjustment,  or  to  correct  forms  or 
sayings,  references  may  from  time  to  time  be  made  to  those 
primal  days  of  Christianity. 

Augustus  Ceasar  was  the  first  Emperor  of  Rome,  and  it 
was  during  this  reign  that  Christ  organized  his  Church  and 
chose  and  commissioned  some  to  carry  on  the  work  after  his 
earthly  mission  should  be  completed. 

It  does  not  appear  presumptive  for  me  to  say  that  Jesus  or- 
ganized his  Church,  placed  therein  such  principles  and  ordi- 
nances of  salvation,  and  such  officers  and.  authority  properly 
to  function  in  all  these  things.  That  Christ  knew  the  require- 
ments for  eternal  life;  that  he  knew  the  necessary  laws  to  be 
obeyed  for  one  to  become  a  citizen  in  his  father's  kingdom: 
that  he  knew  the  ordinances  to  be  observed  for  one  to  gain 
^salvation  and  exaltation,  cannot  be  gainsaid.     These  laws,  prin- 


.     BY  WHOSE  AUTHORITY  145 

ciples,  ordinances,  he  made  known  to  the  people,  and  before 
his  final  leaving,  he  particularly  commissioned  twelve  of  his 
faithful  disciples  to  carry  on  the  work  after  his  departure. 

No  one  claiming  Christian  standing  is  going  to  deny  Jesus 
Christ  the  right  of  authority  to  establish  his  Church  upon  these 
principles  and  ordinances  which  he  knew,  from  their  eternal 
and  saving  character,  were  and  are  the  only  ones  containing  the 
possibility  of  salvation  and  exaltation  in  the  kingdom  of  God. 
"He  became  the  author  of  eternal  salvation  unto  all  them  that 
obey  him,"  Heb.  5:9.  These  principles  and  ordinances  were 
not  given  by  the  Lord  just  for  the  day  or  the  time,  but  they  are 
fundamental,  eternal,  ne^er  changing.  (Gal.  1:8;  Eph.  4;  Ps. 
145:13.) 

If  now  we  can  accept  the  thought  that  Jesus  Christ  did 
promulgate  the  essential  and  life-enduring  principles  of  the 
gospel;  that  he  did  organize  his  Church  and  set  therein  "some 
apostles,  some  prophets,  some  evangelists,  some  pastors,  teach- 
ers, and  gifts  of  healing,  helps,  governments,  diversities  of  ton- 
gues, for  the  perfecting  of  the  Saints,  for  the  work  of  the  min- 
istry, for  the  edifying  of  the  body  of  Christ"  (Cor.  12:18;  Eph. 
4:11,  12  J  then,  may  we  ask,  whose  business  is  it,  or  whose  right, 
in  any  wise,  or  in  the  least  particular,  to  modify,  change,  or 
entirely  eliminate  any  of  these  principles,  ordinances,  or  of- 
fices? (Gal.  1:8-12  )  Many  scriptures  might  be  referred  to, 
establishing  the  never-ending  and  enduring  nature  of  the  gos- 
pel as  Jesus  gave  it  and  taught  it  to  his  disciples.  Among  these 
attention  is  called  to  Rom.  1:16-17;  Rev.  14:6;  Ps.  9:12;  145:13. 

After  Jesus  had  sent  the  other  Comforter,  of  whom  he 
spoke  to  his  apostles,  and  they  were  fully  empowered  and  au- 
thorized to  go  on  with  the  work  he  had  left  for  them  to  do, 
(Matt.  28:18-20;  Mk.  16:15-20)  he  nowhere  commissioned  them 
to  make  any  changes.  (Gal.  1=8.)  "But,  though  we,  or  an  angel 
from  heaven,  preach  any  other  gospel  unto  you  than  that  which 
we  have  preached  unto  you,  let  him  be  accursed." 

Soon  after  the  death  of  the  Savior,  the  Church  was  once 
m»re  set  in  order,  the  quorum  of  apostles  was  filled  up,  mis- 
sionaries were  sent  forth,  the  apostles  themselves  acting  in  this 
capacity.  Then  came  the  warning  cry  to  the  Church  that  "many 
false  prophets  shall  arise,  and  shall  deceive  many,"  and  "griev- 
ous wolves  shall  enter  in  among  you,  not  sparing  the  flock." 

In  the  course  of  time  the  twelve  all  died,  and  they  had  left 
none  to  fill  the  vacancies  thus  caused.  Here  and  there  for  pos- 
sibly a  hundred  years  or  so.  some  t  estige  of  authority  remained, 
but  all  idea  of  organizing  the  adherents  into  one  great  Church, 
as  in  the  days  of  Christ,  was  no  longer  considered.  Contentions 
arose  early  respecting  some  of  the  doctrines,  and  as  the  branches 


146  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

were  scattered  pretty  much  their  own  interpretations  were  made 
and  accepted.  Thus  there  came  early  to  be  diversities  of  opin- 
ion and  practices.  (I  Cor.  1:12,)  From  heathenism,  too,  came 
many  mysteries,  and  prominent  among  those  entering  wedges 
was  Gnosticism.  This  sought  the  mystery  that  hid  itself  in 
Christianity;  for  back  of  the  truth,  it  was  supposed,  lay  the 
facts  with  which  the  common  faith  contented  itself;  and  the 
Gnostic,  through  his  philosophy,  believed  it  to  be  his  business 
to  discover  this  to  mankind.  This  came  in  contact  with  the 
church  as  early  as  the  days  of  the  apostles,  and  more  noticeable 
in  the  second  century.  It  set  in  place  of  Christianity  a  philo- 
sophical religion  presumed  to  be  clearer  to  the  understanding. 
By  this  schism  the  living  God  of  the  Christian  was  to  be  changed 
unto  the  unknown  god  of  the  philosophers  and  of  the  mysteries. 

"From  the  middle  of  the  second  century  forward,  a  constant  secular- 
ization of  the  church  was  in  progress.  Christianity  partook  of  the  spirit  of 
the  world.  As  early  as  the  middle  of  this  century  one  saw  in  spirit  the 
picture  of  a  church  full  of  wrinkles,  blemishes,  and  weaknesses.  When  the 
Roman  state,  of  the  times  of  Decius  and  Diocletian,  proposed  to  wage  a  war 
of  extinction  against  Christianity,  it  found  itself  opposed  by  a  church  from 
which  the  spirit  of  the  first  witnesses  had  departed — a  church  which  had 
become  worldly,  and  which  had  fallen  from  its  ideal.  Hence,  the  many 
apostasies,  hence  the  fearful  desolation,  which  especially  in  the  last  great 
persecutions,  broke  up  the  church." — Taken  from  Christianity  and  its  In- 
stitutions. 

What  else  could  be  expected  when  the  attack  was  from 
within  and  from  without?  Gnosticism  gnawed  at  the  vitals — 
was  an  inward  attack;  the  persecutions  of  the  several  Roman 
rulers — a  destructive  force,  came  from  without.  The  inner 
disruption  was  by  far  the  more  fatal,  it  took  away  everything 
and  gave  nothing  in  return.  The  god  of  the  Gnostic  was  the 
"abyss"  the  "silence,"  the  "non-existent,"  the  "incomprehen- 
sible;" and  here  the  Church  found  its  most  bitter  enemy;  an 
enemy  inimical  to  her  welfare.  The  whole  of  the  second,  and 
part  of  the  third,  centuries  were  taken  up  in  this  struggle  against 
the  insidious  inroads  of  Gnosticism,  in  whose  philosophy  the 
Church  was  brought  face  to  face  with  the  mightiest  power  of  the 
time.  If  we  take  into  account  that  Gnosticism  satisfied  the 
masses  with  its  mvstic  customs  and  ceremonies,  the  whole  heath- 
en world  with  the  charm  of  its  ancient  mysteries,  its  promise 
to  satisfy  both  mind  and  heart,  and  its  harmony  with  tradi- 
tionary views,  its  promise  to  satisfy  the  better  disposed  by  a 
severe  morality,  firmly  held  by  most  of  its  systems— we  can  prob- 
ably understand  the  real  danger  which  threatened  the  Church 
from  this  source.  No  physical  persecution  could  accomplish 
such  tremendous  and  speedy  results  as  could  the  appeal  to 
the  spiritual  of  this  so  cleverly  and  deftly  contrived  philosophy 


BY  WHOSE  AUTHORITY  147 

with  such  generous,  yet  mysterious  ceremonies  and  customs. 
Why,  it  was  the  very  treaty  of  peace  offered  by  the  contending 
factions.  After  this  struggle  between  the  Church  and  Gnosti- 
cism the  Church  fixed  certain  principles,  certain  doctrines, 
which  were  considered  to  be  orthodox.  There  was  finally  es- 
tablished a  canon  of  the  New  Testament  scripture,  i.  e.,  the 
books  which  came  "to  be  recognized  as  authoritative  witnesses  of 
Christian  truth  in  contra-distinction  to  Gnostic  error."  Through 
this  conflict  also  was  formed  the  future  government  of  the 
church,  in  which  "she  (the  church)  did  not  come  forth  as  the 
same  institution  which  entered  the  struggle." 

It  was  now  maintain  ad  that  where  two  or  three  were  met  to- 
gether "there  was  the  church."  It  was  the  church  which  was 
gathered  and  which  acted  in  every  assembly  of  believers;  no 
human  priesthood  was  needed.  In  each  assembly  of  believers 
existed  the  right  of  baptism  and  administration  of  the  Lord's 
Supper;  a  formal  organization  of  the  church  binding  upon  all 
Christians,  was  unknown. 

Gradually  the  original,  genuine  apostolic  conception  of  the 
Church  passed  away,  and  the  Catholic  conception  now  appeared, 
and  the  foundation  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church  was  laid. 

Insidiously  the  state  intruded  itself  more  and  more  upon 
the  church  until  it  came  soon  to  be  looked  upon  as  an  ally, 
claiming  certain  rights  and  privileges  among  which  we  find  the 
Emperor  assuming  it  as  his  right  to  fill  personally  the  highest 
church  office  in  case  of  vacancy.  The  friendship  of  the  state 
became  far  more  dangsrous  than  its  enmity. 

From  century  to  century  changes  were  made.  Some  being 
terribly  fatal  to  the  spiritual  life  of  the  church,  drning  it 
farther  and  farther  from  any  semblance  of  its  original  form. 

Of  the  third  century,  it  is  said,  "All  the  monuments  of  ihis 
century  which  have  come  down  to  us  show  that  there  was  a  great 
increase  of  ceremonies."  During  the  fourth  century  rites  and 
ceremonies  were  taken  from  the  old  Greek  and  Roman  forms  of 
reverence  toward  their  imaginary  deities,  and  were  made  a  part 
of  the  Christian  ritual.  And  so  progress  was  rapidly  being 
made  toward  a  condition  wherein  no  semblance  of  the  Re- 
deemer's established  Church  could  be  found.  Evident  it  is 
that  the  Christianity  of  today  is  at  best  nothing  more  ;han  life- 
less bones  as  compared  with  the  once  vigorous,  heaven-inspired 
primitive  Church.  Alexander  Campbell  puts  it  thus,  "Till  that 
great  and  notable  day  of  the  Lord  come,  we  cannot  from  the 
prophetic  word,  anticipate  a  universal  return  to  the  original 
gospel,  or  a  general  restoration  of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  its 
primitive  form." 

As  we  have  passed  along  in  this  general  survey  of  the  gradual 


148  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

departure  (from  the  Christ-established  gospel,  we  have  hot 
found  anywhere  a  single  isntance  where  such  change,  innova- 
tion, elimination,  or  modification,  was  justified  by  a  revelation 
of  which  the  Lord,  through  Amos,  emphasizes  the  necessity, 
(Amos  3:7)  when  he  says,  "Surely  the  Lord  God  will  do  nothing, 
but  he  revealeth  his  secret  unto  his  servants  the  prophets." 

History  has  told  the  story.  Indelibly  stamped  upon  its 
pages  are  found  the  evidences  of  the  departure  from  the  prin- 
ciples, ordinances,  and  practices  of  the  primal  Church.  Isaiah 
speaks  with  much  power,  and  confirms  the  contention  that  the 
laws  have  been  transgressed,  the  ordinances  have  been  changed, 
and  the  everlasting  covenant  has  been  broken.      (Is.  24:5.) 

If  these  facts  show  that  there  has  been  a  breaking  away 
from  the  primitive  Church,  and  that  the  history  fails  to  state  by 
whose  authority  these  innovations  were  made,  and  it  is  further 
shown  with  some  clearness  that  among  the  numerous  so-called 
Christian  churches  of  today,  not  one  of  them,  nor  all  of  them 
in  combination,  as  Smith's  Bible  Dictionary,  p.  163,  says,  contain 
the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  purpose  of  this  presentation  will 
have  been  accomplished. 
Provo,  Utah. 


That  Lad 


When  I  come  home  all  tired  out, 

No   pep  left   in   my  knees, 
And  throw  myself  upon  the  couch, 

That  lad  begins  to   tease. 
He  takes  my  pencil  from  my  coat, 

My  watch  fob  from  my  vest: 
He   smears   my   order  book   with   jam 

And    climbs   upon   my    chest. 
He  wants  to  ride  a  bucking  horse 

So  grabs  my  new  silk  tie; 
And  when  I   see  those   eyes  of  his — 

I   simply  have   to   try. 
We  tumble  o'er  the  couch  and  floor 

And  make   an   awful   noise — 
Then  mother  says,  with  pleasing  eyes: 

"I'm  glad  we're  not  all  boys." 
I've  seen  rich  men  with  childless  wives 

Grow  surly,  old  and  gray — 
Ah,  I   am  glad   I   have   a  lad 

Who    coaxes   me   to   play. 
Blackjoot,  Idaho  George  E.  Gibby 


Doing  Common  Things  in  an 
Uncommon  Way 

A.  Study  for  the  Advanced  Senior  Class,  M.  I.  A.  1922-23 


By  Dr.   George   H.   Brimlwll,   President    Emeritus,   Brigluim    Young 

University 


Lesson  X — Making  Promises 

Importance.— Promise-making  is  the  exercise  of  free  agency 
in  putting  oneself  under  an  obligation.  Take  away  the  power 
to  promise,  and  you  cut  down  one-half  of  the  tree  of  liberty. 
Promise-making  is  a  privilege  of  putting  character  up  for  se- 
curity, and  affords  the  will  a  field  of  action  obtainable  in  no 
other  way.  "I  promise,"  should  mean,  "I  will  fulfil."  A  young 
man  when  told  that  he  could  escape  payment  of  a  debt  because 
it  was  unsecured  replied,  "Unsecured!  Why  it  is  secured  by  my 
word,  and  my  word  is  the  best  part  of  me.  I  am  mortgaged  to 
pay  that  debt  and  I  will."  That  young  man  was  Lincoln;  in  his 
words  was  the  history  of  an  honest  past,. a  strong  present,  and 
a  prosperous  future.  A  promise  is  always,  in  essence,  a  prophecy- 
fulfilment  by  the  self  concerning  the  self.  Making  promises  and 
fulfiling  them  are  the  two  processes  that  keep  civilization  from 
coming  to  a  dead  standstill.  Making  promises  and  keeping  them 
is  placed  paramount-  even  above  creation,  by  the  greatest  of  all 
Teachers.  Matt.  24:35. 

Some  Common  Promise-Making. 
Promising  under  psychic  pressure.— We  have  all  had  the 
experience  of  feeling  the  pull  of  coaxing  or  persuasion  against 
our  judgment.  In  such  cases  it  is  a  good  thing  to  have  some 
place  of  refuge  such  as,  "I'll  see  father  about  it,"  or  I  11  ask 
mother,"  or  "I'll  consult  my  wife."  The  mental  pull  is  a  great 
source  of  success  to  the  salesman. 

Making  promises  to  escape  annoyance.  The  young  woman 
who  promises  to  marry  a  suitor  to  get  rid  of  him  was  quite 
as  consistent  as  the  parent  who  makes  promises  to  a  child  where 
importunities  are  simply  annoying. 

Promising  with  nothing  but  hope  for  the  fulfilment.  Mak- 
ing  promises  when  the  means  of  fulfilment  are  just  within  the 
range  of  possibility  is  gambling  with  one's  character;  it  is  tak- 


150  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

ing  fearful  chances  with  one's  good  name.  Indulgence  in  this  ad- 
venturous promise-making  is  symptomatic  of  an  ethical  break- 
down. 

The    Uncommon   Promise-Making 

There  is  much  truth  in  the  saying,  "Promises  slow  in  the 
making  are  hard  in  the  breaking.  Promises  quickly  spoken 
are  easily  broken."  The  uncommon  promise  has  behind  it  not 
only  good  intention,  but  deliberation,  for  deliberation  is  the  only 
safe  anchorage  for  determination.  Uncommon  promises  will 
contain  consistency.  A  promise  should  be  consistent  with  the 
worthiness  of  the  cause  in  favor  of  which  it  is  made,  the  merits 
of  the  person  to  whom  it  is  made,  and  the  ability  of  the  one 
making  the  promise. 

Written  Promises 

The  superior  value  of  written  promises  lies  in  the  fact  that 
"paper  does  not  forget."  It  holds  the  pledges  without  modifica- 
tions. The  making  of  a  written  promise  by  signing  one's  name 
should  be  preceded  by  an  uncommonly  careful  reading,  and  if  it 
be  a  complex  document  its  contents  should  be  submitted  to  ex- 
pert inspection.  Lenders  may  well  be  cautious  of  the  borrower 
who  manifests  any  carelessness  in  his  method  of  getting  loans. 
Carelessness  is  not  always  wrongfully  considered  next  to  crook- 
edness in  business. 

Religious  Promises 

Covenants  is  the  name  by  which  a  religious  promise  is 
known.  The  incomparable  binding  force  of  religious  promises 
has  been  utilized  in  social  and  civic  affairs.  The  spiritual  ele- 
ment of  promise-making  has  been  wisely  made  a  part  of  the 
marriage  vow,  and  of  the  pledges  of  officers  of  the  law,  as 
security  against  failure  in  the  performance  of  duty.  The  "Oath 
of  Office"  is  superior  to  any  simple  affirmation.  As  to  Latter- 
day  Saint  covenants,  see  Gospel  Doctrine,  p.  132. 

Questions   and  Problems 

1.  Wherein  is  the  sacrament  service  a  renewal  of  covenants? 

2.  How  is   the   prayer   for  the   sanctification    of   the   water   related   to 
attending  to  our  prayers  and  paying  our  tithing- 

3.  How  is  a  "Mormon's"  credit  among  men  affected  by  his  tithe-paying 
habit? 

4.  Wherein  is  a  temple  marriage  vow  naturally  stronger  than  a  civic 
one? 

5.  Why  should  we  refuse  to  promise  when  under  the  psychic  pull  of 
persuasion  against  our  judgment? 

6.  Mention   some   good  ways  of  escape   from   a  powerful  persuader. 

7.  What  should  always  be  done  before  signing  a  written  promise? 

8.  Distinguish  between  the  promise  made  in  a  warrantee  deed  and  one 
of  quit  claim. 


DOING  COMMON  THINGS  IN  AN  UNCOMMON  WAY  151 

9.     Discuss   this  proposition:      Carelessness    in    promise-making    is    the 
chief  cause  of  promise-breaking. 

10.  Give  summary  of  President  Joseph  F.  Smith's  teaching   concerning 
Covenants  of  the  Latter-day  Saints. 

11.  How  is  one's  character  and  happiness  affected  by  the  habit  of  mak- 
ing new  promises  as  an  escape  from  keeping  old  ones? 

Lesson  XI — Keeping  Secrets 

What  a  Secret  Is 

A  secret  is  defined  as  that  which  should  not  be  told.  This 
definition  makes  it  the  duty  of  everyone  to  hold  back  or  keep 
from  divulgence  even  the  truth,  without  a  belief  that  it  ought 
to  be  divulged.  Perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  define  a  secret  as 
information  which  one  is  under  obligation  not  to  divulge.  And 
when  we  say  obligation  we  should  keep  in  mind  the  application 
of  the  Golden  Rule.  A  secret  may  be  called  a  truth-trust,  and 
truth  is  always  sacred,  and  becomes  emphatically  so  when  held 
in  trust. 

Two  Common  Ways  of  Keeping  Secrets 

One  of  thfe  most  common  ways  of  keeping  secrets  consists 
in  getting  someone  to  help  keep  them.  Usually  the  dhulgence 
of  a  secret  is  accompanied  with  a  confession,  "I  ought  not  to 
tell,"  and  the  injunction,  "of  course,  you  will  not  tell."  A  little 
thought  will  reveal  that  the  teller  expects  the  hearer  to  be  more 
ethical  than  his  informant.  The  transaction  analyzed  contains 
the  following  facts:  One  party  has  proved  his  inability  to  hold 
a  sacred  trust,  and  another  person  has  had  burdensome  re- 
sponsibility unnecessarily  imposed  upon  him.  Confidence  is 
weakened,  and  danger  is  doubled.  This  form  of  keeping  secrets 
writes  upon  the  walls  of  our  character,  the  sentence  found  re- 
corded in  Daniel  5:27. 

Another  common  form  of  keeping  secrets  is  the  holding 
back  of  that  which  should  be  told.  Failing  to  speak  when  duty 
calls  is  indicative  of  weakness  called  cowardice  A  kindness  that 
makes  a  secret  of  contagion  becomes  a  monstrous  cruelty.  One 
who  is  in  possession  of  the  enemies'  secret  and  fails  to  inform  the 
proper  authority  merits  the  same  contempt  as  one  who  reveals 
the  secret  of  his  camp  to  the  enemy.  There  is  a  wide  difference 
between  tattling  and  official  reporting.  One  breeds  mischief, 
the  other  sustains  law  and  order. 

It  is  all  too  common  to  keep  secrets  from  boys  and  girls 
which  they  are  almost  certain  to  find  out  from  sources  of  the 
lower  social  levels.  They  are  left  to  "pick  up"  what  should 
be  provided  for  them  as  a  part  of  their  education.  The  Twen- 
tieth Century  youth  is  entitled  to  be  brought  up  rather  than  left 
to  just  "grow  up."     Parents  and  teachers  must  rise  above  this 


152  IMPROVEMENT    ERA 

common  secret-keeping  with  a  realization  that  the  youth  has  a 
right  to  know  what  he  ought  to  know  from  higher  sources  than 
that  of  the  street  or  other  accidental  meeting  places. 

Some  Uncommon  Secret-Keeping 

We  are  so  knit  together  that  the  sins  of  individuals  hurt  the 
group,  and  where  the  publication  of  names  will  hurt  more  than 
it  will  help,  the  policy  of  "withholding  names"  is  in  keeping 
with  the  ways  of  wisdom.  See  Doc.  &  Cov.,  Sec.  42:88-93.  A 
mercifully  preserved  reputation  may  form  a  shield  behind 
which  successful  character-mending  may  be  carried  on.  There 
is  a  royal  kind  of  secret-keeping  which  consists  in  refusing  to 
let  pass  one's  lips  that  which  is  defamatory  to  persons  of  good 
reputation.  When  slander  spits  her  venom,  uncommon  secret- 
keeping  refuses  to  spread  her  virus. 

Family  secrets. — The  high  grads  offspring  will  play  the 
part  of  Shem  and  Japhet.  See  Gen  9:20-27.  The  true  wife 
makes  her  bosom  a  silent  tomb  of  her  husband's  failings,  unless 
dissolution  of  partnership  is  at  hand.  And  the  worth-whils 
husband  couples  not  the  name  of  his  wife  with  her  short  com- 
ings. "We  all  have  our  little  faults,"  and  some  of  us  have  big 
ones,  but  the  man  who  talks  about  his  wife  unfavorably  well 
deserves  the  title  of  a  "boob"  or  a  "bad  one." 

Secret  Keeping  an  Accompaniment  of  Safety  and  Greatness 

Uncommon  secret  keeping  keeps  one  from  falling  into  two 
errors,  exceeding  authority  and  overstepping  the  bounds  of  pro- 
priety. Light  may  be  turned  on  in  blinding  qualities  and  truth 
has  its  time  for  publication.  Perhaps  no  prophet  was  more 
thoroughly  tested  in  the  line  of  secret-keeping  than  was  the 
Prophgt  Joseph  Smith.  He  faced  the  scorn  and  persecution  of 
his  enemies  and  the  importunities  of  his  friends  and  loved  ones, 
and  was  true  to  his  trust.  History  of  the  Church,  Vol.  I,  p.  56; 
Doc.  &  Cov.,  Sec.  25:1-4. 

Questions    and   Problems 

1.  When  does  information  become  ethirally  a  secret? 

2.  Show  how  the   golden   rule   should   be   applied   in   keeping   secrets. 

3.  What  is  the  chief  value  of  secrets:    (a)   to  the  individual?      (b)   to 
society? 

4.  Discuss  this   proposition:      Tell   secrets   to   those    entitled   to   know 
them. 

5.  What  is  the  law  of  the  Lord  concerning  the  publicity  of  sin? 

6.  Discuss   the   difference  between   tattling   and   officially   reporting. 

7.  What    does    failure    to    keep    a    secret    reveal    about    our    past,    our 
present,  and  our  probable  future? 

8.  What  danger  is  doubled  by  getting  someone  to  help  keep  a  secret? 


DOING  COMMON  THINGS  IN  AN  UNCOMMON  WAY  153 

9.     Discuss:      Talking   about  home   difficulties   is  like   dumping   home 
garbage  on  the  highway. 

10.  Discuss:  The  teaching  about  life  and  its  sources  should  not  be  left 
to  the  boy  "gang,"  and  to  the  girl  "set.'' 

11.  Quote  the  words  of  Jesus  concerning  propriety  in  revealing  the 
truth.    See  John  16:12. 

12.  Give  illustrations  of  the  fact  that  uncommon  secret-keeping  is  an 
accompaniment  of  greatness. 

13.  Explain  professional   secret-keeping  and  discuss  its  value. 

14.  In  what  uncommon  way  did  Bok  increase  the  interest  of  both  men 
and  women  in  his  magazines?     Chapter  18,  Americanization  of  Edward  Bok. 

15.  Read  to  the  class  President  Roosevelt's  letter  to  Bok,  and  discuss 
the  revelation  of  personal  character  contained  in  the  communication. 
Amer icanizatimi-  of  Edward  Bok,  Chapter  19. 

16.  Explain  the  plan  of  "raising  babies  by  mail."     Bok,  Ch.  16. 

Lesson  XII — Making  Good 
The  Meaning  of  the  Term 
"Making  good"  has  come  to  mean  winning  one's  way  with 
little  concentration  of  purpose  or  method.  It  of  times  covers 
the  sentiment,  "Put  money  into  thy  pocket,  honestly  if  thou 
canst,  but  put  money  into  thy  pocket."  That  application  of 
the  term  is  to  be  dismissed  with  the  statement  that  there  is  no 
making  good  in  a  bad  cause  or  in  any  bad  way  whatever,  and 
that  making  good  shall  mean  winning  fairly  in  a  good  cause. 

The  Three  Essentials  to  "Making  Good?' 

Aim,  Enthusiasm,  and  Industry.  Without  an  aim,  a  pur- 
pose or  an  objective,  making  good  becomes  a  matter  of  accident. 
Persons  of  luck  may  indulge  in  an  aimless  life,  but  those  of 
pluck  will  insist  upon  having  a  purpose;  to  them  life  is  a  prob- 
lem, not  a  pastime.  Psychology  tells  us  that  the  grade  of  one's 
intelligence  may  be  measured  by  one's  power  to  see  and  pur- 
sue a  purpose,  and  that  the  greater  the  distance  between  the 
person  and  the  purpose,  the  higher  the  intelligence.  In  other 
words,  the  power  to  work  and  wait  for  results  is  an  index  to  the 
intelligence  of  the  individual.  The  "Bohemian"  who  must  be 
paid  his  wage  every  night  is  of  no  such  timber  as  the  person 
who  can  wait  to  the  month-end  for  his  check.  It  is  obedience 
to  this  law  that  places  in  the  front  rank,  those  who  work  on  and 
en  for  preparation.  Such  persons  show  their  superiority  by  beino; 
able  to  pursue  an  objective  from  a  distance  that  discourages  the 
weaker  ones.  The  greatest  of  all  leaders  had  his  great  objective 
beyond  the  clock  ticks  of  mortality.  Without  a  purpose  we 
face  the  darkened  sun  of  doom's  day. 

Purpiose  puts  light  into  a  dungeon.  The  story  is  told  of  a 
prisoner  who,  cast  into  a  dark  cell  found  himself  approaching 
a  state  of  despair.  Finding  four  pins  in  his  clothin"  he  scat- 
tered them  about  the  dungeon  and  set  himself  the  task  of  find- 


154  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

ing  them.  In  the  interest  of  his  search  he  often  forgot  the 
darkness.  He  then  put  himself  in  competition  with  himself 
to  see  how  many  times  he  could  find  the  pins  between  the  regular 
visits  of  the  prison  keeper.  The  time  which,  without  aimful 
activity,  would  have  dragged  painfully  on,  passed  by  with  a 
speed  that  cut  his  loneliness  to  a  minimum.  "My  pin  hunting 
saved  me  from  despair,"  he  said  when  released. 

Enthusiasm 

As  well  expect  to  hit  the  mark  with  a  bullet  in  a  powderless 
shell  as  to  make  good  without  enthusiasm.  Emerson  says, 
"Nothing  great  was  ever  achieved  without  enthusiasm."  To 
the  worker,  enthusiasm  is  interest;  to  the  religionist,  it  is  fer- 
vency; to  everybody,  it  is  enjoyment. 

Industry 

This  means  "hibitual  diligence,"  with  emphasis  on  the  word 
habitual.  There  is  a  kind  of  diligence  that  is  an  aimful,  en- 
thusiastic activity,  which  is  so  spasmodic  that  it  will  not  fit  into 
a  scheme  of  making  good.  Drudgery-dodging  is  a  bar  to  making 
good.  "Genius  will  work,"  says  Dr.  William  James,  the  great 
American  philosopher,  and  work  that  counts  in  "making  good" 
is   aimful,   enthusiastic,  persistent   activity. 

"Making  Good"  as  a  Parent 

The  parents  must  secure  obedience  from  children  and  have 
no  habit  of  doing  for  the  child  what  it  can  profitably  do  for 
itself.  It  must  be  said  of  the  parent  who  is  making  good  as  it 
was  said  to  Abraham,  "You  will  command  your  children,"  i.  e., 
obtain  their  obedience. 

Parents  who  permit  the  children  to  rule,  fail  in  making 
good  as  did  Eli  of  old.  See  I  Sam.,  3:1-14. 

"Making  Good'  as  a  Citizen 

To  make  good  as  a  citizen  we  must  have  civic  aims  as  to 
what  the  laws  shall  be  and  how  they  shall  be  administered,  we 
must  be  enthusiastic  in  community  prosperity  and  try  to  make 
our  votes  count  somewhere  at  every  election.  We  must  pay  the 
price  of  citizenship  by  obeying  and  sustaining  the  law,  never 
seeking  the  nullification  of  law  by  the  violation  of  it.  Tax 
resistance  may  be  resorted  to  in  making  good,  but  tax  evasion 
never. 

"Making  Good?'  as  a  Church  Member 

We  make  good  as  Church  members  by  advocating  its  doc- 
trines and  recommending  the  Church  by  our  good  conduct 
thus  carrying  out  the  instructions  recorded  in  Matt.  5:16.     We 


DOING  COMMON  THINGS  IN  AN  UNCOMMON  WAY  155 

make  good  by  keeping  up  our  correspondence  with  the  Lord,  by 
paying  our  tithing,  and  our  fast  offerings,  by  attending  sacra- 
ment meetings,  and  by  standing  loyally  by  Church  leaders. 
We  may  know  whether  we  are  making  good  as  a  Church  mem- 
ber by  comparing  the  record  of  any  day's  Church  service  with  II 
Timothy  4:7. 

"Making  Good?'  as  ta  Leader 

We  make  good  in  leadership  when  we  have  for  our  chief 
aim  the  getting  of  others  to  do  their  work  willingly  and  well; 
by  being  enthusiastic  in  leadership  and  by  being  habitually  dili- 
gent in  having  every  subordinate  in  the  line  of  making  good.  A 
general  may  consistently  and  nobly  share  his  meals  and  bed  with 
a  private,  but  to  do  the  private's  work  puts  the  officer  in  a  posi- 
tion of  humiliation  where  he  must  confess  a  lack  of  ability  to 
get  others  to  do  their  share.  One  is  making  good  in  leadership 
no  farther  than  he  keeps  in  the  front  with  aimful,  enthusiastic, 
diligent  followers  near  him. 

Questions   and  Problems 

1.  Why  is  it  impossible  to  make  good  by  bad  methods? 

2.  Discuss  this   proposition:      Success   in   a  bad   cause   is   a   miserable 
failure. 

3.  Name  the  three  essentials  to  making  good. 

4.  Show   the   relative   rank   of   the    Latter-day   Saints   under   the   state- 
ment, "The  greater  the  purpose,  the  greater  the  people." 

5.  Give  illustrations  of  the  truth:     The   greater  the  power  to  follow 
a  purpose,  the  higher  the  intelligence. 

6.  Discuss  Emerson's  statement  concerning  enthusiasm  and  achieve- 
ment. 

7.  What  are  the  requirements  for  making  good  as  a  parent? 

8.  When  is  a  person  making  good  as  a  citizen? 

9.  What  must  be  done  in  order  to  make  good  as  a  Church  member? 
10.     When  is  a  person  making  good  as  a  leader? 


The  Book  Of  Mormon 


(Selections  from  the  Journal  of  Discourses,  by  former  Leaders  of  the 

Church) 


"The  Book  of  Mormon  came  to  Ephraim,  for  Joseph  Smith 
was  a  pure  Ephraimite,  and  the  Book  of  Mormon  was  revealed 
to  him."— Brigham  Young,  April  8,  1855;  Vol.  2,  p.  269. 

"Do  you  remember  the  history  of  the  Gadiantons,  as  told  in 
the  Book  of  Mormon?    We  are  surrounded  by  their  descendants. 


156  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

[The  Indians.]  Those  loathsome,  effeminate  specimens  of 
humanity,  which  we  daily  see  in  our  midst,  are  their  children, 
low,  degraded,  sunken  to  the  lowest  depths  of  human  existence. 
We  have  our  location  amid  their  strongholds,  where  the  ruins 
of  their  cities,  towns,  and  fortifications  are  yet  to  be  seen — they 
continue  unto  this  day." — Edward  Hunter,  April  6,  1853,  Vol.  2, 
p.  37. 

"No  man  can  say  that  this  book  (laying  his  hand  on  the 
Bible)  is  true,  is  the  word  of  the  Lord,  is  the  way,  is  the  guide- 
board  in  the  path,  and  a  charter  by  which  we  may  learn  the  will 
of  God;  and  at  the  same  time  say,  that  the  Book  of  Mormon  is 
untrue;  if  he  has  had  the  privilege  of  reading  it,  or  of  hearing 
it  read,  and  learning  its  doctrines.  There  is  not  a  person  on  the 
face  of  the  earth  who  has  had  the  privilege  of  learning  the  gos- 
pel of  Jesus  Christ  from  these  two  books,  who  can  say  that  one 
is  true,  and  the  other  is  false." — Brigham  Young,  Vol.  I,  p.  38. 

"  'Adam,  fell  that  man  might  be.'  Adam  saw  this,  that  the 
woman  was  overcome  by  the  devil  speaking  through  the  ser- 
pent ;  and  when  he  saw  it,  he  was  satisfied  that  the  woman  would 
have  to  be  banished  from  his  presence;  he  saw,  also,  that  unless 
he  partook  of  the  forbidden  fruit,  he  could  never  raise  up  pos- 
terity ;  therefore  the  truth  of  that  saying  in  the  Book  of  Mormon 
is  apparent,  that  'Adam  fell  that  man  might  be.'  He  saw  it 
was  necessary  that  he  should  with  her  partake  of  sorrow^  and 
death  and  the  varied  effects  of  the  fall,  that  he  and  she  might 
be  redeemed  from  these  effects,  and  be  restored  back  again  to  the 
presence  of  God."— Orson  Pmtt,  Vol.  1,  p.  285,  July  25,  1852. 

"What  is  the  use  of  the  book  in  question  auyhow?  Why, 
in  the  first  place,  it  differs  in  its  history  from  the  Bible.  The 
Bible  is  a  history  of  things  that  took  place  in  Asia  principally, 
and  a  little  of  what  took  place  in  Europe  and  Africa.  The  Book 
of  Mormon  is  a  history  of  things  in  another  hemisphere  *  * 
Could  the  rulers  of  nations  realize  that  fact,  and  could  they 
only  have  a  copy  in  their  libraries  at  the  cost  of  $100,000,  they 
would  appropriate  it  for  the  history  of  the  western  hemisphere. 
*  *  *  It  is  as  important  in  its  history  as  the  Bible,  and  it  is 
just  as  interesting  and  as  necessary  for  men  to  get  an  under- 
standing of  the  ancient  history  of  A.merica,  as  it  is  for  them  to 
get  a  understanding  of  the  history  of  Asia." — Parley  P.  Pratt, 
Vol.  I,  p   304;  July  10,  1853. 


Are   You  Honest? 


By  Ernest  D.  Partridge,  Brighton  Young  University 

(Author's  Note:  The  question  at  the  head  of  this  article  is  supposed  to 
cause  the  reader  to  look  honestly  into  his  own  heart  and  see  what  beliefs 
are  there;  and  to  see  what  are  his  habits  in  regards  to  his  transactions  sim- 
ilar to  the  one  recorded  below.  He  then  is  auvised  to  measure  his  beliefs 
and  habits  by  the  rule  stated  at  the  end  of  the  article  to  see  how'  correct 
he  is.  The  article  relates  an  actual  experience.  The  amount  involved  is  only 
five  cents  but  the  principle  is  the  same  as  if  it  had  been  a  thousand  dollars.) 

The  publisher's  supply  to  a  certain  text  on  drafing  had 
become  exhausted.  No  copies  could  be  obtained  from  whole- 
salers or  jobbers.  The  books  became  very  much  sought  after. 
The  publisher's  price  was  25  cents  per  copy,  but  the  sudden 
scarcity  had  sent  the  price  soaring,  1  advertised  lor  used  texts. 
A  few  were  obtained  from  50  to  75  cents  per  copy.  The  supply 
was  far  below  the  demand  and  books  were  eagerly  sought  by 
members  of  the  class. 

One  morning  a  young  man  came  into  the  room  with  a 
used  copy  of  our  text  for  sale.  I  paid  him  25  cents  for  it — the 
price  he  had  asked.  Immediately  a  member  of  the  class  came 
and  offered  me  50  cents  for  the  book.  I  told  him  I  would  not 
take  50  cents  but  I  would  take  30  cents  for  it.  He  was  sur- 
prised— almost  dazed  at  my  remark,  but  paid  30  cents  and  left 
with  his  prize. 

Either  thoughtlessly,  or  intentionally,  I  am  not  sure  which, 
I  had  made  the  remark  about  my  selling  price  so  loudly  that  the 
whole  class  heard  it.  Every  one  stopped  work  and  looked  my 
way.  I  despise  profiteers,  and  thought  I,  "here  is  a  splendid 
opportunity  to  show  my  attitude  upon  the  matter."  Meanwhile, 
I  mentally  patted  myself  on  the  back  and  thought,  "What 
a  good  boy  am  I!"  Some  of  the  students  said  plainly  by  the 
looks  upon  their  faces,  "You  chump,"  others  looked — "The  'prof 
is  playing  for  compiments "  Still  others  tapped  their  head 
with  their  fingjers,  .  indicating  their  belief  there  was  some- 
thing wrong  with  my  upper  story.  All  these  made  me  feel  that 
I  had  performed  a  wonderfully  honest  and  upright  act.  My 
shoulders  moved  backward.  My  chest  moved  upward  and  out- 
ward. My  head  raised  to  an  almost  uncomfortable  attitude, 
rolled  a  little  to  one  side  and  became  stationary. 

Two  students  came  up  to  my  desk  and  asked  if  I  meant  it, 
or  if  I  were  just  "kidding  "  "I  mean  it,"  I  said,  "this  profiteer- 
ing business  which  is  becoming  so  prominent  in  the  world  is  a 
disgrace  to  the  race,  and  every  opportunity  to  uproot  it  should 


158  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

be  made  use  of.  I  am  going  to  do  all  I  can  to  stop  it."  (Boast- 
ing, you  see.)  The  students  went  back  to  their  work,  and  the 
incident  was  forgotten  by  all — except  myself. 

For  a  few  seconds  1  sat  gazing  out  of  the  window.  Presently 
the  muscles  of  my  eyes  began  to  tighten.  The  object  of  my 
gaze  seemed  to  recede  slowly  into  the  distance,  until  my  sight 
rested  upon  "Old  Timp."  But  my  mind  was  not  there,  my 
thoughts  were  about  as  follows:  "How  much  did  you  make 
in  that  transaction?" — "Five  cents." 

"What  percent  gain  was  that?"  "Twenty  percent." 

"What  would  be  the  gain  per  minute  at  that  rate?"  "100%." 

One  hundred  percent,  per  minute. 

I  had  considered  almost  as  a  robber  one  who  would  ask 
10%  per  annum.  My  shoulders  relaxed;  my  chest  dropped; 
my  head  pivoted  back  straight,  then  slowly  drooped  until  my 
eyes  rested  upon  a  piece  of  paper  which  was  lying  upon  my 
desk.  I  seized  my  pencil  and  rapidly  made  the  following  nota- 
tions: Assuming  that  I  could  have  invested  the  money  as  fast 
as  it  came  in — 100%  per  minute,  600%  per  hour,  144,000% 
per  day,  4,320,000%  per  month  or  51,840,000%  per  annum. 
Talk  about  profiteers! 

I  confess  that  for  some  minutes  my  mind  was  swamped 
with  questions  and  answers  of  many  kinds.  In  fact,  I  think  I 
can  say  that  for  several  days  my  thoughts  were  completely 
"scrambled"  upon  this  matter  of  buying  and  selling  for  profit. 
I  could  have  given  the  "nickel"  back  to  the  buyer,  of  course, 
Or  I  could  have  given  it  to  the  seller.  I  would  have  gladly 
given  a  nickle  to  both  if  thereby  my  mind  could  be  relieved 
upon  the  matter  of  honesty.  But  it  could  not  have  been  re- 
lieved without  the  correct  solution  of  the  whole  transaction.  I 
knew  that  a  commission  merchant  could  not  live  if  he  returned 
all  his  profits.  I  studied  the  matter  over  and  over  in  my  mind. 
I  asked  myself,  "Was  there,  then,  no  virtue  in  what  I  did?" 

It  was  some  time  before  I  found  the  correct  solution,  but  I 
found  it;  and  I  am  sure  that  all  commission  merchants,  sales- 
men, canvassers,  horse-traders,  etc.,  will  do  well  to  consider  it 
seriously.  It  is  not  anything  new  in  itself,  but  it  ought  to  bring 
new  thought  and  new  action  to  all  who  have  dealings  with  their 
fellow  men.     It  is  just  His  word  in  a  different  form;  it  is: 

"So  deal  that  you  would  be  willing  to  be  either  party  to  the 
transaction" 

So  in  my  experience  related  to  this  article,  I  am  sure  that 
under  the  existing  conditions,  I  would  have  been  willing  to  be 
at  either  end  of  the  transaction,  but — I  am,  very  thankful  that  I 
didn't  accept  more  than  thirty  cents  for  the  text. 
Provo,    Utah. 


A  Call  to  Repentance 

By  Elder  B.  H.  Roberts*,  of  tlie  First  Council  of  Seventy,  and  President  of  the 

Eastern  States  Mission 


This  certainly  is  a  very  great  surprise  to  me.  I  think  none  of 
the  presidents  of  missions,  or  any  member  of  the  First  Council  of 
Seventy,  ever  expect  that  they  will  be  called  upon  the  first  day  of  the 
conference  to  take  up  any  portion  of  the  time.  It  may  take  a  moment 
or  two  for  me  to  get  over  my  astonishment,  and  to  begin  thinking 
about  what  I  may  say  to  you  on  this  occasion.  However,  very  much 
of  that  great  theme  upon  which  our  president  has  been  speaking  this 
morning  deals  with  matters  that  are  very  important  and  of  which  I 
have  thought  much  of  late. 

I  have  been  very  greatly  impressed  during  the  last  few  months, 
while  trying  to  deliver  the  message  of  our  Church  to  the  world,  with 
the  importance  of  the  message  that  we  have,  not  only  for  individuals, 
but  for  our  nation.  Of  course  our  message  is  primarily  to  individuals; 
it  is  a  call  to  repentance  for  men  individually ;  a  call  to  repent  of  their 
sins,  and,  through  the  ordinances  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  obtain 
remission  of  their  sins,  and  be  born  again  into  fellowship  with  God. 
Our  effort  is  to  bring  the  lives  of  men  into  union  with  the  spirit  life 
of  God,  and  thus  become  spiritually  alive;  and  this  message  of  the 
gospel  is  unto  all  those  who  have  not  received  it. 

But  also,  it  is  foreshadowed  in  that  great  prophecy,  of  which  so- 
called  "Mormonism"  is  a  fulfilment,  that  this  message  is  to  be  de- 
livered to  every  nation  and  kindred  and  tongue  and  people ;  and  1 
believe  to  nations  as  such.  And  especially  is  this  so  with  reference  to 
the  Gentile  nations  of  this  new  world — the  two  great  continents  of 
America.  And  again  is  this  especially  so  with  that  great  Gentile  na- 
tion known  as  the  United  States  of  America,  which,  because  of  its 
influence  and  of  its  power,  dominates  the  new  world,  and,  in  my 
judgment,  always  will. 

The  Lord  made  certain  promises  in  ancient  times  concerning  the 
land  of  Zion — North  and  South  America.  We  are  told  in  the  book 
of  Ether  that  when  the  floods  receded  from  this  land,  it  became  a 
choice  land  unto  the  Lord,  a  land  which  he  would  dedicate  to  free- 
dom, and  hence,  to  free  institutions,  and  unto  a  righteous  people.  That 
is  the  information  we  get  from  our  Book  of  Mormon.  And  later  on, 
in  the  history  of  this  book,  we  get  further  information  as  to  the  de- 
crees of  God  concerning  this  land.    As  follows,  for  instance : 

"And,  he  had  sworn  in  his  wrath  unto  the  brother  of  Jared  that  whoso 
should  possess  this  land  of  promise,  from  that  time  henceforth  and  for- 
ever, should  serve  him,  the  true  and  only  God,  or  they  should  be  swept 
off  when  the  fulness  of  his  wrath  should  come  upon  them." 

*Delivered  at  the  Semi-Annual  Conference,  Oct.  1922. 


160  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Now,  mark  you  this : 

"And  now  we  can  behold  the  decrees  of  God  concerning  this  land, 
that  it  is  a  land  of  promise;  and  whatsoever  nation  shall  possess  it  shall 
serve  God,  or  they  shall  be  swept  off  when  the  fulness  of  his  wrath  shall 
come  upon  them.  And  the  fulness  of  his  wrath  cometh  upon  them  when 
they  are  ripened  in  iniquity. 

"For  behold  this  is  a  land  which  is  choice  above  all  other  lands;  where- 
fore he  that  doth  possess  it  shall  serve  God  or  shall  be  swept  off;  for  it  is 
the  everlasting  decree  of  God.  And  it  is  not  until  the  fulness  of  in- 
iquity among  the  children  of  the  land,  that  they  are  swept  off. 

"And  this  cometh  unto  you,  O  ye  Gentiles,  that  ye  may  know  the 
decrees  of  God — that  ye  may  repent,  and  not  continue  in  your  iniquities 
until  the  fulness  come,  that  ye  may  not  bring  down  the  fulness  of  the  wrath 
of  God  upon  you  as  the  inhabitants  of  the  land  have  hitherto  done. 

"Behold,  this  is  a  choice  land,  and  whatsoever  nation  shall  possess  it 
shall  be  free  from  bondage  and  from  captivity,  and  from  all  other  nations 
under  heaven,  if  they  will  but  serve  the  God  of  the  land,  who  is  Jesus 
Christ,  who  hath  been  manifested  by  the  things  which  we  have  written." 

I  think  that  is  rather  an  important  message,  national  in  its  scope 
and  spirit,  and  awful  in  its  warning;  and  I  believe  that  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  is  under  obligation  to  lay  emphasis 
upon  this  part  of  its  mission.  Knowing  the  decrees  of  God  concern- 
ing the  fate  of  the  nation  that  shall  depart  from  God,  and  fill  up  the 
measure  of  its  iniquity,  would  it  not  be  a  great  sin  of  omission  if  we 
did  not  make  proclamation  of  the  decrees  of  God  concerning  this  land? 

In  the  fore  part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon — in  the  writings  of 
Nephi,  there  is  a  message  similar  in  importance.  It  is  in  Second  Ne- 
phi — the  first  chapter,  as  I  now  remember  it ;  and  it  there  describes 
in  effect,  the  rise  of  a  great  Gentile  nation  that  shall  be  used  as  an 
instrument  in  the  hands  of  God  in  restoring  Israel  unto  their  pos- 
sessions in  this  land.  There  is  no  escaping  the  inference  that  there 
is  held  in  the  mind  of  the  prophet  the  nation  of  the  United  States,  and 
that  it  should  become  as  a  nursing  father  and  mother  to  the  remnants 
of  Israel  in  this  land,  and  should  be  instrumental  in  bringing  to  pass, 
in  a  large  way,  the  will  of  God  with  reference  to  the  accomplishment 
of  his  purposes  in  the  land.  In  other  words,  it  is  quite  clear  from  the 
Book  of  Mormon,  that  God  has  designed  to  bless  the  Gentile  nations 
upon  this  land  of  Zion,  if  only  they  will  be  true  to  him  and  to  the 
great  principles  of  righteousness  that  enter  into  the  very  attributes 
of  God.  And,  on  the  other  hand,  dire  calamity  is  predicted  upon  the 
proud  Gentile  nation  in  this  land  if  it  fails  God  as  an  instrument  in 
the  accomplishment  of  his  high  purposes.     Lehi  says: 

"Notwithstanding  our  afflictions,  we  have  obtained  a  land  of  prom- 
ise— "  (referring  to  America) — "a  land  which  is  choice  above  all  other 
lands;  a  land  which  the  Lord  God  hath  covenanted  with  me  should  be  a 
land  for  the  inheritance  of  my  seed.  *  *  *  Wherefore,  I  Lehi  proph- 
esy according  to  the  workings  of  the  Spirit  which  is  in  me,  that  there 
shall  none  come  into  this  land  save  they  shall  be  brought  by  the  hand  of 
the  Lord.  Wherefore,  this  land  is  consecrated  unto  him  whom  he  shall 
bring.     And  if  it  so  be  that  they  shall   serve  him  according  to  the   com- 


A  CALL  TO  REPENTANCE  161 

mandments  which  he  hath  given,  it  shall  be  a  land  of  liberty  unto  them; 
wherefore,  they  shall  never  be  brought  down  into  captivity;  if  so,  it  shall 
be  because  of  iniquity;  for  if  iniquity  shall  abound  cursed  shall  be  the 
land  for  their  sakes,  but  unto  the  righteous  it  shall  be  blessed  forever." 
(II  Nephi  1:5,  6,  7). 

Referring  to  the  time  when  the  Lord  would  begin  to  gather  Israel 
from  their  long  dispersion  from  the  four  parts  of  the  earth,  the  Lord 
says  concerning  the  Gentiles: 

"And  the  nations  of  the  Gentiles  shall  be  great  in  the  eyes  of  me, 
saith  God,  in  carrying  them  forth  to  the  lands  of  their  inheritance. 

"Yea,  the  kings  of  the  Gentiles  shall  be  nursing  fathers  unto  them, 
and  their  queens  shall  become  nursing  mothers;  wherefore,  the  promises 
of  the  Lord  are  great  unto  the  Gentiles,  for  he  hath  spoken  it,  and  who 
can   dispute? 

"But  behold,  this  land,  saith  God,  shall  be  a  land  of  thine  inheritance, 
and  the  Gentiles  shall  be  blessed  upon  the  land 

"And  this  land  shall  be  a  land  of  liberty  unto  the  Gentiles,  and  there 
shall  be  no  kings  upon  the  land,  who  shall  raise  up  unto  the  Gentiles. 

"And  I  will  fortify  this  land  against  all  other  nations. 

"And  he  that  fighteth  against  Zion  shall  perish,  saith  God.  *  *  * 
Wherefore,  for  this  cause,  that  my  covenants  may  be  fulfilled  which  1 
have  made  unto  the  children  of  men,  that  I  will  do  unto  them  while  they 
are  in  the  flesh,  I  must  needs  destroy  the  secret  works  of  darkness,  and 
of  murders,  and  of  abominations. 

"Wherefore,  he  that  fighteth  against  Zion,  both  Jew  and  Gentile,  both 
bond  and  free,  both  male  and  female,  shall  perish;  for  they  are  they  who 
are  the  whore  of  all  the  earth;  for  they  who  are  not  for  me  are  against 
me,  saith  our  God. 

"For  I  will  fulfil  my  promises  which  I  have  made  unto  the  children 
of  men,  that  I  will  do  unto  them  while  they  are  in  the  flesh."  (II  Nephi 
10:9-17.) 

In  another  part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon  are  the  very  words  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  himself,  in  relation  to  this  subject — in  Third 
Nephi,  and  having  in  mind  more  especially  the  existence  of  a  great 
Gentile  nation  in  this  land,  which  shall  be  given  very  exalted  privileges, 
and  upon  whom  shall  be  bestowed  great  power  for  the  accomplishment 
of  God's  purposes: 

"And  blessed  are  the  Gentiles,"  (said  the  Savior)  "because  of  their 
beilef  in  me,  in  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  witnesses  unto  them  of  me 
and  of  the  Father. 

"Behold,  because  of  their  belief  in  me,  saith  the  Father,  and  because 
of  the  unbelief  of  you,  O  house  of  Israel,  in  the  latter  day,  shall  the  truth 
come  unto  the  Gentiles,  that  the  fulness  of  these  things  shall  be  made 
known  unto  them." 

All  of  which  was  done,  of  course,  in  the  coming  forth  of  the 
dispensation  of  the  fulness  of  times,  in  this  land  of  America,  and  under 
the  auspices  of  guaranteed  religious  liberty,  set  forth  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  United  States. 

"But  wo,  saith  the  Father,  unto  the  unbeliving  of  the  Gentiles — for 
notwithstanding  they  have  come  forth  upon  the  face  of  this  land,  and 
have  scattered  my  people,  who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel;  and  my  people 


162  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel  have  been  cast  out  from  among  them,  and 
have  been  trodden  under  feet  by  them; 

"And  because  of  the  mercies  of  the  Father  unto  the  Gentiles,  and 
also  the  judgments  of  the  Father  upon  my  people  who  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel,  verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  that  after  all  this,  and  I  have  caused 
my  people  who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel  to  be  smitten,  and  to  be  afflicted, 
and  to  be  slain,  and  to  be  cast  out  from  among  them,  and  to  become  hate(\ 
by  them,  and  to  become  a  hiss  and  a  by-word  among  them — 

"And  thus  commandeth  the  Father  that  I  should  say  unto  you:  At 
that  day  when  the  Gentiles  shall  sin  against  my  gospel  and  shall  be  lifted 
up  in  the  pride  of  their  hearts  above  all  nations,  and  above  all  the  people 
of  the  whole  earth,  and  shall  be  filled  with  all  manner  of  lyings,  and  of 
deceits,  and  of  mischiefs,  and  all  manner  of  hypocrisy,  and  murders,  and 
priestcrafts,  and  whoredoms,  and  of  secret  abominations;  and  if  they 
shall  do  all  those  things,  and  shall  reject  the  fulness  of  my  gospel,  behold, 
saith  the  Father,  I  will  bring  the  fulness  of  my  gospel  from  among  them." 

I  want  to  suspend  reading  the  remainder  of  this  passage  for  a 
moment,  while  I  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  conditions 
here  named,  as  to  the  Gentile  nation  in  this  land,  are  wonderfully  ful- 
filled. When  this  Book  of  Mormon  came  forth  in  1830,  there  were 
about  twelve  millions  of  people  in  the  United  States ;  now  we  have 
nearly  three  times  that  number  in  the  Eastern  States  Mission  alone ; 
and  in  all  the  United  States,  we  exceed  by  considerable,  a  hundred  mil- 
lions within  the  borders  of  continental  United  States.  It  was  a  very 
bold  prediction  to  write  in  a  book  in  1830,  when  the  United  States  oc- 
cupied practically  only  the  Atlantic  seaboard,  and  the  Ohio  valley,  to 
some  extent — it  was  a  rather  bold  prediction  to  write  in  a  book  the 
prophesy  that  this  Gentile  nation — the  United  States — would  be  "ex- 
alted above  all  other  nations,  and  above  all  the  people  of  the  whole 
earth."  But  witness  its  fulfilment  today !  It  is  true,  and  this  nation, 
had  in  mind  when  this  prediction  was  sent  forth  in  our  modern  lan- 
guage, was  regarded  merely  as  an  experiment  in  government,  and  no 
such  future  was  ever  dreamed  of  for  it  as  is  here  predicted,  and  now 
fulfilled.  And  also  the  other  and  the  sadder  part  of  it ;  namely — 
that  they  would  not  only  be  lifted  up  in  power  above  all  other  nations, 
but  also  they  would  be  filled  with  all  manner  of  lyings  and  deceits, 
and  mischiefs  and  hypocrisies  and  murders  and  priestcrafts  and  whore- 
doms and  of  secret  abominations — "And  if  they  do  all  these  things, 
and  shall  reject  my  gospel — "  and  behold,  that  is  what  the  people  of 
the  United  States  did  when  they  rejected  from  habitation  among  them, 
the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints,  and  expatriated  the 
membership  thereof,  so  that  they  were  under  the  necessity  of  finding 
a  refuge  in  a  land,  which,  at  the  time  our  fathers  entered  it — The 
Salt  Lake  Valley — was  no  part  of  the  United  States  of  America — 
but  was  Mexican  territory. 

Listen  to  this :  it  is  a  revelation  that  we  do  not  often  refer  to,  but 
it  has  some  very  choice  gems  in  it.  It  is  the  "Word  and  Will  of  the 
Lord  to  President  Brigham  Young,"  given  at  Winter  Quarters,  and, 
among  other  things,  this  was  said : 


A  CALL  TO  REPENTANCE  163 

"Thy  brethren  have  rejected  you  and  your  testimony,  even  the  na- 
tion that  has  driven  you  out ; 

"And  now  cometh  the  day  of  their  calamity,  .even  the  days  of  sorrow, 
like  a  woman  that  is  taken  in  travail;  and  their  sorrow  shall  be  great  unless 
they  speedily  repent,  yea,  very  speedily. 

"For  they  killed  the  prophets,  and  them  that  were  sent  unto  them ; 
and  they  have  shed  innocent  blood,  which  crieth  from  the  ground  against 
them." 

I  think  our  country  at  that  time  did  not  repent  of  the  wrongs 
they  had  done  in  this  and  other  things,  for  this  proclamation  was  im- 
mediately followed  by  the  war  with  Mexico,  in  which  at  least  those 
regiments  that  were  selected  from  western  Illinois — one  of  them  at 
least,  was  well  nigh  wiped  out  of  existence  in  the  war  with  Mexico ; 
and  it  was  about  the  only  disastrous  engagement  that  we  had  in  that 
war.  Then  followed  the  awful  war,  between  1861  and  1865,  in  which, 
as  I  believe,  the  hand  of  God  severely  punished  the  United  States  of 
America,  in  fulfilment  of  the  wonderful  prediction  that  was  made  by 
the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith,  in  relation  to  the  calamities  that  would 
befall  the  nation.  But  they  rejected  the  gospel,  and  that  is  foreshad- 
owed in  this  Book  of  Mormon  passage,  and  confirmed  in  the  pas- 
sage in  the  revelation  through  Brigham  Young.  And,  by  the  way,  in 
confirmation  also  of  what  President  Grant  said  about  the  Prophets  Jo- 
seph and  Hyrum  sealing  their  testimony  with  their  blood  this  revela- 
tion has  a  word  on  that  also.  Speaking  of  the  worth  of  the  labors  of 
the  Prophet,  how  he  laid  the  foundation  of  it  and  was  faithful : 

— "And   I   took  him  to  myself. 

"Many  have  marveled  because  of  his  death;  but  it  was  needful  that 
he  should  seal  his  testimony  with  his  blood,  that  he  might  be  honored  and 
the  wicked  might  be  condemned.  Have  I  not  delivered  you  from  your 
enemies,  only  in  that  I  have  left  a  witness  of  my  name?" 

Earth  must  atone ;  the  nation  in  which  he  lived  had  to  atone  for 
the  blood  of  that  just  man — Joseph  Smith — a  prophet — and  I  wit- 
ness to  you  that  our  nation  did  suffer  and  did  atone,  as  I  believe,  for 
the  great  crime  against  human  liberty  and  the  work  of  God,  which,  as 
a  nation,  they  rejected  when  they  expatriated  the  Latter-day-  Saints. 

And  now  having  paused  to  note  the  fulfilment  of  this  prophetic 
part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon  passage,  let  us  note  what  follows.  "I  will 
bring  the  fulness  of  my  gospel  from  among  them,"  were  the  last  words 
I  read  in  the  passage  which  I  suspended  reading.  And  now,  contin- 
uing: 

"And  then  will  I  remember  my  covenant  which  I  have  made  unto  my 
people,  O  house  of  Israel,  and  I  will  bring  my  gospel  unto  them, 

"And  I  will  show  unto  thee,  O  house  of  Israel,  that  the  Gentiles  shall 
not  have  power  over  you;  but  I  will  remember  my  covenant  unto  you,  O 
house  of  Israel,  and  ye  shall  come  unto  the  knowledge  of  the  fulness  of 
my  gospel. 

"But  if  the  Gentiles  will  repent,  and  return  unto  me,  saith  the  Father, 
behold  they  shall  be  numbered  among  my  people,  O  house  of  Israel." 

Notwithstanding  the  list  of  their  abominations — great  as  it  is — 


164  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

notwithstanding  their  rejection  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  and  the 
people  of  God,  yet,  if  they  will  but  repent,  God  promises  to  renew  their 
lot  and  their  part  in  the  glories  of  this  great  Latter-day  work. 

Shall  we  not,  then,  proclaim  to  our  nation  and  to  all  the  inhab- 
itants thereof  this  glorious  promise  that  is  held  out  of  the  Lord  unto 
them  ?  And  the  fact  that  we  have  eight  missions  established  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  United  States,  and  are  laboring  with  all  diligence 
to  make  proclamation  of  the  Gospel — is  it  not  good  evidence  that  God 
is  willing  that  we  should  continue  our  labors  among  the  people  of 
the  United  States  to  bring  them  to  repentance,  and  to  a  participation 
in  these  great  purposes  and1  designs  of  God,  in  relation  to  this  land  of 
Zion  and  the  work  He  designs  to  bring  to  pass  upon  it  ? 

I   continue  the   passage : 

"But  if  the  Gentiles  will  repent  and  return  unto  me,  saith  the  Father, 
behold  they,  shall  be  numbered  among  my  people,  O  house  of  Israel. 

"And  I  will  not  suffer  my  people,  who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel,  to 
go  through  among  them,  and  tread  them  down,  saith  the  Father. 

"But  if  they  will  not  turn  unto  me  and  hearken  unto  my  voice — " 

Then  he  will  suffer  his  people  to  go  through  them  to  destroy 
them,  and  so  following.  I  should  be  pleased  to  read  still  other  words 
of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  to  the  same  effect.  I  have  read  from  the 
16th  chapter  of  Third  Nephi.  In  the  20th  chapter  all  this  is  practi- 
cally repeated  and  much  more  added,  and  in  these  latter  passages  em- 
phasis is  laid-  upon  the  fact  that  if  the  Gentiles  on  the  land  of  Zion 
will  repent  and  return  unto  the  Lord,  behold  his  mercies  shall  be 
extended  to  them,  and  they  shall  inherit  the  promises  of  God  and 
have  lot  and  part  in  the  glory  and  peace  and  liberty  and  prosperity  that 
God  designs  to  bring  forth  upon  the  land  of  Zion. 

This,  then,  is  what  I  think  constitutes  the  national  phase  of  our 
mission  to  the  United  States — to  make  proclamation  unto  the  inhab- 
itants of  all  the  land  that  these  are  their  opportunities  and  their  bless- 
ings if  only  they  will  extend  their  hands  and  receive  them.  And,  on 
the  other  hand,. woe  be  unto  them  if  they  hearken  not  unto  the  mes- 
sage of  God,  after  all  His  great  mercies  unto  them. 

I  should  have  been  pleased,  could  time  possibly  have  been  had, 
to  present  to  you  the  full  indictment,  the  indictment  that  is  being 
made  against  the  United  States  for  the  lawlessness  of  its  people,  the 
increase  of  crime  during  the  last  twenty  years  especially,  and  espe- 
cially those  crimes  of  violence  that  end  in  murder,  in  its  various  de- 
grees. In  these  higher  crimes  the  United  States  of  America  is  the 
most  criminal  nation  on  earth  today.  I  must  be  permitted  to  give  at 
least  a  little  evidence  to  this  statement.  On  August  10,  1922,  there 
was  published  in  Current  History,  for  September,  a  Report  of  the  Spe- 
cial Commission  of  Law  Enforcement,  made  at  a  meeting  of  the  Amer- 
ican Bar  Association  at  San  Francisco,  from  which  I  quote  the  fol- 
lowing: 

"From  all  the  data  and  opinions  of  experts  which  your  committee 
has  been  able   to   gather,   we   beg  leave   to  report   that — particularly   since 


A  CALL  TO  REPENTANCE  165 

1890 — there  has  been,  and  continues,  a  widening,  deepening  tide  of  law- 
lessness in  this  country,  sometimes  momentarily  receding,  to  swell  again 
into  greater  depth  and  intensity.  At  intervals  this  tide  billows  into  waves 
that  rise  and  break  but  only  for  a  time  attracting  public  attention.  *  *  * 
The  criminal  situation  in  the  United  States,  so  far  as  crimes  of  violence 
are  concerned,  is  v/orse  than  that  in  any  other  civilized  country.  Here 
there  is  less  respect  for  law.  While  your  committee  cannot  obtain  the 
exact  figures,  from  all  available  sources  of  information  w,e  estimate  that 
there  were  more  than  9,500  unlawful  homicides  last  year  in  this  country; 
that  in  1920  there  occurred  not  less  than  9,000  such  homicides,  and  thr.t 
in  no  year  during  the  last  ten  years  did  the  number  fall  below  8,500.  In 
other  words,  during  the  last  ten  years,  no  less  than  85.000  of  our  citizens 
have  perished  by  poison,  by  the  pistol  or  the  knife,  or  by  some  other  un- 
lawful and  deadly  instrument.  Burglaries  have  increased  in  this  country 
during   the   past   ten   years   1,200  per   cent. 

"We  deem  it  important  to  note  the  material  difference  between  the 
character  of  crime  ,onditions  prevailing  here  and  those  abroad.  Our  re- 
gretable  eminence  is  due  in  most  part  to  crimes  of  violence  against  the 
person  and  propertv.  In  1910,  out  of  the  58,800  confined  in  our  State  and 
Federal  prisons,  15,316,  or  more  than  25  per  cent  of  all  prisoners,  had  com- 
mitted homicides.  While  of  course  this  number  includes  the  accumulation 
of  years,  this  awful  fact  still  bears  its  own  significance.  The  evidence  be- 
fore us  shows  that  there  has  been  since  1910  a  steady  and  terrible  in- 
crease not  only  in  homicides,  but  also  in  burglaries  and  robberies.  One 
State  has  in  its  different  prisons  3,547  inmates;  of  these  1,429  are  guilty 
of  taking  the  lives  of  human  beings.  *  *  *  Crime  and  lawlessness  in 
the  United  States  have  been  steadily  on  the  increase  and  out  ol  propor- 
tion to  our  growth,  and  there  has  been  a  steady  and  growing  disrespect  for 
law.  In  our  opinion  this  is  not  a  result  of  the  war.  We  do  not  find  the 
proportional  increase  in  crime  from  1916  to  1922  greater  than  from  1910 
to  1916,  and  we  have  not  been  able  to  discover  that  crimes  of  violence 
have  materially  increased  in  France,  England  or  Canada  during  or  since 
the  war,  although  the  effects  of  the  war  naturally  must  be  more  marked 
in  those  countries." 

In  the  face  of  these  conditions,  of  the  truth  of  which  there  can 
be  no  question — is  it  not  necessary  to  sound  this  note  of  warning 
against  lawlessness  throughout  the  United  States?  I  am  happy  in 
the  thought  that  the  President  of  our  Church — God's  prophet  in  the 
earth — in  his  opening  remarks  this  morning  put  his  finger  upon  the  one 
great  fact  and  uttered  a  warning  that  ought  to  be  stressed — a  warn- 
ing against  the  lawlessness  that  obtains  throughout  our  country.  It  is 
fitting  that  his  voice  should  sound  the  key-note  of  warning,  because 
that  is  what  God  would  have  the  people  of  the  United  States  warned 
of — the  wickedness  that  exists  among  them,  and  the  calamity  that 
will  follow  if  they  do  not  repent. 

I  bear  witness  to  you,  from  my  heart,  that  the  inspiration  of  God 
has  dictated  to  our  President  the  Key-note  words  of  warning  in  this 
conference  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints.  _  May 
we  sense  the  responsibility  resting  upon  us  as  a  great  missionary 
Church  in  the  earth,  charged  with  the  solemn  duty  of  calling  men  to 
repentance,  and  warning  nations  against  the  fate  that  awaits  the  na- 
tion that  lapses  into  lawlessness,  crime,  and  unrighteousness ;  for  God, 
in  these  things  will  not  be  mocked.  May  we  sense  our  duty  and  re- 
sponsibility is  my  prayer  in  the  name  of  Jesus.    Amen. 


In  the  Light  of  History* 

By  Elder  Jomes  E.  Talmage,  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 

I  think  it  well  for  us  at  times  to  look  at  ourselves  and  take  stock 
to  determine  what  we  are,  and  this  both  as  individuals  and  as  an  or- 
ganization. We  may  need  a  mirror  to  show  just  how  we  look  as  in- 
dividuals, and  I  pray  you  if  you  use  one,  be  sure  that  it  is  a  right  mirror, 
unwarped,  and  that  your  eyes  be  clear,  that  we  may  see  ourselves  as 
we  are.  And  it  is  well  to  look  at  the  Church,  not  that  we  need  sep- 
arate ourselves  from  it  for  the  occasion,  but  to  look  at  it  impartially 
and  get  its  proper  perspective  in  relation  to  other  organizations. 

A  PANORAMIC  VIEW  OF  SOME  ESSENTIAL  POINTS   IN   CHURCH    HISTORY 

If  it  were  possible  to  show  by  means  of  panorama  or  the  mov- 
ing picture,  the  essential  points  connected  with  the  history  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ,  going  back  no  farther  than  the  apostolic  dis- 
pensation of  old,  we  would  see  first  a  scene  of  wondrous  activity  and 
sacrifice.  The  apostles,  who  had  been  ordained  under  the  hands  of 
Jesus  Christ,  and  those  who  had  been  called  into  the  council  of  the 
apostles  afterward,  and  the  seventies  who  had  been  marshaled  for  their 
work,  and  the  bishops  and  the  elders  and  the  priests,  teachers  and  dea- 
cons— these  we  see  at  work,  going  amongst  the  people  and  spreading 
the  gospel,  spreading  it  so  thoroughly  that  Paul  was  able  to  say  in 
his  day  that  practically  every  soul  had  heard  it,  by  which  I  under- 
stand that  he  meant  that  every  soul  had  had  a  chance  to  hear  of  it,  to 
learn  something  about  it.  As  the  scene  changes  we  see  there  many 
others  who  followed  in  the  footsteps  of  the  apostles,  so  far  as  their 
energy  and  devotion  and  authority  to  labor  was  concerned.  Then  we 
see  confusion  coming  into  the  Church,  partly  because  of  oppression 
and  almost  indescribable  persecution  from  without,  partly  because  of 
the  threatening  disruption  from  within. 

THE  GREAT   APOSTASY 

There  was  an  apostasy,  and  a  great  one,  not  the  first  one  by  any 
means  in  the  history  of  mankind,  but  a  great  falling  away,  an  apostasy 
of  individuals  from  the  Church  in  countless  numbers,  and  then  the 
apostasy  of  the  so-called  church  itself,  turning  away  from  the  ways  that 
had  been  laid  down  as  the  government  of  the  church,  corrupting  the 
ordinances  established  by  divine  authority,  pandering  to  the  so-called 
philosophy  of  the  day,  introducing  the  elements  of  paganism  and 
heathenism  to  make  their  worship  more  spectacular  and  more  attractive, 
until  we  see  as  we  look  at  the  changing  scene,  that  there  is  only  the 
outward  form  of  godliness  and  not  one  flash  to  tell  us  of  the  power 
thereof. 


•Delivered  at  the  Senii-Annual  Conference,  Oct.  1922. 


IN  THE  LIGHT  OF  HISTORY  167 

THE    PERIOD    OF    SPIRITUAL    DARKNESS 

Then  as  tne  panorama  moves,  comes  the  period  of  darkness, 
spiritual  and  mental.  For,  mark  you,  the  mind  is  an  attribute  of  the 
spirit;  and  as  spiritual  powers  dwindled,  mentality  became  deficient 
and  the  dark  ages  loomed.  The  sombre  cloud  failed  to  arouse  faith 
and  trust,  but  deepened  the  gloom  of  unbelief.  We  see  people  strug- 
gling in  the  midst  of  darkness  trying  to  get  out  of  the  jungle.  Men 
were  sent  unto  them  to  help,  men  of  God,  seeking  to  lead  them  back 
into  the  light,  to  some  extent,  but  they  had  a  hard  time.  The  Church 
had  become  apostate  and  tyrannical.  It  had  undertaken  to  rule  by 
autocratic  methods.  It  claimed  the  right  to  tell  men  what  to  do  and  to 
force  them  to  do  it  on  penalty  of  loss  of  life  or  limb,  and  the  con- 
fiscation of  their  goods.  It  undertook  to  dictate  unto  nations,  unto 
kings,  what  they  should  do,  and  professed  to  absolve  subjects  from  all 
allegiance  to  their  rulers  if  the  rulers  failed  to  obey  the  behest  of  the 
church  so-called. 

THE  LIGHT  OF  GOD  IN   THE  RESTORATION 

The  centuries  passed  and  by  and  by  a  light  appeared ;  a  glorious  il- 
lumination broke  forth ;  and  the  word  of  God  was  heard  again,  for 
God  the  Eternal  Father — I  speak  it  without  reservation  or  modifica- 
tion— that  Being  after  whom  we  have  been  formed  in  physical,  mental 
and  spiritual  image,  did  appear  upon  the  earth  unto  the  lad  Joseph 
Smith.  And  with  the  Eternal  Father  stood  the  only  Son  whom  he 
had  begotten  in  the  flesh,  Jesus  the  Christ,  who  affirmed  that  the 
authority  and  power  to  speak  and  to  act  in  the  name  of  God  was  not 
at  that  time  upon  the  earth.  Then  followed  the  promise  that  it  should 
be  restored  and  in  time,  even  as  the  prophets  of  old  had  foreseen,  angels 
came  to  earth  ministering  unto  those  who  had  been  chosen,  and  be- 
stowing upon  them  by  the  same  outward  ordinance  as  was  observed 
of  old,  by  the  laying  on  of  hands,  the  power  and  the  authority  not 
only  to  speak  but  to  act  in  the  name  of  the  living  God,  according  to 
the  order  set  forth. 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  has  not  sprung 
from  any  "mother  church."  The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter- 
day  Saints  is  no  sect;  it  owes  no  allegiance  to  any  other  religious  so- 
ciety, call  it  by  the  name  of  church  or  what  you  will,  on  the  face  of 
the  earth.  It  does  not  claim  to  possess  the  Holy  Priesthood  by  direct 
and  uninterrupted  descent  from  Peter  of  old,  but  it  does  claim  that 
Peter,  accompanied  by  his  associates  James  and  John,  the  three  who 
constituted  the  presidency  in  the  organization  of  the  apostolate  of  old, 
did  come  by  instruction  of  the  Lord  and  did  confer  upon  men  here 
upon  the  earth  the  authority  they  possessed  and  which  they  exercised 
in  the  flesh  before  their  martyrdom.  We  speak  that  plainly.  I  know 
it  shocks  the  ears  of  some  who  may  not  have  prepared  themselves  to 
receive  it ;  and  yet,  wherein  is  the  inconsistency  ?  We  proclaim  the 
fact  and  also  proclaim  that  the  apostasy  was  a  reality;  and  others 


168  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

admit  it,  theologians,  scholarly  men,  and  even  churches.  Though  you 
have  heard  it  before,  I  wish  to  draw  your  attention  to  that  solemn 
declaration  by  the  chief  of  the  Protestant  churches,  the  Church  of 
England,  made  soon  after  the  time  of  its  creation — for  it  was  created 
by  act  of  Parliament.  But  there  were  wise  men  and  good  men  num- 
bered in  the  organization,  and  that  church  declared,  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  sixteenth  century,  in  its  homily  on  the  peril  of  idolatry,  as 
follows : 

"Laity  and  clergy,  learned  and  unlearned,  all  ages,  sects,  and  degrees 
of  men,  women,  and  children  of  whole  Christendom — an  horrible  and  most 
dreadful  thing  to  think — have  been  at  once  drowned  in  abominable  idolatry; 
of  all  other  vices  most  detested  of  God,  and  most  damnable  to  man;  and 
that  by  the  space  of  eight  hundred  years  and  more." 

THE    CHURCH    OF    GOD    ESTABLISHED    ANEW 

That,  I  take  it,  is  good  testimony  as  to  the  actuality  of  the  apos- 
tasy. We  proclaim  the  restoration  which  the  prophets  of  old  said 
should  follow  the  apostasy.  The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  has  been 
established  upon  the  earth  anew,  through  the  instrumentality  of  Joseph 
Smith  the  Prophet  and  his  immediate  associates  in  the  ministry.  It  is 
the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  brought  to  earth  again,  established  anew  as 
had  been  predicted,  I  repeat;  and  its  mission  is  the  preparation  of  the 
earth  for  the  great  consummation,  the  coming  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

In  this  restored  church  has  been  placed,  by  divine  ministration 
and  ordinance,  the  authority  of  the  Lesser  and  of  the  Greater — or  of 
the  Aaronic  and  of  the  Melchizedek  Priesthoods,  with  the  several  of- 
fices thereof  and  the  several  duties,  responsibilities  and  powers  per- 
taining to  each  office  as  of  old. 

THE   NEW   AND   EVERLASTING   COVENANT 

That  it  was  and  is  something  new,  and  yet  something  old,  as  it 
is  in  fact  eternal,  was  set  forth  by  the  Lord  in  a  revelation  given  in 
April,  1830,  just  after  the  organization  of  the  Church.  There  were 
people  who  had  joined  other  churches.  Many  of  them  had  been 
and  were  devout.  They  had  been  baptized,  some  of  them  by  sprinkling 
and  some  of  them  by  pouring,  but  they  called  it  baptism,  and  some  of 
them'  by  immersion ;  and  they  raised  the  question  as  to  whether  they 
could  not  become  members  of  this  Church  now  by  application  and 
profession  of  faith  alone,  affirming  that  it  was  unjust  that  they  should 
be  required  to  be  baptized  again.  In  this  claim  they  plainly  forgot 
that  the  outward  form  of  baptism  can  be  performed  by  anybody,  but 
that  baptism  as  an  ordinance  acceptable  unto  the  Lord  requires  the 
power  and  the  authority  of  the  Priesthood  which  he  has  given.  There- 
fore the  Lord  said: 

"Behold,  I  say  unto  you  that  all  old  covenants  have  I  caused  to  be 
done  away  in  this  thing;  and  this  is  a  new  and  an  everlasting  covenant, 
even  that  Which  was  from  the  beginning. 

"Wherefore,  although  a  man  should  be  baptized  an  hundred  times  it 
availeth  him  nothing,  for  you  cannot  enter  in  at  the  strait  gate  by  the 
law  of  Moses,  neither  by  your  dead  works. 


In  the  LIGHT  OF  HISTORY  169 

"For   it  is   because   of  your   dead  works   that   I   have   caused   this   last 
covenant  and  this  Church  to  be  built  up  unto  me,  even  as  in  da}s  of  old. 
"Wherefore,  enter  y.e  in  at  the  gate,  as  I  have  commanded." 

I  have  read  from  Section  22  of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants.  Isn't 
that  in  line  with  the  declaration  our  Lord  made  while  he  talked  in  the 
flesh,  even  the  Christ,  known  as  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  who  was  ac- 
knowledged as  a  marvelous  prophet  whose  teachings  were  full  of  wis- 
dom? On  one  occasion,  amidst  circumstances  which  the  rest  of  the 
chapter  will  give  unto  you,  he  spoke  these  words  recorded  in  the 
9th  Chapter  of  Matthew,  beginning  with  the  sixteenth  verse : 

"No  man  putteth  a  piece  of  new  cloth  unto  an  old  garment,  for  that 
which  is  put  in  to  fill  it  up  taketh  from  the  garment,  and  the  rent  is  made 
worse. 

"Neither  do  men  put  new  wine  into  old  bottles ;  else  the  bottles  break,  and 
the  wine  runneth  out,  and  the  bottles  perish;  but  they  put  new  wine  into  new 
bottles,  and  both  are  preserved." 

The  Judaism  of  that  day  was  a  travesty  on  the  law  that  God  had 
given.  Many  believed  in  part  of  what  Christ  said,  but  they  wanted  to 
tack  it  on  to  the  Judaism  of  the  day ;  they  wanted  to  make  the  word  of 
God  conform  to  their  philosophy,  or  with  their  sophistry,  or  with  their 
man-made  precepts,  and  the  Lord  warned  them :  Do  not  put  a  new 
piece  of  cloth  on  the  old  garment,  it  will  tear  it  away  and  make  a 
more  hideous  rent  than  there  was  before.  Do  not  put  that  newly 
fermenting  juice  into  old  leathern  bags,  for  that  was  the  nature  of 
the  bottles  of  that  day.  You  know  how  quickly  old  leather  breaks. 
Don't  put  it  into  such  bottles,  for  the  fermentation  will  burst  the  bot- 
tles and  the  good  wine  will  be  lost  and  the  bottles  will  be  entirely 
ruined.  There  was  to  be  no  compromise  with  the  semi-pagan  doctrines 
of  the  day,  nor  was  there  to  be  any  compromise  between  the  principles  of 
the  gospel  of  Christ  and  the  teachings  of  men  not  conforming  there- 
with, the  doctrines  of  men  that  have  been  evolved  in  the  minds  of 
men  without  the  inspiration  of  the  Holy  Spirit — no  compromise ! 

THIS  CHURCH  LED  BY  REVELATION  AND  INSPIRATION  FROM  HEAVEN 

We  are  tolerant,  tolerant  in  the  extreme.  We  grant  unto  every 
man  the  right  to  worship  after  his  own  conscience,  even  as  we  claim  it ; 
but  we  do  not  compromise  by  the  acceptance  of  the  views  of  men  in 
an  attempt  to  mingle  them  with  the  doctrine  of  Christ,  and  call  it  all 
the  word  of  God.  The  Lord  has  spoken  and  is  speaking.  I  bear 
you  solemn  testimony  that  ever  since  the  reestablishment  of  the  Church 
in  1830,  this  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  has  been  led  by  inspiration  and 
revelation  from  the  heavens.  This  is  the  day  in  which  you  witness 
such.  The  Lord  is  not  leaving  his  Church  to  itself.  He  is  speaking 
in  the  ways  best  known  to  him,  and  inspiring  and  leading  those  whom 
you  sustain  as  your  leaders.  Follow  them  and  be  safe.  May  the  Lord 
be  with  us  in  carrying  out  the  determination  for  a  better  life  which 
we  have  formed  in  this  conference,  I  pray,  in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ.    Amen. 


God's  Dealings  with  Mankind 

By  President  Anthony  W.  Ivins 


I  sincerely  desire,  my  brethren  and  sisters,  during  the  few  mo- 
ments which  I  may  occupy  tlrs  morning,  of  the  time  which  is  allotted 
to  us,  that  I  may  be  sustained  by  your  faith  and  prayers.  I  feel  my 
dependence  upon  the  Lord,  possibly  as  I  have  never  felt  it  before,  be- 
cause the  older  I  become,  the  greater  my  experience,  the  more  I  come  to 
realize  that  the  power  of  God,  our  Father,  alone  can  make  us  strong. 

THE   CREATION 

"In  the  beginning  God  created  the  heavens  and  the  earth." 

If  the  chronology  of  the  Bible  is  correct — and  I  know  of  none 
better — nearly  six  thousand  years  have  elapsed  since  the  declaration 
which  I  have  read  was  made,  and  which  is  the  first  paragraph  from 
the  book  of  Genesis.  It  will  be  observed  that  this  statement,  like  all 
others  made  by  the  Lord,  is  a  definite,  abstract  declaration  of  fact. 
It  is  not  stated  as  a  theory,  a  thing  which  may  or  may  not  have  been, 
depending  upon  the  opinions  of  man  for  proof. 

God  created  man  in  his  own  image,  in  the  image  of  God  created 
he  him,  male  and  female  created  he  them,  and  said  unto  them  be  fruit- 
ful, and  multiply,  and  replenish  the  earth,  and  subdue  it,  and  have 
dominion  over  every  living  thing  that  moveth  upon  the  earth. 

The  story  of  the  creation  of  man,  and  the  purpose  for  which  he 
was  placed  upon  the  earth,  is  told,  not  in  its  fullest  detail,  of  course, 
in  the  brief  scripture  from  which  I  have  quoted.  Of  the  story  of 
man  during  the  Adamic  dispensation,  we  know  but  little.  The  his- 
tory of  one  thousand  five  hundred  years  and  more  is  told  in  the  Bible 
on  ten  short  pages,  and  modern  revelation  gives  us  but  brief  account 
of  the  happenings  between  the  creation  and  the  deluge. 

MAN    GOVERNED    BY    CONTRARY    POWERS 

This  much,  however,  is  made  clear  to  us :  That  from  the  earliest 
period  of  his  existence  until  the  present  man  has  lived  a  dual  life, 
has  been  governed  by  one  ;of  two  influences,  each  diametrically  op- 
posed to  the  other.  From  the  beginning  these  two  powers  have  striven 
for  the  mastery,  one  leading  men  on  to  higher  ideals,  teaching  faith, 
hope,  charity, 'patience,  love,  self  sacrifice,  humility,  righteousness  and 
justice.  The  other  leading  men  away  from  these  divine  ideals,  teach- 
ing selfishness,  personal  ambition,  love  of  power,  disregard  for  virtue, 
chastity,  equality  and  self  sacrifice. 

One  teaching  that  man  is  the  offspring  of  Deity,  created  in  the 
image  of  God,  and  placed  upon  the  earth  endowed  with  intelligence 
to  discern  between  good  and  evil,  between  right  and  wrong,  and  that 
the  Creator  would  hold  him  responsible  for  the  use  he  made  of  the 
agency  which  had  been  bestowed  upon  him.     The  other  teaching  that 

*Delivered  at  the  Semi-Annual  Conference,  Oct.  1922. 


GOD'S  DEALINGS  WITH  MANKIND  171 

man  is  responsible  to  no  power  other  than  that  which  he  himself  has 
created,  and  that  his  future  state  is  not  influenced  by,  nor  dependent 
upon,  allegiance  to,  or  acknowledgment  of  a  supreme  being.  These  two 
influences  were  manifested  soon  after  our  first  parents  were  placed 
upon  earth. 

From  God,  our  Father,  through  his  Only  Begotten  Son,  came 
teachings  which,  if  adhered  to,  would  lead  man  back  into  the  pres- 
ence of  the  Father,  and  redeem  him  from  the  transgression  into  which 
he  had  fallen,  because  he  had  listened  to  Lucifer,  a  son  of  the  morn- 
ing, who  had  rebelled  against  God,  and  because  of  his  rebellion  had 
been  cast  down  with  his  angels,  banished  from  the  presence  of  the 
Father,  and  had  become  Perdit'on,  destined  to  fight  against  God,  to 
be  the  father  of  lies,  and  the  enemy  of  all  that  is  good. 

Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  Father  talked  with  Adam,  mak- 
ing plain  to  him  that  he  would  provide,  through  his  Only  Begotten 
Son,  a  Savior,  and  means  by  which  redemption  would  come  to  his 
posterity,  as  the  people  multiplied  they  refused  to  listen  to  his  teach- 
ings, and  came  to  love  Satan  more  than  God.  <, 

ENOCH    SENT    TO    CALL    THE    PEOPLE    TO    REPENTANCE 

Before  the  birth  of  Seth,  who  was 'obedient  to  the  teachings  of 
his  father,  Adam,  and  became  a  preacher  of  righteousness,  the  peo- 
ple had  become  sensual  and  devilish.  Cain  had  learned,  through  the 
teachings  of  Satan,  'that  by  taking  the  life  of  his  brother  Abel  he 
could  become  possessed  of  his  flocks  and  herds,  he  had  been  taught 
that  by  combining  in  oath-bound  societies  power  could  be  obtained  by 
the  shedding  of  blood,  and  war  and  bloodshed  prevailed  among  the 
people. 

At  this  time  the  Lord  sent  Enoch  to  call  the  people  to  repentance, 
and  he 'went  forth  testifying  to  the  redemption  which  would  come  in 
the  meridian  of  time,  through  the  atonement  which  was  to  be  made 
by  the  Only  Begotten  of  the  Father  in  the  flesh,  but  they  refused  to 
listen,  and  so  great 'was  their  opposition  to  Enoch,  and  enmity  toward 
those  who  accepted  his  word,  that  it  became  necessary  for  the  Lord 
to  take  them  from  the  earth. 

iTHE  PROPHECIES  AND  WORK   OF   NOAH 

Again  the  Lord  sent  his  prophet  to  warn  the  people,  and  rescue 
them  from  the  power  of  Satan,  who  held  them  in 'bondage.  Noah,  who 
was  the  son  of  Lamech,  who  was  the  son  of  Methuselah,  who  was 
the  son  of  Enoch,  went  among  the  people  (prophesying  that  except 
they  renounced  their  -allegiance  to  Satan,  and  returned  to  the  Lord 
they  would  be  utterly  destroyed.  Again  the  message  fell  upon  deaf 
ears,  only  Noah  and  his  sons,  and  their  families  being  saved  when  the 
windows  of  heaven  were  opened,  iand  the  floods  covered  the  earth. 

Thus  the  first  effort  made  by  the  Lord  to  teach  his  children  the 
plan  by  which  they  might  be  redeemed,  and  brought  back  into  his 
presence,  had' failed,  so  far  as  the  great  majority  was  concerned,  one 


172  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

thousand    five  hundred   and   fifty  years   after  they   had  been   placed 
upon  the  earth. 

After  having  witnessed  this  great  manifestation  of  the  power  )oi 
God,  and  the  result  which  is  inevitable  to  those  who  follow  after 
Satan,  for  he  sooner  or  later  leads  people  to  death,  ione  would  think 
that  the  lesson  would  always  be  remembered.  Noah  and  his  sons 
went  out  from  the  ark  humbled  and  convinced,  for  they  had  witnessed 
the  destruction  of  their  race,  but  the  lesson  was  soon  forgotten.  Two 
hundred  and  fourteen  years  after  the  ark  rested  on  jMount  Ararat 
the  people  were  again  traveling  in  the  broad  road  which  leads  to 
destruction.  They  had  again  turned  from  the  worship  of  the  true 
God  to  the  worship  of  idols. 

THE    CALLING    OF    ABRAHAM    AND    THE    RISE    OF    ISRAEL 

At  this  time  there  occurred  an  event  which  was  to  have  a  more 
direct  effect  upon  you  and  me  than  any  which  had  hitherto  transpired. 
From  his  home  in  Chaldea  the  Lord  called  Abraham,  and  taking  him 
up  into  Palestine  entered  into  covenant  with  him,  that  notwithstand- 
ing the  fact  that  he  was  a  childless  man,  he  would  make  his  posterity 
innumerable,  and  would  give  Palestine  to  him  and  his  children  for  an 
everlasting  inheritance,  and  that  through  him  all  of  the  nations  of  the 
earth  would  be  blessed. 

In  fulfilment  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  Isaac  was  born  to  Abraham 
and  Sarah,  and  he  became  the  father  of  Jacob,  who  was  the  father 
of  the  twelve  patriarchs,  the  founders  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel. 
Again  the  keys  of  the  Priesthood  were  conferred  upon  men,  again 
the  prophets  declared  the  great  plan  of  human  redemption,  again  the 
law  of  sacrifice  was  restored  by  which  the  people  were  taught  that  an 
infinite  sacrifice  would  be  provided,  by  which  they  were  to  be  re- 
deemed from  death,  because  He  who  was  to  come  would  be  the  first 
fruits  of  the  resurrection  from  the  dead. 

At  one  time  it  appeared  that  the  word  of  the  Lord  would  not 
be  fulfilled,  for  Israel  left  Palestine,  and  went  into  Egypt,  where  for 
a  period  of  more  than  two  hundred  years,  the  greater  part  of  the 
time  in  servitude,  they  adopted  the  customs  and  idolatrous  worship  of 
the  Egyptians,  But  the  purposes  of  the  Lord  were  not  to  be  frus- 
trated, and  he  called  his  servant  Moses  who  led  Israel  out  from  the 
Egyptian  bondage,  and  back  to  the  promised  land,  the  land  which  the 
Lord  had  given  to  their  father  Abraham  to  be  an  everlasting  in- 
heritance. 

ISRAEL,    UNDER   DAVID   AND    SOLOMON,    A    DOMINANT    NATION 

The  Lord  again  showered  blessings  upon  the  people,  until  under 
David  and  Solomon,  their  prophet  kings,  they  became  one  of  the 
dominant  nations  of  the  world. 

During  the  Israelitish  period  the  Lord  again  raised  up  prophets 
who  testified,  as  prophets  had  testified  in  earlier  dispensations,  that 
the  Lord   would   send,   through   the   lineage  of   Davicl,   the   Messiah, 


GOD'S  DEALINGS  WITH  MANKIND  173 

who  would  be  the  Redeemer  of  the  world.  Isaiah  prophesied  that  a 
virgin  would  conceive  and  bear  a  Son,  whose  name  should  be  called 
Immanuel,  and  that  he  would  take  away  the  sins  of  the  world. 

The  time  had  come  when  the  Lord  was  again  to  offer  redemption 
to  the  people,  when  another  gospel  dispensation  was  to  be  ushered  in, 
the  effect  of  which  would  be  of  greater  importance  than  any  which 
had  gone  before,  or  would  follow  after.  The  appearance  of  prophets, 
warning  the  people  to  turn  from  the  service  of  Satan,  and  serve  the 
Lord,  was  not  its  outstanding  feature.  The  Lord  himself,  in .  the 
person  of  his  Only  Begotten  Son,  was  to  come  to  earth,  that  through 
him  unconditional  redemption  from  death  might  be  wrought  out  for 
all  mankind,  and  forgiveness  for  personal  sin  assured  through  obe- 
dience to  the  doctrines  of  the  gospel  which  he  would  teach. 

The  Jewish  people,  blinded  by  the  teachings  of  men,  because  of 
their  prejudices,  their  traditions,  their  pride  and  faithlessness,  failed 
to  recognize  in  Jesus  Christ,  Shiloh,  to  whose  coming  they  had  long 
looked  forward,  influenced  as  they  were  by  Satan  rather  than  by  the 
Lord,  as  generations  before  them  had  been. 

THE    COMING    AND   THE    MISSION    OF    CHRIST 

In  vain  the  Redeemer  pleaded  with  them,  in  vain  he  wept  as  he 
gazed  upon  the  holy  city,  and  contemplated  the  ruin  which  must  in- 
evitably come.  In  vain  he  warned  the  people  of  the  consequences 
which  would  follow  rejection  of  his  word.  The  power  of  the  Almighty 
which  was  manifested  in  his  works,  the  love  of  God  exemplified  in 
his  ministry,  none  of  these  things  could  move  hearts  made  adamant 
by  the  power  of  the  evil  one. 

Christ  was  persecuted,  ridiculed,  his  message  rejected,  and  finally 
he  was  put  to  death  by  the  most  ignominious  process  known  to  man, 
and  that  by  his  own  people  whom  he  had  come  to  redeem.  In  part 
his  mission  had  failed,  but  the  great  purpose  of  his  coming  had  been 
accomplished,  for  the  bands  of  death  had  been  broken,  the  prison 
doors  had  been  opened  and  the  captives  set  free,  death  could  no 
longer  forever  hold  captive  the  spirits  of  men. 

CHRIST    REJECTED   BY   THE    JEWS 

The  Church  which  Christ  and  his  disciples  established  struggled 
heroically  for  existence,  but  the  evil  one  so  dominated  the  minds  of 
men,  persecution  was  so  intense,  that  the  keys  and  power  of  the 
Priesthood  were  withdrawn,  the  ordinances  of  the  gospel  changed,  un- 
til the  Lord  ceased  to  recognize  the  Church  as  his. 

The  prophets  had  foreseen  and  declared  all  of  these  conditions. 
They  saw  the  dispersion  of  Israel,  the  suffering  of  the  Jewish  people, 
because  of  their  rejection  of  the  Savior,  who  had  been  sent  for  their 
redemption.  They  looked  forward  to  a  time  which  they  all  desired 
to  see,  a  day  when  the  Lord  would  set  his  hand  for  the  last  time  to 
redeem  his  people,  when  Satan  would  be  bound,  be  banished  from 


174  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  earth,  and  his  power  to  tempt  mankind,   and   lead  them  on  to 
destruction,  cease. 

A    NEW    GOSPEL    DISPENSATION 

It  was  a  period  when  a  new  gospel  dispensation  was  to  be  ushered 
in,  when  the  Lord  would  again  offer  salvation  to  the  people  of  the 
world,  when  he  would  gather  in  the  outcasts  of  Israel,  when  he  would 
prune  his  vineyard  for  the  last  time,  restore  the  keys  of  his  Priest- 
hood, and  consummate  the  work  which  had  been  commenced  in  the 
beginning.  When  he  would  send  his  Only  Begotten  Son  to  earth 
again,  this  time  to  reign  as  King  of  kings,  and  Lord  of  lords. 

The  time,  the  place,  the  manner  of  this  restoration  were  plainly 
outlined  by  the  prophets.  It  was  to  be  in  the  latter  days,  the  dis- 
pensation of  the  fulness  of  times ;  a  time  when  Satan  would  rage 
in  the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men,  when  men's  hearts  would  fail 
because  of  fear,  when  there  would  be  war,  and  rumors  of  war,  when 
the  sea  would  heave  itself  beyond  its  bounds  and  the  whole  earth  be 
in  commotion. 

At  such  a  time  a  light  was  to  break  forth  among  those  who  sit  in 
darkness,  which  light  was  to  be  the  fulness  of  the  gospel  of  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ.  This  gospel,  the  Lord  himself  declared,  shall  be 
preached  in  all  the  world,  as  a  witness  unto  all  people,  and  then  shall 
the  end  come. 

THE    GATHERING    FORETOLD 

The  place  to  which  scattered  Israel  was  to  be  gathered  was  plainly 
indicated.  It  was  not  to  be  upon  the  islands  of  the  sea,  not  upon  the 
broad  plains  nor  in  the  open  vallies,  but  in  the  tops  of  the  mountains, 
in  a  country  which  had  been  regarded  as  a  barren  waste,  where  the 
desert  would  be  made  glad  because  of  those  who  were  to  redeem  and 
convert  it  into  fruitful  fields.  To  such  a  place  people  from  all  na- 
tions were  to  flow,  that  they  might  be  taught  the  law  of  the  Lord, 
and  learn  to  walk  in  his  paths. 

That  a  work  could  be  inaugurated,  having  for  its  purpose  the 
conquest  of  sin,  the  subjugation  of  Satan,  and  his  final  banishment 
from  the  earth,  without  resistance  on  his  part  is  not  to  be  expected. 
Knowing  that  the  hosts  of  heaven  were  being  marshaled  for  the  last 
great  struggle  between  the  powers  of  light  and  darkness,  of  good  and 
evil,  of  right  and  wrong,  he  has  fought,  as  never  before,  to  defeat 
the  purposes  of  the  Almighty. 

THE  PERSONAGE  WHO  INAUGUARTED  THE  WORK 

When  the  time  came  for  the  opening  of  the  present  gospel  dis- 
pensation, Joseph  Smith,  who  was  to  be  made  the  instrument  through 
whom  the  work  would  be  inaugurated,  moved  upon  by  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord,  went  into  the  woods  to  pray.  The  effort  made  by  Satan 
to  prevent  the  accomplishment  of  the  purposes  of  the  Lord,  is  told  by 
Joseph  Smith  as  follows: 


GOD'S  DEALINGS  WITH  MANKIND  175 

"After  I  had  retired  to  the  place  where  I  had  previously  designed  to  go, 
having  Looked  around  me,  and  finding  myself  alone,  I  kneeled  down  and  began 
to  offer  up  the  desires  of  my  heart  to  the  Lord.  I  had  scarcely  done  so 
when  I  was  immediately  seized  upon  by  some  power  which  entirely  overcame 
me,  and  had  such  an  astonishing  influence  over  me  as  to  bind  my  tongue,  so 
that  I  could  not  speak.  Thick  darkness  gathered  around  me,  and  it  seemed 
to  me  for  a  time  that  I  was  doomed  to  sudden  destruction.  But  exerting  all 
my  powers  to  call  upon  God,  to  deliver  me  out  of  the  power  of  this  enemy 
which  had  seized  upon  me,  and  at  the  very  moment  when  I  was  about  to  sink 
into  despair,  and  abandon  myself  to  destruction,  not  to  an  imaginary  ruin,  but 
to  the  power  of  some  actual  being  from  the  unseen  world,  who  had  such 
marvelous  power  as  I  had  never  before  felt  in  any  being,  just  at  this  moment 
of  great  alarm,  I  saw  a  pillar  of  light  exactly  over  my  head,  above  the  bright- 
ness of  the  sun,  which  descended  gradually  until  it  fell  upon  me. 

"It  no  sooner  appeared  than  I  found  myself  delivered  from  the  enemy 
which  held  me  bound." 

THIS  RESTORED  GOSPEL  OF  THE  KINGDOM  TO  BE  PREACHED  IN 
ALL   THE   WORLD 

This  gospel  of  the  kingdom  was  to  be  preached  in  all  the  world,  as 
a  witness  to  all  people.  In  1837  Heber  C.  Kimball,  Orson  Hyde  and 
others  were  sent  to  Great  Britain  to  bear  the  message  of  the  restoration 
to  the  people  of  that  country,  which  was  to  contribute  such  strength  to 
the  Church.  They  arrived  there  on  the  20th  of  July.  Converts  were 
made  to  the  divinity  of  the  mission  of  Joseph  Smith,  and  a  time  ap- 
pointed when  the  ordinance  of  baptism  was  to  be  administered  to  those 
who  had  accepted  the  truth.  Sunday  was  the  day  when  this  or- 
dinance was  to  be  solemnized. 

EFFORTS  OF  THE  EVIL  ONE  TO  PREVENT  THE  PURPOSES  OF  GOD 

The  efforts  put  forth  by  the  evil  one,  to  prevent  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  purposes  of  the  Lord,  on  the  night  before  the  Sunday  in- 
dicated, is  told  by  Heber  C.  Kimball  and  Orson  Hyde,  as  follows. 
Heber  C.  Kimball  says:  "Wh-'le  I  was  thus  engaged  I  was  struck 
with  great  force,  by  some  invisible  power,  and  fell  senseless  to  the 
floor.  The  first  thing  I  remembered  was  being  supported  by  Elders 
Hyde  and  Richards,  who  were  praying  for  me.  I  then  arose  and  sat 
upon  the  bed,  when  a  vision  was  opened  to  our  minds,  and  we  could 
plainly  see  the  evil  spirits  who  foamed  and  gnashed  their  teeth  at  us. 
They  came  toward  us  like  armies  rushing  to  battle." 

Orson  Hyde,  in  a  letter  written  to  Heber  C.  Kimball,  at  a  later 
date,  says :  "Every  circumstance  which  occurred  in  that  scene  of 
devils  is  just  as  fresh  in  my  recollection  as  it  was  at  the  time  of  its 
occurrence.  While  you  were  apparently  senseless  and  lifeless  upon  the 
floor,  and  on  the  bed,  after  we  had  laid  you  there,  I  stood  between 
you  and  the  devils  and  fought  them  face  to  face,  until  they  began  to 
diminish  in  number  and  retreat  from  the  room." 

EFFORTS  AND   METHODS   ADOPTED   BY   THE   EVIL  ONE  TO  THIS   END 

Failing  in  his  endeavor  to  prevent  the  restoration  of  the  gospel, 
and  the  organization  of  the  Church,  the  evil  one  has  concentrated  his 


176  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

efforts  to  prejudice,  by  falsehood  and  misrepresentation,  the  people 
of  the  world  against  the  truth.  Misrepresentation,  persecution,  in 
some  instances  death,  have  followed  the  elders  of  the  Church  when- 
ever they  have  gone,  and  not  satisfied  with  the  effort  put  forth  among 
the  people  of  the  world,  Satan  has,  by  every  strategy  known  to  him, 
endeavored  to  lead  away  from  the  Church  those  who  have  entered 
into  covenant  with  the  Lord  that  they  will  serve  him,  and  keep  his 
commandments.  . 

The  means  which  he  employs  for  the  accomplishment  of  his  pur- 
poses, are  many  and  varied.  Permit  me  to  read  from  the  Book  of 
Mormon : 

"Wo  unto  them  that  turn  aside  the  just  for  a  thing  of  naught,  and  revile 
against  that  which  is  good,  and  say  that  it  is  of  np  worth !  For  thle  day  shall 
come  when  the  Lord  God  will  speedily  visit  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth;  and 
in   that  day  when  they  are   fully  ripe  in  iniquity  they  shall  perish. 

"But  behold,  if  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  shall  repent,  of  their  wicked- 
ness and  abominations  they  shall  not  be  destroyed,  saith  he  Lord  of  Hosts. 
For  the  kingdom  of  the  devil  must  shake,  and  they  which  belong  to  it  must 
needs  be  stirred  up  unto  repentance,  or  the  devil  will  grasp  them  with  his 
everlasting  chains,  and  they  be  stirred  up  to  anger  against  that  which  is  good, 
and  perish;  for  behold  at  that  day  shall  he  rage, in. the  hearts  of  the  children  of 
men,  and  stir  them  up  to  anger  against  that  which  is  good. 

"And  others  he  will  pacify,  and  lull  them  away  into  carnal  security  that 
they  will  say:  All  is  well  in  Zion ;  yea,  Zion  prospereth  all  is  well,  and  thus 
the  devil  cheateth  their  souls,  and  leadeth  them  away  carefully  down  to  hell. 

"And  behold,  others  he  flattereth  away,  and  telleth  them  there  is  no  hell, 
and  he  sayeth  unto  them,  I  am  no  Devil,  for  there  is  none,  and  thus  he  whis- 
pereth  in  their  ears,  until  he  grasp  them  with  his  awful  chains,  from  whence 
there   is  no   deliverence." 

SUGGESTIONS  FROM  THE  ENEMY  OF  RIGHTEOUSNESS 

Have  you,  my  brethren  and  sisters,  experienced  the  effect  of 
these  various  efforts  of  the  evil  one  to  shatter  your  faith?  Has  he 
ever  wlr'spered  in  your  ear,  when  you  have  gone  to  the  Lord  in  prayer, 
that  there  was  no  one  to  hear  and  answer  you?  At  times  when  your 
prayers  have  not  been  answered,  as  you  may  have  desired,  has  his 
voice  whispered  to  you  that  it  was  useless  to  pray?  Has  doubt  and 
uncertainty  entered  your  minds  where  faith  and  hope  had  been  be- 
fore? Has  he  attempted,  by  flattery  and  praise  of  the  world  to  per- 
suade you  that  you  are  great  and  strong,  and  do  not  need  the  strength 
which  comes  from  the  Lord?  Has  he  filled  your  heart  with  ambition, 
thirst  for  wealth  and  power,  banishing  from  you  the  spirit  of  humility 
and  self-sacrifice,  without  which  it  is  impossible  to  please  the  Lord? 
Has  he  whispered  in  your  ear  that  violation  of  the  law  of  chastity  is 
not  a  grave  offense,  that  you  may  lie  a  little,  steal  a  little,  take  ad- 
vantage of  one  because  of  his  words,  that  you  may  disregard  and  vio- 
late the  law  of  the  land,  or  the  law  of  the  Lord,  and  be  justified? 

All  such  suggestions  come  from  the  enemy  of  righteousness,  to 
whom  I  have  made  reference,  and  to  whose  strength  and  power  I 
have  desired  to  call  your  attention  in  my  remarks.     If  we  transforrn. 


GOD'S  DEALINGS  WITH  MANKIND  177 

the  mental  pictures  which  are  photographed  upon  our  minds  by  this 
power,  into  actions,  we  are  in  the  grasp  of  Satan,  from  which  only 
sincere  repentance  can  rescue  us. 

HOW    SHALL   WE   FORTIFY    AGAINST   THESE   SHAFTS   OF   EVIL? 

By  what  process  may  we  be  fortified  and  made  impregnable  against 
these  shafts  of  the  enemy?  We  must  put  on  the  armor  of  righteous- 
ness, and  keep  it  constantly  bright  in  the  service  of  the  Lord.  We 
must  keep  in  constant  communion  with  him  through  prayer. 

Prayer  is  the  key  which  opened  this  gospel  dispensation,  it  is  the 
channel  through  which  the  Son  communed  with  the  Father,  through 
which  Saints  were  strengthened  to  endure,  and  rejoice  in  persecution, 
the  gateway  through  which  the  repentant  sinner  may  find  his  wav 
back  to  God. 

Are  the  Latter-day  Saints  forgetting  this  obligation  which  they 
owe  to  the  Lord,  this  one  source  of  strength  against  the  power  of 
Satan?  Are  we  regular  in  our  family  prayers,  do  we  go  to  the  Lord 
in  secret,  and  put  our  trust  in  him  in  all  of  the  activities  of  life?  Let 
these  presidents  of  stakes,  these  seventies,  bishops,  ward  teachers  and 
Church  members  who  are  present  ask  themselves  these  questions,  and 
answer  them.    Let  me  again  read  briefly  from  the  Book  of  Mormon : 

"Therefore  may  God  grant  unto  you,  my  brethren,  that  ye  may  begin  to 
exercise  your  faith  unto  repentance,  that  ye  begin  to  call  upon  his  holy  name, 
that  he  would  have  mercy  upon  you. 

"Yea,  cry  unto  him  for  mercy;  for  he  is  mighty  to  save. 

"Yea,  humble  yourselves,  and  continue  in  prayer  unto  him. 

"Cry  unto  him  when  ye  are  in  your  fields,  yea,  over  all  of  your  flocks. 

"Cry  unto  him  in  your  houses,  yea,  over  all  our  household,  both  morning, 
mid-day,  and  evening. 

"Yea,  cry  unto  him  against  the  power  ,of  your  enemies. 

"Yea,  cry  unto  him  against  the  devil,  who  is  an  enemy  to  all  righteousness. 

"Cry  unto  him  over  the  crops  of  your  fields,  that  ye  may  prosper  in  them. 

"Cry  over  the  flecks  of  your  fields,  that  they  may  increase. 

"But  this  is  not  all;  ye  must  pour  out  your  souls  in  your  closets,  and  your 
secret  places,  and  in  your  wilderness. 

"Yea,  and  when  you  do  not  cry  unto  the  Lord,  let  your  hearts  be  full, 
drawn  out  in  prayer  to  him  continually  for  your  welfare,  and  also  for  the 
welfare  of  those  who  are  around  you." 

My  brethren  and  sisters,  these  words  of  the  Lord  apply  to  us 
today,  as  they  applied  to  those  to  whom  they  were  delivered  in  times 
gone  by.  The  power  of  the  evil  one  is  not  broken ;  he  rules  the  world 
today.  The  lust  for  power,  ambition,  selfishness,  class  distinction, 
the  hatred  of  one  race  toward  another,  all  of  these  things  are  inspired 
by  the  same  influence  which  led  away  our  first  parents. 

HOW    WE   MAY   KNOW   THE   WILL  OF  GOD 

A  person  said  to  me  the  other  day:  "What  is  the  use  of  trying? 
The  will  of  the  Lord  will  be  done,  anyhow." 

The  trouble,  my  brethren  and  sisters,  is  that  the  will  of  the  Lord 


178  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

has  never  been  done,  from  the  beginning  to  the  present,  so  far  as  it 
applies  to  the  people  at  large.  It  was  not  his  will  that  the  people 
should  perish  in  the  flood.  He  repeatedly  called  them  to  repentance, 
and  promised  that  destruction  should  be  stayed,  if  they  would  only 
return  to  him. 

It  was  not  his  will  that  Israel  should  be  scattered,  and  the  Jewish 
people  suffer  as  they  have,  it  was  because  of  their  transgression.  It 
is  not  his  will  that  turmoil,  war  and  bloodshed  prevail  in  the  world 
today.  These  conditions  are  all  because  of  lack  of  faith  on  the  part 
of  the  people,  and  because  they  refuse  to  listen  to  the  voice  of  the 
Lord,  as  it  has  come  to  us  through  his  servants,  the  prophets. 

The  Lord  has  repeatedly  called  the  people  to  repentance,  has  re- 
peatedly said  that  redemption  might  come,  if  they  would  return  to 
him,  and  renounce  their  allegiance  to  the  evil  one.  In  this  dispensa- 
tion he  has  said  that  Zion  might  have  been  redeemed  had  the  faith  of 
the  people  been  sufficient. 

It  is  true  that  the  Lord  has  decreed  certain  definite  unchangeable 
purposes,  and  these  he  will  accomplish.  How  may  we  know,  then, 
the  will  of  the  Lord,  and  distinguish  between  h1's  works  and  those  of 
Satan?  The  key  is  a  simple  one.  Everything  which  persuades  to  do 
that  which  is  good,  is  from  the  Lord.  Whatever  is  evil,  and  persuades 
men  to  do  that  which  is  not  good,  is  from  the  evil  one. 

REPENTANCE   NECESSARY 

Have  not  we,  ourselves,  been  witnesses  of  the  inevitable  results 
which  come  to  those  who  follow  after  Satan?  Never  before  in  mod- 
ern times,  and  I  believe  not  in  ancient  times  either,  has  the  necessity 
for  repentance  been  more  plainly  manifest  than  in  our  day. 

THE   NATIONS  HAVE  AGAIN  REFUSED  TO  LISTEN   TO  GOD'S  CALL  TO  PEACE 

It  was  not  the  will  of  the  Lord  that  we  should  become  involved  in 
the  greatest  war  the  world  has  ever  known,  it  is  not  his  will  that  the 
nations  are  divided  and  in  strife  today,  that  war  clouds  are  again  gath- 
ering which  threaten  the  peace  of  the  world,  and  the  very  existence  of 
civilization.  It  is  because  men  refuse  to  listen  to  the  voice  of  the 
Lord,  who  is  calling  them  to  peace,  and  good  will  one  toward  the 
other.  Peace  can  be  established  at  any  moment,  it  could  have  been 
established  long  ago,  if  the  people  of  the  world  would  only  unite  in 
a  determined  effort  to  prevent  war.  Ridicule  it  as  you  may,  make 
light  of  it,  oppose  it,  the  fact  remains  that  never  in  the  history  of 
modern  time,  has  such  opportunity  been  held  out  to  the  people  for 
the  establishment  of  peace,  as  that  which  has  come  in  our  day. 
Humbled,  in  sorrow  and  mourning,  when  the  time  came  that  war 
might  have  been  forever  suppressed,  when  conditions  might  have  been 
established  which  would  have  made  war  impossible,  the  nations  re 
fused  to  listen. 

Again  they  started  in  the  broad  road,  which  leads  to  destruc- 
tion.    Again   selfishness,  pride,  love  of  power,  the  exalting  of  one 


COD'S  DEALINGS  WITH  MANKIND  179 

nation  above  another,   one  race  above   another,   menaces   the  world, 
and  the  civilization  which  is  upon  it. 

MAY  THE  TIME  SOON  COME  WHEN  THE  WORLD  WILL  TURN   FROM 

EVIL    TO    GOOD 

God  grant  that  the  time  may  soon  come  when  the  people  of  the 
world  will  learn,  from  the  experiences  of  the  past,  which  -we  seem 
slow  to  profit  by,  that  it  rests  with  them,  with  us,  to  turn  from  all 
that  leads  us  away  from  the  teachings  of  the  Redeemer,  to  turn  from 
evil  to  good,  lest  God's  judgment  come  upon  the  people  of  the  world, 
and  they  be  so  humiliated  and  decimated  that  there  will  be  none  to 
offer  resistance,  when  the  time  of  redemption  shall  finally  come. 

God  bless  you,  my  brethren  and  sisters,  fortify  us  against  the 
power  of  the  evil  one,  make  us  strong  in  righteousness  and  good  works, 
that  we  may  be  accepted  of  the  Lord,  and  keep  our  feet  planted 
firmly  in  the  path  which  leads  back  into  his  presence,  I  humbly  pray, 
through  Jesus  Christ.    Amen. 


A  Prairie  Night 


Prairie   Night! 

Above,  a  million  mystic  orbs  at  peace 
Yet  silverhued  amid  the  velvet  blue. 

Powdered  with  cloud-dust,  light  as  fleece, 
And  the  solemn  moon  shining  gently  through. 

Prairie   Night! 

Below,  a  world  of  calm,  save  for  a  lone  coyote, 
Whose  piteous  wail  speaks  solitude  and  stealth; 

And  now  and  then  the  soft,  sweet  note 
Of  some  far  night  bird  happy  in  its  wealth. 

Prairie   Night! 

The  black  lake's  ruffled  deep 
Reflects  sky-lights  that  ever  dance  and  fret 

Like  fairy  feet.    Northward  the  grazing  cattle  creep 
Silent    and    dim    in    shifting    silhouette. 

Prairie   Night! 

The  south  wind  sighs.    And  from  the  shadowy  west 
Shines  faint  some  cabin's  solitary  light. 

Its  white   rays  lull   the  senses   into  rest. 
Amid    a    beauty    fathomless — Prairie    Night. 
Lethbridge,  Canada  Frank  C.  Steele 


The  Church  and  the  Laws  of  the  Land 


By  Elder  Charles  W .  Nibley,  Presiding  Bishop  of  the  Church 


While  I  stand  before  you  this  afternoon  and  attempt  to  address 
you,  I  earnestly  desire  that  the  spirit  which  has  characterized  our 
meetings  and  the  utterances  of  our  speakers  may  continue  with  me,  and 
that  I  may  have  that  which  I  need  so  much,  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  so 
that  the  words  spoken  will  be  of  benefit  and  service  to  the  work  of 
the  Lord. 

I  rejoice  in  the  testimonies  of  the  brethren  such  as  have  just  been 
delivered  by  Elder  McMurrin,  for  I  know  him  to  be  a  faithful  servant 
of  the  Lord,  one  who  is  desirous  of  doing  and  performing  the  mission 
to  which  he  has  been  called,  in  an  earnest  and  acceptable  manner.  And 
let  me  say,  the  Church  is  blessed  with  an  abundance  of  young  men, 
as  well  as  middle-aged  and  elderly  men,  who  are  just  as  faithful,  just 
as  earnest,  just  as  devoted,  just  as  certain  of  their  position  with  re- 
spect to  the  work  of  the  Lord  as  Elder  McMurrin  is.  We  know  well 
enough  that  the  Lord  has  established  this  work,  and  is  bringing  to 
pass  his  purposes  in  connection  with  it.  This  is  his  special  work,  and 
to  this  Church  is  given  the  power  and  authority  to  lead  the  world  to 
spiritual  life,  so  that  our  mission  really  is  to  teach  the  people  how 
they  may  come  from  death  unto  life.  For  a  man  may  be  very  much 
alive  in  a  temporal  way,  and  yet  be  spiritually  dead. 

There  are  great  problems  also  before  our  nation,  which  demand 
solution ;  they  are  burning,  pressing  questions  which  must  be  solved,  and 
which  can  only  be  solved  on  the  principles  of  righteousness.  These 
principles  will  help  to  adjust  the  jarring,  warring,  contentious  prob- 
lems which  selfishness  very  largely  produces,  and  which  can  only  be 
solved  through  the  principles  that  the  Lord  has  revealed.  It  is  not 
in  man  that  walks,  to  guide  his  steps  aright.  It  is  not  in  man  of 
his  own  power  to  solve  these  problems,  nor  can  any  man  do  it  of 
himself  alone.  It  is  only  by  the  help  of  the  Spirit  of  ths  Almighty 
that  will  bring  us  to  the  point  where  justice  and  righteousness  can 
at  least  approximately  be  approached.  We  have  had  contentions  in 
our  own  nation  during  the  recent  months  of  railroad  strikes,  coal 
strikes,  and  other  contentions  that  have  threatened  the  very  existence 
of  our  government;  and  also  there  have  grown  up  in  our  nation, 
secret  organizations,  combinations  of  men,  no  doubt  desiring  to  pro- 
tect their  own  selfish  interests,  even  though  those  interests  should 
conflict  with  the  strict  principles  of  justice.  Some  of  these  organiza- 
tions like  the  Ku  Klux  Klan  have  undertaken  to  administer  what  they 
call  justice,  independent  of  Constitutional  law,  and  the  rights  of  men, 
and  they  have  taken  the  law  into  their  own  hands  and  have  dealt  with 
certain  people  in  a  way  which  can  only  result  in  disorder,  turmoil, 

*Delivered  at  the  Semi-Annual  Conference,  Oct.  1922. 


THE  CHURCH  AND  THE  LAW  OF  THE  LAND         181 

strife,  and  in  the  breaking  down  of  Constitutional  law.  For  these 
secret  organizations  undertake  to  administer  punishment  upon  men 
and  women,  irrespective  of  the  laws  of  the  land. 

It  has  been  the  counsel  of  the  leaders  of  this  Church  from  the 
beginning,  to  observe  the  Constitutional  law  of  the  land,  and  it  is  stated 
in  the  revelations  that  whatsoever  is  more  than  this  or  less  than  this, 
cometh  of  evil.  We  do  not  need  anything  outside  of  this  strict  letter 
of  the  law,  for  if  we  do  go  beyond  it,  or  come  tardy  of  it,  we  are 
liable  to  make  a  mistake.  The  agency  that  the  Lord  has  given  to  his 
sons  and  daughters  was  given  to  all — the  free  agency  to  choose  be- 
tween right  and  wrong,  and  that  agency  makes  us  free,  for  the  Lord 
has  said,  "If  ye  abide  in  my  truth,  then  are  ye  free  indeed."  Now, 
whenever  any  man  enters  any  organization,  secret  or  otherwise,  that 
takes  from  him  a  certain  degree  of  that  free  agency  to  choose  between 
right  and  wrong,  and  makes  of  him  a  servant,  to  do  as  he  is  told  in 
certain  matters,  quite  irrespective  of  the  righteousness  or  justice  of 
the  case,  or  of  the  right  or  wrong  of  the  case,  then  that  man  sur- 
renders that  much  of  his  free  agency  which  he  ought  not  under  any 
circumstances  to  surrender.     Let  me  explain. 

In  the  Bishop's  Office  the  question  was  brought  directly  before 
us  as  to  the  right  of  a  man  to  labor  on  some  work  which  the  Church 
was  doing,  whether  he  belonged  to  a  Union  or  not.  We  decided  that 
we  would  hire  Union  men  or  non-Union  men ;  if  they  were  good  work- 
men, we  would  not  ask  the  question  as  to  whether  they  belonged  to  any 
Union  or  not.  But  we  were  confronted  with  this  difficulty :  one  of  our 
brethren  who  is  a  Union  man,  refused  to  work  on  the  job  with  a 
non-Union  man,  a  good  member  of  the  Church.  In  this  case  we  said, 
this  brother  who  does  not  belong  to  your  Union  is  a  good  man,  a 
good  neighbor,  a  good  citizen ;  you  meet  with  him  at  the  Sacrament 
table  and  administer  the  Sacrament  to  the  Latter-day  Saints.  You 
may  be  appointed  as  a  block  teacher  and  go  around  teaching  the 
Saints  their  duties.  You  may  both  be  called  on  to  administer  to  the 
sick,  and  you  go  and  offer  your  prayers,  but  when  it  comes  to  work- 
ing together,  you,  our  brother  who  has  a  Union  card  and  belongs  to 
the  Union,  will  not  allow  this  good  brother  of  yours  to  work  for  his 
living,  nor  will  you  work  with  him  in  any  way,  because  he  does  not 
belong  to  your  organization.  Now  we  ask,  do  you  think  this  is  right 
or  just  or  fair?  He,  a  good  man,  every  way  acceptable,  a  good  work- 
man, to  be  deprived  of  working  on  a  job  because  he  refuses  to  sur- 
render any  part  of  his  God-given  agency  to  any  organization  whatso- 
ever on  the  face  of  the  earth?  Or,  because  in  this  he  refuses  to  put 
himself  in  a  position  where  he  may  be  called  upon  to  do  a  wrong; 
for  it  is  a  wrong  to  say  your  own  brother  shall  not  have  the  priv- 
ilege of  earning  a  livelihood  because  he  will  not  join  your  organiza- 
tion. On  the  other  hand,  a  man  comes  along  who  is  not  the  best  kind 
of  a  citizen,  who  may  be  more  or  less  disreputable,  who  is  rather  a 
discredit  to  good  citizenship  than  otherwise,  and  yet  he  can  show  a 
Union  card,  and  you,  my  good  Latter-day  Saint  brother,  who  belongs 


182  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

to  the  Union,  you  will  work  with  him;  you  will  allow  him  to  work 
for  his  living  and  join  with  you  in  this  work,  although  he  is  not  one- 
twentieth  part  the  tithe  of  such  a  man  as  your  own  brother  in  the 
Church  is,  whom  you  refuse  to  work  with. 

This  Union  brother  acknowledged  that  such  was  practically  the 
case,  and  yet  he  was  powerless  to  help  it.  Now,  my  brethren  and 
sisters,  don't  you  see  that  this  man  had  surrendered  so  much  of  his 
free  agency  to  this  Union  of  his  that  he  was  not  permitted  to  do  that 
which  was  plainly  and  clearly  right  toward  his  own  brother  in  the 
Church?  Therefore,  I  say,  the  counsel  which  has  been  given  all  along 
by  the  leaders  of  the  Church,  to  refrain  from  joining  any  organiza- 
tion, or  giving  your  allegiance,  or  any  part  of  your  allegiance  to  any 
society  or  Union  which  will  interfere  in  the  least  degree  with  your  free 
agency,  is  good  sound  counsel.  Of  course,  one  will  say  that  he  has 
a  right  to  join  whatever  organization  he  pleases.  It  is  true  that  he 
has  that  right,  but  his  duty,  his  plain  simple  duty,  is  to  protect  lr's 
brother  and  the  interests  of  his  neighbor.  A  good  many  people  stand 
upon  their  rights,  as  they  say,  and  quite  often  forget  their  duties. 
Our  duties  to  our  God ;  to  our  Church ;  to  our  families ;  to  our  neigh- 
bors; these  ought  to  be  first,  rather  than  prating  so  much  about  our 
rights. 

Our  President  said  this  morning,  in  his  opening  remarks,  we  be- 
lieve in  freedom,  in  liberty;  liberty  for  a  man  to  work  without  being 
threatened  to  be  killed  if  he  does  work.  Now,  I  grant  you  that  some 
of  these  organizations  have  done  much  to  bring  a  greater  share  of 
prosperity  to  the  laborers  than  they  otherwise  might  have  had,  but 
would  you  say  that  a  man  working  for  you  as  a  farmer,  and  you  are 
right  in  the  midst  of  your  fall  work,  getting  up  your  potato  crop,  per- 
haps you  have  a  car  that  must  be  loaded;  it  is  urgent  that  this  work 
be  done,  because  there  is  a  storm  coming,  and  your  potatoes  will  be 
frozen,  and  what  not, — and  right  then,  knowing  your  extremity,  this 
man  who  knows  the  circumstances  you  are  in,  and  how  much  you, 
need  his  help,  he  yet  says,  I  am  going  on  a  strike;  it  is  my  right  to 
strike,  and  I  quit  work  right  here.  Would  you  say  that  this  man  was 
doing  the  right  thing,  doing  his  duty  when  he  leaves  the  farmer  in 
that  predicament,  just  because  he  knows  he  can  inflict  an  injury  upon  a 
man  whom  he  is  working  for?  That  spirit  is  wrong,  and  most  repre- 
hensible. 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  in  one  of  his  messages,  said 
that  there  is  just  as  much  sacredness  in  the  right  to  work  as  there  is 
in  the  right  to  strike.  Well,  I  thought  in  analyzing  that  statement, 
What  sacredness  is  there  in  the  right  to  strike,  if  by  striking  I  injure 
my  brother?  Am  I  not  commanded  as  a  Latter-day  Saint,  and  di- 
rected always  by  the  revelations  of  the  Lord,  to  love  my  neighbor? 

Now,  the  impression  I  would  like  to  leave  with  you  is  this,  that 
the  counsel  which  has  been  given  all  along  by  the  leaders  of  the 
Church  is  good,  safe,  wise  counsel,  and  that  is,  to  join  no  organization 
which  interferes  with  your  doing  the  right  thing  under  any  and  all 


THE  CHURCH  AND  THE  LAW  OF  THE  LAND         183 

circusmtances.  Of  course,  we  must  be  charitable.  We  must  be  for- 
giving. The  Lord  has  given  us  some  very  high  ideals  in  respect  to 
this  matter,  in  these  latter-day  revelations  through  the  Prophet  Joseph 
Smith. 

You  can  read  in  the  98th  section  of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants  a 
revelation  which  was  given  just  after  the  first  mobbings  and  drivings 
in  the  state  of  Missouri,  how  the  Lord  instructed  the  Saints  that,  al- 
though they  had  been  mobbed  and  plundered  and  driven  and  robbed 
of  their  property,  yet  the  Lord  puts  the  high  ideal  before  them  in  that 
revelation,  that  they  must  forgive  even  their  enemies,  and  even  though 
that  enemy  has  not  repented.  If  he  has  repented,  thou  shalt  forgive 
him  seventy  times  seven;  but  "If  thine  enemy" — mark  you,  thine 
enemy — "if  thine  enemy  comes  upon  thee  and  repents  not,  neverthe- 
less thou  shalt  forgive  him."  This  is  the  wonderful  standard  of  for- 
giveness which  the  Lord  holds  up  to  this  Church.  It  is  of  the  same 
spirit  that  we  read  of  as  being  exhibited  on  Calvary,  when  the  Lord 
of  all  said,  "Father  forgive  them,  for  they  know  not  what  they  do." 
I  say  again,  we  should  remember  our  duties  as  well  as  remembering  al- 
ways what  we  call  our  rights;  the  duty  of  the  husband  to  his  wife,  to 
love  and  to  honor  and  protect,  and  a  good  many  of  us  husbands  have 
learned  to  obey  as  well. 

We  do  not  need  to  join  any  organization  in  the  world  outside  of 
the  CHurch  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  to  be  absolutely  free, 
and  this  Church  has  given  evidence,  let  me  say  in  plainness,  of  its  de- 
termination to  keep  and  abide  the  laws  of  the  land,  and  to  observe 
them,  and  to  uphold  them.  This  Church  did  that  in  the  principle  of 
plural  marriage,  which  it  surrendered  in  obedience  to  law,  even  though 
the  Church  did  not  believe  the  law  to  be  Constitutional.  But  when 
it  was  declared  Constitutional  the  Church  surrendered,  and  has  obeyed 
the  law.  Could  any  stronger  evidence  be  given  that  this  Church  stands 
for  obedience  to  the  law? 

We  should  uphold  all  the  laws  of  the  land  whether  we  like  them 
or  not ;  so  long  as  they  are  the  laws  of  the  land,  we  should  observe  to 
uphold  them.  The  prohibition  law ;  the  cigarette  law,  whatever  law 
is  enacted ;  and  while  it  stands  on  the  statute  book,  it  should  be  obeyed. 
If  we  will  remember  the  first  great  commandment,  "Thou  shalt  love 
the  Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  might,  mind  and  strength," 
that  will  always  keep  us  within  the  law,  obeying  the  law,  respecting 
the  law  in  whatever  land  or  country  the  Saints  may  abide.  And  if  we 
will  think  more  of  our  duties,  and  a  little  less,  perhaps,  of  our  rights, 
we  will  be  gainers  thereby,  and  we  will  not  break  any  law  of  the  land, 
for  the  Lord  has  said,  "He  who  observeth  the  law  of  God  hath  no 
need  to  break  the  law  of  the  land." 

My  brethren  and  sisters,  I  hope  that  we  will  go  home  from  this 
conference  determined  as  a  great  body  of  people,  to  stand  for  law, 
order,  righteousness,  justice  and  peace  on  earth  and  good  will  among 
all  men.  I  believe  as  the  Prophet  Joseph  has  written,  that  the  day 
would  come  when  there  would  be  so  much  of  disorder,  of  secret  com- 


184  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

binations  taking  the  law  into  their  own  hands,  tramping  upon  Consti- 
tutional rights  and  the  liberties  of  the  people,  that  the  Constitution 
would  hang  as  by  a  thread.  Yes,  but  it  will  still  hang,  and  there  will 
be  enough  of  good  people,  many  who  may  not  belong  to  our  Church 
at  all,  people  who  have  respect  for  law  and  for  order,  and  for  Con- 
stitutional rights,  who  will  rally  around  with  us  and  save  the  Consti- 
tution. I  have  never  read  that  that  thread  would  be ,  cut.  It  will 
hang;  the  Constitution  will  abide  and  this  civilization,  that  the  Lord 
has  caused  to  be  built  up,  will  stand  fortified  through  the  power  of 
God,  by  putting  from  our  hearts  all  that  is  evil,  or  that  is  wrong  in  the 
sight  of  God,  by  our  living  as  we  should  live,  acceptable  to  him. 

I  bear  witness  to  you,  my  brethren  and  sisters,  that  this  is  indeed 
the  work  of  the  Lord.  I  am  not  only  sure  of  it;  I  am  certain  of  it. 
I  am  certain  as  to  our  position  in  respect  to  this  being  the  special 
work  of  our  Father  who  is  in  heaven.  I  am  absolutely  certain  that 
it  is  the  power  of  God  unto  salvation  to  all  nations,  kindreds,  tongues 
and  peoples ;  to  everyone  that  will  hearken.  These  men,  the  presi- 
dency of  this  Church,  and  the  other  leaders  of  the  Church  with  them, 
have  received  that  authority  which  enables  them  to  give  guidance  and 
direction  in  that  way,  that  "the  great  sweep  of  the  Kingdom  of  God 
will  go  on  and  on,  conquering,  and  to  conquer  until  every  knee  shall 
bow  and  every  tongue  confess  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ  to  the  glory  of 
God  the  Father. 

May  the  Lord  hasten  it  in  his  time,  and  prepare  us  for  the  great 
days  that  are  coming,  that  we  may  go  forth  and  preach  the  gospel  of 
Jesus  Christ  in  all  the  world,  build  up  his  Kingdom,  and  give  our 
first  allegiance,  and  no  divided  allegiance,  but  our  first  and  sole  al- 
legiance, to  God  and  country,  through  Jesus  Christ.    Amen. 


There  are  no  Unknown  Dead 


By  Dr.  George  H.  Brimhall. 

Among  those  who  go  forth  to  perish 
That  peace  may  come  to  earth, 
There  are  no  unknown  dead. 

The  All-Seeing  Eye  beholds  them; 

In  His  book  of  Love  is  written  their  lives 

And  the  manner  of  their  death; 

And  when  the  reveille  of  the  resurrection  shall  sound, 

They  will  awaken  to  the  enjoyment  of  a  millennium 

For  which  they  gave  their  all! 


The  Church  and  Missionary  Work* 

By  Elder  David  O.  McKay,  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve  and  President  of  the 

European  Mission 


It  seems  but  a  very  short  time  indeed  since  I  faced  a  similar 
audience,  on  my  return  from  a  very  recent  mission.  The  interval 
between  that  home-coming  and  the  present  time  leaving  seems  very 
brief  indeed. 

I  am  very  sorry  that  Elder  Whitney's  ill  health  necessitates  his 
release.  I  met  him  about  ten  months  ago.  He  was  doing  excellent 
work  and  feeling  apparently  well,  although  he  informed  me  then  that 
he  feared  he  would  have  to  undergo  an  operation.  I  rejoice  with 
you  in  the  latest  word  that  he  is  better,  and  I  hope  when  I  shall  greet 
him,  that  I  shall  find  him  well  on  the  road  to  his  usual  normal,  vig- 
orous health,  and  I  shall  be  pleased — I  will  assume  it  here — to  take 
the  best  wishes  of  this  magnificent  congregation  to  him. 

During  the  few  moments  that  I  shall  occupy  this  afternoon,  I  am 
going  to  ask  you  to  become  missionaries,  and  thus  render  help  to  your 
sons  and  daughters  who  are  in  the  mission-field.  I  am  going  to 
ask  you  to  make  their  work  more  effective. 

TEXT 

"Ye  are  the  light  of  the  world.  A  city  that  is  set  on  a  hill 
cannot  be  hid.  Neither  do  men  light  a  candle,  and  put  it  under  a 
bushel,  but  on  a  candlestick;  and  it  giveth  light  unto  all  that  are  in 
the  house.  Let  your  light  so  shine  before  men,  that  they  may  see 
your  good  works,  and  glorify  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven." 

THE    CHURCH    A    CHURCH    OF    MISSIONARIES 

There  are  approximately  two  thousand  men  and  women  represent- 
ing this  Church  in  the  missionary  field.  There  should  be,  in  a  gen- 
eral way,  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  times  two  thousand  missionaries 
in  the  organized  wards  and  branches  of  the  Church. 

WHAT    THE   jMISSIONARIES    ARE    PREACHING    BY    PRECEPT    AND    EXAMPLE 

These  boys  out  in  the  field  are  sweet  and  clean  and  whole- 
some, and  they  are  striving  to  live  exemplary  lives,  that  their  example 
might  accord  with  their  precept.  I  have  met  them,  as  you  know,  in 
many  missions,  and,  invariably,  they  are  fit,  noble  representatives  of 
their  parents  and  of  the  Church.  Their  skin  is  clean,  their  eyes  clear, 
their  lives  wholesome,  and  men  and  women  who  are  opposed  to  our 
teachings  are  forced  to  acknowledge  that  the  missionaries  of  the 
Church  are  noble  young  men  and  pure  women.  O,  I  grant  you  there 
are  men  and  women  in  the  world  who  are  suspicious,  many  who  are 
suspicious  of  them.  Sometimes,  too,  once  in  a  great  while — a  mis- 
sionary man  forgets  himself  and  brings  disgrace  upon  the  body  of 
the   Church,   but  the  percentage  of   such    failures,  thank  heaven,   is 


*Delivered  at  the  Semi-Annual  Conference,  Oct.  1922. 


186  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

extremely   small.     The   two  thousand   missionaries  are  preaching  by 
"plain  living  and  right  thinking"  the  efficacy  of  "Mormonism." 

A  SUMMARY  OF  CHRIST'S   MESSAGE  TO  THE  WORLD 

In  addition  to  that,  they  are  proclaiming  a  wonderful  message. 
The  other  day  I  read,  in  a  very  carefully  written  book,  on  the  life  of 
Christ — a  summary  of  his  teachings  to  the  world.  The  eminent 
writer  said: 

"Christ  came  to  the  world  and  gave  to  the  world  a  message,  which  con- 
sists, first,  in  giving  to  men  a  true  conception  of  God.  Second,  in  teaching 
men  how  to  attain  a  larger  and  freer  life."" 

Then,  basing  the  third  message,  or  the  third  lesson  upon  the  fact 
that  a  man's  actions  depend  upon  his  motives,  he  draws  this  con- 
clusion that, 

"Christ's  message  meant  the  ultimate  development  of  God's  kingdom  or 
rule  upon  earth,  which  is  destined  to  transform  society.  Loyalty  to  the  divine 
King — the  common  Father  of  all  mankind,  is  the  strongest  and  only  universal 
bond  that  can  bind  all  men  together.  His  teachings,  therefore,  have  a  large 
social,  as  well  as  individual  significanfce,  for  they  contemplate  a  universal 
brotherhood  or  democracy  in  which  all  men  are  united  in  the  common  desire 
to  do  the  will  of  God." 

I  think  this  a  good  summary  of  the  message  that  your  sons  and 
daughters  are  giving  to  the  world.  They  teach  to  all  men  a  true 
conception  of  God.  They  invite  the  world  to  investigate  the  great 
declaration  that  God  and  his  beloved  Son  have  appeared  in  person  in 
this  dispensation.  What  a  glorious  message !  Second :  they  are  teach- 
ing men  the  means  of  attaining  a  higher  and  freer  and  diviner  life. 
Say  what  you  will,  that  is  their  only  purpose,  and  they  prove  their 
sincerity  in  it  by  leaving  their  loved  ones,  leaving  their  vocations,  spend- 
ing their  own  money,  or  the  hard  earnings  of  their  beloved  parents, 
in  trying  to  induce  men  to  hear  that  message.  Third:  they  can  stand 
before  the  people  of  the  world  and  say  that  "Mormonism"  does  con- 
template, in  its  ultimate  consummation,  the  transformation  of  society ; 
and  who,  conversant  with  world  conditions  today,  will  say  that  the 
time  is  not  ripe  for  society  to  be  transformed! 

THE    WORLD    REJECTS    THEIR    MESSAGE 

But  the  world  does  not  believe  this  message.  We  have  heard  in 
this  conference  about  evil  designing  men  and  women,  who  say,  in  sub- 
stance, that  our  missionaries  teach  one  thing,  but  the  people  prac- 
tice another  at  home.  Such  accusations  but  emphasize  the  importance 
of  preaching  to  the  world  by  example.  It  seems  to  me  that  this 
conference  has  been  characterized  by  the  gospel  of  application,  and  so, 
I  feel  in  perfect  accord  with  the  spirit  when  I  ask  that  you  who  con- 
stitute part  of  the  two  hundred  and  fifty  times  two  thousand  mission- 
aries, in  the  organized  stakes  and  branches  of  the  Church,  preach  by 
example  these  glorious  things — prove  to  the  world  that  you  are  not 
only  a  God-fearing,  but  a  God-trusting  people. 


THE  CHURCH  AND  MISSIONARY  WORK  187 

RESPONSIBILITY    OF    ORGANIZED    BRANCHES    AND    WARDS    TO    EXEMPLIFY 
IN  DAILY  LIFE  THE  DOCTRINES  AND  PRINCIPLES  OF  THE  GOSPEL 

If  you  ask  me  where  I  first  received  my  unwavering  faith  in 
the  existence  of  a  God,  I  would  answer  you:  in  the  home  of  my 
childhood — when  father  and  mother  invariably  called  their  children 
around  them  in  the  morning  and  at  night,  and  invoked  God's  bless- 
ing upon  the  household  and  upon  mankind.  There  was  a  sincerity 
in  that  good  patriarch's  voice  that  left  an  undying  impression  in  the 
children's  souls;  and  mother's  prayers  were  equally  impressive. 

I  ask  today  that  every  father  in  the  Church  see  to  it  that,  in  all 
sincerity,  he  impress  his  children  with  the  reality  of  the  existence  of 
God,  and  with  the  reality  that  God  will  guide  and  protect  his  chil- 
dren. You  carry  that  responsibility.  Home  is  one  of  the  units — 
the  fundamental  unit  of  society.  Let  the  sincere  investigators  who 
believe  more  from  what  they  see  than  from  what  they  hear,  find,  upon 
investigation,  that  "Mormons"  prove  by  example  in  the  home,  by  de- 
votion, and  in  their  service  to  God,  that  they  believe  and  know  that 
God  is  their  Father.  I  knew  before  I  heard  my  father  testify  that  he 
had  heard  a  divine  voice,  that  he  lived  near  to  his  Maker;  and  I  know, 
by  a  nearness  to  that  same  Eternal  Father  since,  that  father  told  the 
truth  when  he  said  he  received  in  answer  to  prayer  this  admonition 
given  in  audible  tones :  "Testify  that  Joseph  Smith  is  a  prophet  of  the 
living  God."  Such  is  the  reality  of  the  true  Latter-day  Saints'  con- 
ception of  God  the  Father. 

IDEALS 

Secondly,  I  would  ask  that  every  parent  in  the  Church  teach  men 
by  example  how  to  obtain  a  higher  and  freer  life.  Missionaries  are 
pointing  the  way;  we  should  follow  it.  What  a  strength  it  would 
be  to  the  missionaries,  if  they  were  able  to  point  back  to  the  thou- 
sands and  thousands  of  villages  and  find  in  each  a  community  that 
introduces  into  its  life  the  higher  and  better  things.  We  have  heard 
much  throughout  this  conference  about  the  necessity  of  pure  individ- 
ual living.  We  have  heard  that  no  Latter-day  Saint  can  indulge  in 
"boot-legging"  with  impunity.  He  is  not  only  violating  the  law,  but 
he  is  casting  reflection  upon  his  people  and  upon  his  nation.  Latter- 
day  Saints  should  uphold  the  officers  in  their  efforts  to  ferret  out 
these  law  breakers.  No  Latter-day  Saint  can  enter  into  a  gambling 
den  without  casting  reflection  upon  his  people  and  without  violating 
the  statutes  of  his  state.  A  few  gambling  dens  are  still  found,  I 
am  informed,  in  Ogden  and  Salt  Lake  City  at  least,  and  it  behooves 
Latter-day  Saints  to  stand  by  the  officers  in  their  efforts  to  close  these 
places  of  vice.  Latter-day  Saints  do  not  smoke.  If  your  houses  are 
contaminated  with  tobacco  smoke,  your  appeals  to  God  are  not  going 
to  be  very  availing  in  the  minds  of  your  children.  Pray  to  him  to 
give  you  strength  to  overcome  the  habit,  and  I  promise  you  God  will 
give  you  that  strength.  I  care  not  how  viciously  the  habit  is  fixed 
in  your  body,  God  will  not  forsake  you  if  you  call  to  him  in  sincerity. 


]88  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Obedience  to  the  laws  of  health,  and  of  the  Spirit  will  lead  to  the 
higher  and  freer  life. 

Lastly,  missionaries  are  preaching  that  the  gospel  is  destined  to 
transform  society.  We  believe  it  and  we  believe  that  from  an  economic 
standpoint,  from  a  social  standpoint,  from  a  spiritual  standpoint,  we 
can  offer  to  the  world  today  such  practical  ideals  in  organized  so- 
ciety, that  if  applied  to  the  world,  would  alleviate  much  of  the  suffer- 
ing and  misery  in  this  poor  war-ridden,  famine  stricken,  selfish  world. 
Take  for  example  the  little  simple  work  of  your  fast  day;  your  con- 
tribution to  the  poor.  I  remember  mentioning  that  before  an  audience 
in  New  Zealand,  at  Auckland,  about  six  hundred  non-members  being 
present.  We  took  that  as  the  theme  because  a  day  or  two  before  the 
meeting  a  paper  had  published  the  fact  that  citizens  had  discovered 
some  suffering  women  and  children  about  whose  condition  nobody 
seemed  to  be  aware.  Following  the  meeting,  a  man  said :  "Do  you 
really  mean  to  say  that  every  member  of  your  Church  is  visited  every 
month  by  some  officer?"  "Yes,  that  is  the  plan."  "And  that  the 
amount  contributed  once  a  month  on  your  fast  day  is  sufficient  to  meet 
all  the  needs  of  the  poor?"  "Yes,  that  is  the  fact.  All  do  not  do  it, 
however,"  I  confessed.  Ah,  that  is  it.  Don't  you  see — all  do  not 
comply.  All  do  not  come  up  to  the  standard.  O,  fathers  and  moth- 
ers, what  an  example  to  the  world  in  economic  salvation  if  we  could 
only  live  up  fully  to  this  economic  principle !  Let  us  determine  here 
and  now  to  raise  the  percent  per  capita,  of  our  fast  offerings.  Let  us 
raise  it  from  twenty  cents  to  a  dollar.  Though  that  is  not  what  it 
should  be,  what  a  lesson  to  the  distracted  government  in  this  war-torn 
world  today! 

I  was  in  Syria  when  some  of  your  fast  offerings  came  over  there, 
and  realized,  as  Brother  Booth  gave  out  relief  to  those  suffering 
Armenians,  that  one  hundred  cents  m  every  dollar  went  to  those 
poor  people,  because  of  the  perfect  organization  of  the  Church.  The 
minimum  overhead  expense  was  not  deducted  from  your  contribu- 
tions. Let  us  return  home  from  this  conference  determined  to  live  up 
to  this  one  principle,  in  addition  to  the  many  others  that  have  been 
named.  Then,  as  the  boys  and  girls  are  preaching  and  bearing  testi- 
mony to  the  efficacy  of  "Mormonism,"  they  can,  with  pride,-  point 
back  to  the  home  ward  and  say,  "You  may  find  these  principles  exL 
emplified  there."  Remember,  "example  is  more  forcible  than  precept." 
People  look  at  you  six  days  in  the  week  to  see  what  you  mean  on 
the  Sabbath. 

Therefore,  with  this  idea  that  we  are  giving  to  the  world  the 
same  message  which  Christ  gave,  namely:  leading  the  people  to  a 
true  conception  of  God,  their  Father,  teaching  them  how  to  obtain 
higher  and  freer  life,  bearing  witness  to  them  that  it  is  possible  in 
this  day,  by  obedience  to  the  laws  and  ordinances  of  the  gospel,  to 
transform  society ;  let  us  resolve  this  day  to  "Be  noble ;  and  the  noble- 
ness  that  lies  in   other  men   sleeping,   but   never   dead,   will   rise   in 


THE  CHURCH  AND  MISSIONARY  WORK 


189 


majesty  to  meet  our  own."  In  this  way  we  can  make  our  light  so 
shine  among  men,  that  they  seeing  our  good  works  may  be  led  to 
glorify  their  Father  in  heaven." 

God  help  us  to  be  near  to  him,  for  I  testify  to  you  he  is  ever 
ready  to  be  near  to  us.    ]  pray,  in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ.    Amen. 


MORGAN  FATHERS'  AND  SONS'  OUTING 

Top:     Scene  in  Hardscrabblet.     Bottom:     The  Company 

For  a  number  of  years  a  feature  of  summer  work  in  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  has 
been  outings  of  this  character.    Duru.g  the  summer  of  1922,  several  thousand 
fathers  and  sons  spent  two  or  three  days  together  in  camp  life  in  the  moun- 
tains.    The  Morgan,  Utah,  outing  was  taken  in  Juii<e. 


Hvitra-manna-land  and  Lamoni 


By  J.  M.  Sjodahl 


A  rather  interesting  letter,  referring  to  the  authenticity  of 
the  Book  of  Mormon,  was  received  some  time  ago,  at  the  Lat- 
ter-day Saint  mission  headquarters  in  Chicago,  and  forwarded  to 
Elder  Joseph  Fielding  Smith,  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve, 
and  Church  Historian,  Salt  Lake  City.  The  writer  is  Mr.  A.  0. 
Ueland,  a  lawyer  of  Halstead,  Minn. 

The  gentleman  explains  that  he  has  read  the  Book  of 
Mormon  and  found  the  historical  part  of  it  of  interest,  as  it 
relates  to  a  "white  race  settling  in  America  in  prehistoric  days." 
He  frankly  admits  that  "it  appears  improbable  that  Joseph 
Smith  could  have  just  made  up  the  whole  story."  The  writer 
also  states  that  he  used  to  be  quite  a  student  of  Norse  sagas  and 
legends  and  especially  that  relating  to  the  early  voyages  of 
Norsemen   to   our   shores. 

He  refers  particularly  to  the  storv  of  Are  Marson,  who. 
towards  the  close  of  the  10th  century  of  our  era,  is  said  to  have 
set  sail  from  Iceland.  About  twenty  years  afterwards,  as  the 
saga  has  it,  one  Gudleif  Gudlougson,  having  drifted  out  of  his 
course  from  Iceland  to  Ireland,  came  to  a  semi-tropical  coast, 
where  he  and  his  crew  were  captured  by  the  natives. 

"Then  came  an  old  man,  with  long  white  beard,  who  seemed  to  be  a  kind 
of  chief.  He  questioned  them  in  the  Norse  language,  and  when  he  learned 
who  they  were,  inquired  about  parties  both  in  Norway  and  Iceland.  After 
aiding  them  to  get  their  ship  repaired,  he  disclosed  that  he  was  Are  Marson, 
sent  greetings  to  his  relatives  in  Iceland,  and  cautioned  against  further 
attempts  to  explore  the  land,  because,  he  said,  he  would  soon  be  dead,  and 
it  would  be  difficult  to  say  how  the  natives  would  treat  strangers  after  he 
was  gone.  The  crew  got  back  safely,  touching  Ireland  on  the  return,  thence 
to  Norway  and,  finally,  Iceland.  He  brought  the  greetings  to  Are  Marson's 
relatives,  one  of  whom,  a  child  of  Are's  cousin,  was  Thordhild,  the  mother 
of  Leif  Erickson,  thus  establishing  the  conclusion  that  Leif  had  heard 
about  a  land  in  the  west  before  starting  on  his  voyage  of  discovery. 

The  country  where  Are  Marson  was  found,  the  Norwegians 
called  "Hvitra-manna-land."  There  is  also  another  legend  from 
approximately  the  same  period,  of  a  Norse  viking,  Bjorn  Breid- 
vikakappa,  who  drifted  west  from  Ireland  and  came  to  Hvitra- 
manna-land,  so  that  name  became  established  in  the  sagas.  After 
having  related  these  legends,  Mr.  Ueland  says: 

"Now,  it  struck  me  that  there  might  be  some  connection  between  those 
ancient  records  of  your  Church,  and  the  sagas.    This  idea  is  original  with 


HVITRA-MANNA-LAND  AND  LAMONI  191 

me,  and  may  look  preposterous,  but  none  of  the  scholars  of  Norway,  who 
have  treated  upon  those  legends,  seem  to  know  anything  about  your  tradi- 
tions. If  they  had  known  the  same,  would  they  not  have  attempted  to  con* 
nect  the  two?  It  would  seem  from  your  records  that  those  white  races  kept 
records  down  from  the  fifth  century.  *  *  *I  am  not  enough  of  a  scholar 
to  analyze  just  what  the  word  'Hvitra-manna-land'  means.  Literally,  it  would 
seem  to  be,  'White  men's  land.'  Now,  did  that  description  only  refer  to  a 
lighter  blue  hue  than  for  instance,  the  negroes,  whom  they  called  "Bluemen," 
or  the  Skrellings,  believed  to  have  been  Esquimaux?" 

The  letter  from  which  this  quotation  is  taken  seems  to  me 
to  be  an  evidence  that  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  at  work,  even 
outside  the  boundaries  of  the  Church,  to  establish  the  authen- 
ticity of  the  Book  of  Mormon  by  such  evidence  as  the  intellec- 
tual, educated  portion  of  the  world  can  readily  grasp. 

Mr.  Ueland's  account  of  pre-Columbian  visits  of  Icelanders 
to  the  North  American  continent  is  an  able  summary  of  sagas 
preserved  in  ancient  documents,  such  as  those  published  more 
than  three  quarters  of  a  century  ago,  by  the  learned  Danish 
scholar,  Charles  Christian  Rafn,  in  Antiquitates  Americanae. 
I  may  be  permitted  to  add  what  the  scholarly  von  Tschudi 
(Peruvian  Antiquities,  p.  5),  speaking  of  Scandinavians  in  pre- 
historic America,  says: 

"This,  however,  is  certain,  that  the  monuments,  inscriptions,  arms, 
utensils,  tools,  and  remains  of  the  dead,  recently  found  in  the  states  of 
Rhode  Island,  Massachusetts,  and  elsewhere,  attest  an  entrance  of  strangers 
into  the  country,  much  more  considerable  than  any  of  those  which  the 
manuscripts  we  have  mentioned  bring  to  our  knowledge." 

Mr.  Ueland  refers  to  the  tradition  concerning  Hvitraman- 
naland  and,  naturally,  supposes  that  there  may  be  some  connec- 
tion between  that  tradition  and  the  historical  part  of  the  Book 
of  Mormon. 

Scholars  have  suggested  that  Hvitramannaland,  or,  as  the 
word  means,  "White  Men's  Land,"  may  have  been  so  called 
by  the  Indians  on  account  of  white-clad  Catholic  priests,  or 
missionaries,  who  had  founded  colonies  there.  This  is,  of  course, 
conjecture.     Is  there  no  explanation  more  plausible? 

Is  it  not  possible  that  the  word  "Hvi>amannaland"  is  the 
Icelandic  translation  of  an  Indian  name  of  a  country,  which  the 
Icelanders,  as  soon  as  its  meaning  became  kown  to  them,  rend- 
ered into  their  own  tongue?  We  do  the  same  thing  when  we, 
for  instance,  call  a  certain  territory  in  Germany  the  "Black 
Forest,"  instead  of  Schwarzwald.  But  is  such  an  Indian  word 
known  to  exist,  or  to  have  existed? 

Dr.  Brinton  (Myths  of  the  New  World,  p.  207)  says,  "The 
Algonquins,  with  one  voice,  called  those  of  their  tribes  living 
nearest  the  rising  sun  'Abnakis,'  our  ancestors  at  the  east,  at  the 
dawn;   literally,  our  white  ancestors."     I  have  underlined  the 


192  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

word  "white."  This  proves  that  the  great  and  numerous  stock 
of  Indians  known  as  Algonquins  have  preserved  a  tradition 
concerning  a  land  of  a  "white"  ancestry. — Hvitra-manna-land. 

If  we  inquire  further  into  the  meaning  of  the  word  Abrtaki, 
we  find  in  the  Lenape  dialect  the  word  Lumon-aki,  which  Rafin- 
esque  (The  American  Nations,  Vol.  1,  p.  129)  translates  "white 
country" — the  very  identical  word  which  the  Icelanders,  in  their 
relations  and  records,  may  have  translated  "Hvitramannaland," 
just  as  Rafinesque  does. 

Abn-aki  and  Lumon-aki  are,  of  course,  variants  of  the  same 
word,  abn  being  an  easily  understood  abbreviation  of  Lumon, 
and  both  meaning  "white,"  while  aki  is  the  Algonquin,  or  at 
least  Lenape,  for  "country." 

But  where  did  the  pre-Columbian  Indians  get  the  word 
Lumon  (or  Laman)  for  "white"?  The  Book  of  Mormon  alone 
answers  that  question.  That  volume,  as  is  well  known,  tells  us  that 
one  of  their  ancestors  was  named  Laman,  which  means  '"white" ; 
for  laman  is  the  same  as  the  Hebrew,  Laban,  and  that  is  the 
meaning  of  that  word.  But  Indian  tradition,  by  pointing  to  a 
"white"  ancestry,  or  a  "white"  country,  also  proves,  if  I  read 
the  story  correctly,  that  American  natives,  or  some  of  them,  are 
"Lamanites;"  that  is,  descendants  of  an  ancestor  whose  name 
was  "White,"  or,  which  is  the  same,  "Laman."  And  the  Ice- 
landers, in  transmitting  to  us  their  own  valuable  records,  are 
witnesses  ;©  the  fact  that  the  Indians  with  whom  they  came 
in  contact  had  such  traditions  centuries  before  Columbus  ap- 
peared in  this  hemisphere. 

In  the  Book  of  Mormon  (Alma  21:22)  we  read  of  the  "land 
which  was  under  the  reign  of  King  Lamoni."  It  seems  to  me 
that  if  we  consider  the  meaning  of  names,  and  the  information 
conveyed  either  in  historic  or  legendary  form,  it  is  difficult 
lo  efface  the  impression  from  one's  mind  that  the  Lumonaki 
of  the  Lenapes  and  the  Hvitramannaland  of  the  Icelanders,  con- 
sidered merely  as  words,  are  derived  from  the  Land  of  Lamoni, 
or  from  Laman. 

In  Yucatan  we  find  the  word  in  the  form  of  Labna  as  the 
name  of  a  city  near  Uxmal.  Laman  is,  according  to  Reclus,  the 
name  of  a  tribe  of  the  Ulva  stock  of  Indians,  possibly  the  same 
as  the  Ramos.  The  river  Mico,  also  called  Bluefields,  was  called 
Lama  by  the  Indians  (Cyrus  Thomas,  Indian  Languages  of 
Mexico  and  Central  America,  Bur.,  of  Am.  Ethn.  Bull.  44,  p. 
79 ) .  In  South  America,  we  have  in  the  vicinity  of  Truxillo,  the 
Lamanos,  or  Lamistas,  (Brinton,  American  Race,  p.  216)  and  the 
Lamas  on  the  river  Maranon  (Ibid.  p.  285).  So  that  the  Book- 
of-Mormon  name  Laman  has  been  perpetuated  among  the  In- 
dians and  is  found  to  this  day  in  various  forms  all  over  America. 


HVITRAMANNALAND  AND  LAMONI  193 

Mr.  Ueland  says  he  does  not  "believe  in  the  truth  of  the 
sjory  about  those  golden  plates." 

May  I  ask  then,  what  about  the  testimony  of  the  three  wit- 
nesses ?  They  solemnly  affirm  that  they  saw  the  angel,heard  the 
voice  from  heaven,  and  handled  and  examined  the  plates.  They 
were  men  of  good  character,  of  sound  mind,  more  than  average 
intelligence — men  whose  testimony  was  as  good  as  that  of  any 
American  citizen.  Martin  Harris  was  a  weU-do-do  farmer. 
Oliver  Cowdery  was  a  school  teacher  and,  later,  a  lawyer.  David 
Whitmer  was,  if  njpt  in  a  worldly  sense,  a  successful  business 
man,  a  highly  respected  American  citizen.  How  would  their 
testimony  be  received  by  an  impartial  jury? 

I  asked  that  question  in  a  priesthood  meeting,  recently,  and 
Mr.  James  H.  Moyle,  one  of  our  prominent  lawyers,  who  was 
present,  and  who,  in  his  younger  days,  had  heard  Martin  Harris 
speak,  and  had  interviewed  David  Whitmer  at  Richmond,  Mo., 
said  in  substance  that  in  a  case  involving  property  rights,  for 
instance,  the  decision  of  which  would  depend  on  the  crediblility 
of  the  testimony  of  the  three  witnesses  as  given  in  the  Book 
of  Mormon,  the  court  would  be  bound  by  the  rules  of  evidence 
to  find  in  favor  of  the  side  represented  by  them.  I  believe  this 
to  be  absolutely  true. 


Bits  of  Philosophy 


Be  a  child  in  heart  but  not  a  boob  in  action. 

The  more  you  get  after  people  the  farther  you  get  away  from 
them. 

It  is  a  poor  bargain  to  trade  a  spirit-thrilled  life  for  a    fun- 
fizzled  life. 

There  is  only  one  step  from  heaven  to  hell,  but  a  million 
from  hell  to  heaven. 

The  depth  of  our  regret  for  the  imperfect  in  our  lives  is 
the  measure  of  our  progress. 

It  is  better  to  giggle  at  the  silliest  thing  in  the  world,  than 
to  be  sad  about  your  own  sadness. 

Simple  faith,  plain  humility,  genuine  sincerity,  moral  cour- 
age, and  gentle  charity  constitute  a  great  soul. 

Nephi  Jensen 


Greetings 


The  Improvement  Era  sends  greetings  to  its  friends  through- 
out the  world  with  a  wish  that  the  inspirational  song  of  the 
heavenly  hosts  to  the  shepherds  of  old  may  find  lodgment  in  the 
hearts  of  the  nations  and  be  a  comfort  to  every  individual  and 
every  family  group  in  the  land,  On  earth  peace,  good  will  toward 
men." 

We  believe  that  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  is  the  panacea  for 
the  ills  of  the  nations  and  for  individuals;  and  furthermore,  that 
every  man,  woman  and  child  should  be  willing  to  submit  them- 
selves to  its  influences,  and  to  sacrifice,  if  necsssary,  their  own 
selfish  desires  and  wills  for  the  good  of  those  around  them,  keep- 
ing in  \iew  the  great  commandments:  "Thou  shalt  love  the 
Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  and  with 
all  thy  mind,     *     *     *     an(J  thy  neighbor  as  thyself." 

The  celebration  of  this  Christmas  holiday  should  be  di- 
rected to  these  thoughts  and  ideas.  Every  soul  should  put  them 
into  practice,  not  alone  for  the  one  day,  but  for  every  day  of 
their  lives.  If  this  unitedly  could  be  done,  and  it  can  be,  what 
a  marvelous  reformation  and  change  would  take  place,  both  in 
the  affairs  of  nations  and  individuals !  Let  us  work  to  that  end, 
so  that  we  shall  do  our  part  to  bring  the  rest  and  peace  of  our 
Lord  and  Savior  to  the  world! 


A  Day  for  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 


An  item  in  the  Priesthood  Quorums'  Table  in  this  num- 
ber of  the  Era  calls  attention  to  an  order  of  the  First  Presi- 
dency, requesting  bishops  in  the  Church  to  arrange  for  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood,  under  the  direction  of  the  bishops,  to  take 
charge  of  the  ward  Sacrament  meeting  on  Dec.  10.  A  suggestive 
program  is  also  given,  to  which  attention  is  called.  This  idea 
of  permitting  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  to  exercise  this  function 
in  the  Church  is  a  splendid  movement  which  should  be  encour- 
aged.    Every  preparation  should  tend  to  make  these  meetings 


EDITORS'  TABLE  195 

successful.  Many  will  recall  the  auspicious  special  services  held 
on  May  15,  last,  commemorating  the  restoration  of  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood.  All  who  were  present  at  these  inspirational  meet- 
ings and  listened  to  the  young  men  of  the  Lesser  Priesthood, 
were  heartened  with  faith  that  the  great  work  which  has  been 
established,  known  as  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints,  is  going  to  he  safe  in  the  hands  of  the  youth  of  Zion, 
who  are  thus  exercising  their  calling  in  the  Priesthood. 

On  the  present  occasion  the  discussion  of  tithing  is  to  be 
emphasized.  Tithing  is  one  of  the  grandest  doctrines  in  the 
Church  when  thoroughly  understood.  It  furnishes  the  whole 
community  with  a  means  of  assisting  in  the  upbuilding  of  the 
Kingdom  of  God.  It  gives  them  something  to  work  to;  and  if 
there  is  any  one  thing  above  another  that  provides  impetus  for 
the  accomplishment  of  any  great  work,  it  is  the  vision  of  it. 
When  the  vision  of  the  early  prophets  of  this  Church  was  shown 
to  the  people  and  it  was  told  them  they  should  become  great 
and  mighty  in  the  midst  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  they  were 
willing  to  pass  through  great  tribulation  uncomplainingly  to 
make  it  a  reality.     Its  fulfilment  is  before  us. 

A  vision  of  what  this  Church  is  to  become  through  the 
principle  of  tithing,  and  what  it  is  to  accomplish  for  the  indi- 
vidual, will  give  zeal  in  our  activities  and  enthusiasm  in  our 
labors.  The  young  men  holding  the  Priesthood  need  prophetic 
sight  to  get  the  best  effort  that  is  in  them  to  the  front.  The 
idea  of  a  meeting  of  this  kind  is  therefore  excellent.  It  gives 
them  opportunity  for  expression  and  a  desire  to  perform  the 
labors  under  the  Priesthood  with  understanding,  foresight,  and 
eagerness.  We  trust  that  not  only  the  bishops,  but  that  all 
the  members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  will  get  the  spirit  of 
this  great  movement,  and  make  it  one  of  the  big  events  in  the 
Church.  All  of  us,  both  young  and  old,  will  thus  obtain  a 
clearer  understanding  of  the  great  law  of  tithing,  which  obeyed, 
will  sanctify  Zion,  make  it  a  land  of  the  pure  in  heart,  and  us 
worthy  to  abide  therein. 


Earthquakes  and  Desolation 

The  destruction  caused  by  the  seismic  disturbances  in  our 
South  American  sister  republic,  Chile,  is  one  of  the  great  calam- 
ities .of  the  present  day.  The  reports  show  that  the  effects  of  the 
tidal  waves  that  followed  the  earthquake  shocks,  were  felt  for  a 
distance  of  1,200  miles  along  the  coast,  from  Antofagasta  on 


196  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  north,  to  Valdivia  in  the  south,  and  that  on  an  area  of  140 
miles  by  about  250,  scarcely  a  human  habitation  is  left.  The 
casualties  amount  to  thousands  and  the  loss  of  property  is  im- 
mense. 

The  scientific  explanation,  as  gi\en  by  Captain  T.  J.  J.  Lee, 
government  astronomer  at  the  Mare  Island  navy  station,  is  that 
some  portion  of  the  bottom  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  perhaps  as 
large  an  area  as  one  of  our  smaller  states,  sank,  owing  to  a  dis- 
turbance of  the  underlying  strata  by  steam,  produced  by  the 
water  coming  in  contact  with  the  hot  lava.  The  steam  would 
press  the  lava  towards  the  shore  and  cause  upheavals,  while 
the  susbidence  of  the  ocean  floor  would  first  draw  the  water 
towards  the  depression,  and  then  send  some  of  it  back  in  waves, 
before  the  equilibrium  was  fully  restored. 

The  South  American  west  coast  is  liable  to  such  disturb- 
ances. The  entire  coast  line  seems  to  be  slowly  rising  out  of 
the  deep.  Sir  Clements  Markham  says  it  has  been  upraised  from 
the  sea  since  man  took  possession  of  the  adjacent  land,  and 
lived  by  raising  maize  and  cotton.  (The  Incas  of  Peru,  p.  200.) 
And  the  supposition  is  that  the  entire  Andean  mountain  chain, 
and  its  lofty,  snow-capped  peaks  and  beautiful  mountain  val- 
leys, were  created  in  remote  geological  times,  by  means  of  just 
such  mighty  forces  as  those  whose  work  man  still  views  with 
awe  and  wonder. 

But  earthquakes  and  consequent  desolation  have  also  an- 
other message  to  this  generation  than  that  which  comes  through 
the  deduction  of  the  sciences,  important  though  this  is  and 
full  of  interest.    Their  voice  is,  above  all,  one  of  warning. 

In  1831,  our  Lord  gave  a  revelation  through  the  Prophet 
Joseph  Smith,  in  which  he  stated  that  earthquakes  and  desola- 
tion in  divers  places  would  be  among  the  signs  by  which  we  may 
know  that  "the  times  of  the  Gentiles"  are  nearing  the  end. 
(Doc.  and  Cov.  45:30-33.) 

He  said  in  the  same  revelation  (v.  26),  "The  whole  earth 
shall  be  in  commotion,  and  mens  hearts  shall  fail  them."  "And 
also  cometh  the  testimony  of  the  voice  of  thunderings,  and  the 
voice  of  lightnings,  and  the  voice  of  tempests,  and  the  voice  of 
the  waves  of  the  sea,  heaving  themselves  beyond  their  bounds." 
(Doc.  and  Cov.  88:90.)  The  voice  of  such  calamities  is,  there- 
fore, a  warning  to  be  prepared  for  the  end  of  the  present  dispen- 
sation and  the  beginning  of  the  new,  during  which  the  nations 
of  the  world  will  be  united  under  the  scepter  of  our  Lord,  Jesus 
Christ,  who  owns  this  earth  and  is  its  lawful  King  and  Ruler; 
when,  in  other  words,  his  kingdom  will  be  established,  and  his 
will  done  on  earth  as  it  is  done  in  heaven. 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


197 


Messages  from  the  Missions 

A  Message  from  Africa 

The  accompanying  picture  shows  the  elders  laboring  in  the  Cape  con- 
ferences. The  gentleman  standing  second  from  the  right  is  Brother  Peter 
L.  Stoman,  who  traveled  a  distance  of  two  thousand  miles  from  Salisbury, 
Rhodesia,  for  the  purpose  of  being  baptized.  Such  examples  of  faith  and 
effort  encourages  one  to  sow  the  good  seed,  for  one  cannot  tell  when  it  will 
fall  in  fertile  soil. 

The  free  advertisement  department  manages  to  keep  us  constantly  before 
the  public.    The  following  ,from  the  Cape  Argus,  is  the  latest  contribution: 

"The  spiritual  needs  of  Sea  and  Green  Pointers  are  just  now  receiving 
very  close  attention  from  two  plausible  young  men,  who  explain  that  they 
are  making  a  house-to-house  visitation  with  the  idea  of  bringing  people  to 
realize  the  wickedness  of  sin  and  the  need  for  basking  in  the  light  of  the 
true  Church,  which,  in  this  case,  is  apparently  that  of  the  Latter-day  Saints. 
There  have  been  several  complaints  of  the  methods  adopted  by  these  'mis- 
sionaries,' who,  in  nearly  every  instance,  pay  their  visits  during  the  absence 
of  the  male  members  of  the  household. |  Before  leaving  they  press  litera- 
ture dealing  with  the  Book  of  Mormon  on  those  whom  they  visit,  and  in- 
variably promise  to  make  another  call.'" 


Missionaries,  reading  from  left  to  right,  front  row:  Conference  Presi- 
dent Clinton  M.  Black,  Mission  President  James  Wyley  Sessions,  Marc 
Sessions,  Magdalen  Sessions,  Mission  Relief  Societies  and  Y.  L.  M.  I.  A., 
Rosamonde  Sessions;  Mission  Secretary  Aaron  T.  Peters.  Back  row,  First 
Counselor  Branch  Presidency  Walter  O.  Hanson;  Second  Counselor  Branch 
President  John  Walsh;  Orville  S.  Cox;  Gordon  H.  Sears;  Wendell  C.  Sevy; 
Frank  W.  Nye;  Royal  D.  Crook;  Peter  L.  Stoman,  of  Salisbury,  Rhodesia; 
and  Clarence  W.  Jones.  Branch  President  Thomas  Wilson  could  not  be 
present  when  the  picture  was  taken. — J.  Wyley  Sessions,  Mission  President 


198  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Success  in  Minnesota 

Elder  V.  M.  Jones,  writing  from  Duluth,  Minnesota,  October  5,  encloses 
this  photograph  of  the  missionaries  laboring  in  Duluth,  Minnesota,  and 
Superior,  Wisconsin.  The  elders  have  met  with  success  throughout  the  en- 
tire summer,  not  only  in  .trading,  but  in  Book  of  Mormon  work  and  holding 
meetings.  Several  people  have  been  added  to  the  fold.  They  all  enjoy 
the  spirit  of  their  calling  and  are  enthusiastic  in  their  work,  and  feel  that 
the  hand  of  God  is  in  it  all.  They  rejoice  in  the  knowledge  of  being  worthy 
of  his  blessings. 


Missionaries,  left  to  right;  back  row:  Fontell  Peterson,  Glenwood; 
Hedvig  Mamer,  Millville,  Utah;  Minette  McArthur,  Lowell,  Wyo.;  front, 
R.  E.  Farmer,  Clifton;  E.  A.  Evans,  Raymond;  V.  M.  Jones,  Dayton,  Idaho; 
Samuel  Park,  Tooele,  Utah. 

%\  Twelve  Baptized 

Mission  Secretary  Marion  George  Romney,  of  Newton,  Sydney,  Aus- 
tralia, reports  that  the  New  South  Wales  conference  of  the  Australian 
mission  is  on  a  good  sound  basis,  and  while  the  progress  is  not  startling, 
the  cause  is  steadily  gaining  ground.  The  elders,  under  the  able  leadership 
of  President  Don  C.  Rushton,  and  with  the  support  of  the  Saints,  are 
pursuing  with  vigor  the  work  of  carrying  the  glad  tidings  to  the  people. 
Sunday,  July  3,  conference  was  held  at  Sydney,  and  though  weather  condi- 
tions were  unfavorable,  the  attendance  was  very  good,  some  of  the  Saints 
having  come  from  over  100  miles  away.  It  was  the  first  conference  since  Elders 
McKay  and  Cannon  were  present  with  them,  and  naturally  the  memories 
of  the  people  reverted  to  that  auspicious  occasion,  and  the  experience 
and  advice  received  came  forcibly  to  them  again.  For  the  first  time  in  the 
history  of  the  Church  in  Australia,  there  were  three  Sunday  Schools  repre- 
sented in  one  conference,  the  schools  being  located  at  Newton,  Bankston,  and 
Newcastle.  Favorable  reports  were  given  by  the  superintendents.  Other 
meetings  were  held  at  2:30  and  7  p.  m.,  when  President  Rushton  was  the 
principal  speaker.  Elder  Romney  concludes:  "During  the  past  six  months 
we  have  baptized  twelve  people  into  the  Church.     Only  one  of  them  was 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


199 


taken  from  the  children's  record.     Many  advancements  have  been  made  in 
the  Priesthood,  and  the  cause  in  this  conference  is  steadily  gaining  ground." 


|    I  |   | 


m  f 


^f" 


*&    0^ 


Missionaries  laboring  in  the  New  South  Wales  conference  of  the  Aus- 
tralian mission,  left  to  right,  standing:  Terah  L.  Black,  Raymon  P.  Nelson, 
Harold  R.  Jackson,  Bryan  S.  Collett,  Claudius  Tolman,  Neils  W.  Oldroyd, 
Arlie  V.  Bean.  Sitting:  Alvin  Englestead,  William  L.  Jones,  Mrs.  Don  C. 
Rushton,  Don  C.  Ruhston,  mission  president;  Marion  George  Romney,  Con- 
ference president. 

Two  Hundred  Baptized 

Elder  Royden  E.  Weight,  secretary  of  the  Netherlands  Mission,  writing 
under  date  of  October  31,  says:  "I  have  labored  as  secretary  of  the 
Netherlands-Belgium  misison  for  two  years.  As  a  mission  we  are  enjoying 
wonderful  success,  our  meetings  being  well  attended.  There  are  plenty  of 
investigators  to  visit  every  day.  We  are  distributing  thousands  of  tracts 
and  booklets  monthly,  and  many  of  the  people  are  interesting  themselves  in 
our  message.  We  do  not  at  present  have  very  much  opposition.  The  pros- 
pects for  the  future  are  very  bright,  and  our  baptism  record  for  the  past 
year  has  been  excellent,  and  will  yet  amount  to  more  than  200  before  the 
end  of  November. 

An  Inspiring  Testimony 

Elder  Ralph  S.  Gray,  Leeds  conference,  Bradford,  who  is  on  a  mission 
in  England,  and  who  is  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Mines  and  Engineering 
of  the  University  of  Utah,  writes  to  Dr.  Richard  R.  Lyman:  "I  enjoy  the 
work  more  every  day.  Although  I  have  been  here  seventeen  months,  I  feel 
as  if  my  mission  is  just  beginning.  President  Grant's  counsel  to  parents  to 
leave  their  sons  and  daughters  in  the  mission  field  as  long  as  possible,  is 
splendid  counsel.    I  trust  that  I  shall  be  able  to  fill  the  desires  of  the  Church 


200  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

authorities  in  this  respect.  Mother  informs  me  that  never  before  has  she  en- 
joyed  such  bounteous  blessings  as  since  I  was  called  into  the  service  of  the 
Master.  Thank  God  for  my  birthright,  the  Priesthood  I  hold,  and  the  herit- 
age of  gospel  blessings  that  have  come  to  me.  My  sincere  prayer  is  that 
I  may  have  strength  to  continue  the  work  of  my  mission  when  I  return  home, 
and  that  my  present  enthusiasm  in  the  work  shall  continue." 

Sunday  School  Organized 

Elder    LaPhene    Peterson,    writing    from    Galesburg,    Illinois,    October 
20,  encloses  this  portrait  of  the  elders  laboring  in  that  district  as  follows: 


Left  to  right,  J.  N.  Transtrum,  St,  Charles,  Idaho,  presiding  elder  at  Gales- 
burg; Laphene  Peterson,  Hyde  Park,  Utah,  conference  president  of  north- 
ern Illinois;  C.  A.  Neuenschwander,  Salt  Lake  City,  working  at  Galesburg; 
and  H.  Harris  Lloyd,  mission  superintendent  of  Sunday  Schools. 

"On  September  24  a  Sunday  School  was  organized  at  Galesburg,  Illinois, 
local  brethren  being  put  in  charge,  C.  W.  Custer,  superintendent;  A.  F. 
Lindbloom,  first  assistant;  L.  Wl  Brockelburt,  second  assistant.  A  teacher- 
training  class  was  organized  to  help  the  teachers  place  the  gospel  truths 
before  the  children.  We  have  a  lively  and  prosperous  branch  here.  We 
have  four  elders,  four  priests  and  one  teacher,  local  brethren,  holding  the 
Priesthood.  The  Relief  Society  is  a  powerful  unit  in  our  work.  People 
of  the  branch  are  faithful  in  attending  to  their  duties — one  hundred  per- 
cent attendance  not  uncommon.  We  find  the  Era  valuable  in  keeping  us 
in  touch  with  the  work,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  aside  from  the  excellent 
teachings  found  in  its  pages." 

Bay  of  Islands  Conference 

Five  elders  are  laboring  among  the  Maori  people  in  this  conference 
and  two  with  the  Europeans.  StandingT  left  to  right: — Henry  J.  Armstrong, 
Salt  Lake  City;  Harold  J.  Cassity,  Provo,  presiding  over  the  European 
work;  Jonathan  R.  Bennett,  Holden;  Russel  Layne,  Lewiston.  Sitting: 
Melvin  C.  Stewart,  Clinton;  all  of  Utah;  Alvin  T.  Maughan,  conference 
president,  Weston,  Idaho;  Joseph  M.  Stephenson,  Holden,  Utah. 

The  Bay  of  Islands  conference  includes  the  extreme  northern  portion 
of  the  North  Island.  We  have  a  membership  of  two  thousand  sixty-five 
souls  in  this  district  of  which  the  greater  majority  are  Maoris,  who  are  a 
very  sincere  and  devoted  people.  The  work  is  progressing  nicely,  and, 
although  we  have  had  a  great  deal  of  wet  weather)  during  the  past  three 
winter  months,  making  travel  very  hard  and  inconvenient,  we  are  pleased 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


201 


to  report  twenty-one  baptisms  and  many  good  prospects.     We  have  an  or- 
ganized local  priesthood  in  several  branches;  the  brethren  are  putting  forth 


untiring  efforts  and  are  accomplishing  excellent  results.  We  are  regular 
readers  of  the  Improvement  Era,  appreciate  its  good  instructions,  and  wish 
is  continued  success. — H.  J.  Cassity. 

Nucleus  for   a  New   Branch 

Elder  Osmond  O.  Jorgensen  and  Obra  Pearce,  the  latter  of  Beaver,  and 
the  former  of  Logan,  Utah,  are  located  in  Aberdeen,  the  granite  city  of 
Scotland,  where,  he  says:  "Every- 
thing is  built  of  native  granite, 
and  with  the  clean  streets  and 
beautiful  flowers  and  shrubbery,  it 
gives  the  city  a  pleasing  appear- 
ance. The  people  here  are  not  very 
hasty  to  take  up  with  the  message 
we  have  to  give  them,  but  we  have 
been  given  courteous  treatment  in 
our  open-air  meetings  and  tracting, 
which  have  been  very  successful  the 
past  summer,  and  our  efforts  have 
been  rewarded  by  the  addition  of 
seven  people  to  the  Church.  We 
hope  this  number  will  furnish  a 
nucleus,  for  a  branch  of  the  Church 
which  we  are  endeavoring  to  es- 
tablish here.  Being  refused  the 
privilege  of  using  the  baths  in  the 
city  we  baptized  our  converts  in 
the  sea,  a  fact  which  was  men- 
tioned in  write-ups  in  a  number  of 
local  papers,  and  papers  all 
throughout  Scotland." 


202 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 
The  Thames  Dialogue  Co. 


Elder  Abram  M.  McFarland,  conference  president,  Thames,  New  Zea- 
land, under  date  of  September  14,  sends  this  picture  of  the  Thames  Dialogue 
company,  which  is  made  up  of  officers  and  members  of  the  Sunday  School 
and  Mutual  Improvement  Association.  The  elders  laboring  in  the  Hauraki 
district  are  standing  at  the  back,  and  are:  Warren  Tonks,  president  of  the 
Maori  work,  Victor,  Idaho;  Abram  M.  McFarland,  Ogden,  Utah;  James  A. 
Thornton,  American  Falls,  Idaho ;  Willard  J.  Warner,  Preston,    Idaho.    "The 


company  gave  a  concert  on  the  26th  of  July  in  the  Thames  Miners'  union 
hall  for  the  benefit  of  the  Thames  branch.  About  three  hundred  Saints  and 
investigators  came  to  listen  to  the  program,  consisting  of  dialogues,  songs, 
dances,  recitations,  etc.  The  confidence  of  many  friends  was  gained  through 
this  wholesome  entertainment.  Since  the  completion  of  the  Thames  chapel 
the  elders  and  Saints  have  been  very  successful  in  obtaining  friends  and  in- 
vestigators, so  that  the  work  is  progressing  rapidly  here,  and  we  pray  for 
continual  success." 

Birmingham  Conference  Reports  Energetic  Work 

Edgar  W.  Jeffery,  conference  president  of  the  Birmingham  conference, 
England,  under  date  of  August  10,  says:  "The  elders  here  are  laboring 
energetically  to  present  the  message  of  life  and  salvation  to  the  people  of 
their  respective  districts.  The  attitude  of  the  people  is  one  of  indifference, 
not  only  toward  the  Latter  day  Saints  and  "Mormonism"  but  toward  every- 
thing of  a  religious  nature.  So  deeply  concerned  are  they  with  the  physical 
things  of  life  that  they  have  neither  time  nor  inclination  to  listen  to  things 
spiritual.  Notwithstanding,  we  have  been  making  progress.  Our  meetings 
are  better  attended  by  strangers  and  investigators,  and  in  spite  of  the 
recent  campaign  waged  against  us  by  the  press,  the  state,  and  the  pulpit, 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


203 


we  are  more  generally  and  favorably  known  by  the  fair-minded,  truth-seek- 
ing portion  of  the  population  than  ever  before." 


Elders  of  the  Birmingham  conference,  sitting,  left  to  right:  Francis  R. 
Kirkham,  Salt  Lake  City;  John  O.  Hughes,  Mendon;  Edgar  W.  Jeffery, 
conference  president,  Delta;  Tyler  H.  Barton,  Kaysville;  George  C.  Wareing, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  Standing:  Earl  N.  Palfreyman,  Springville;  William 
C.  Thornley,  Smithfield,  Utah;  George  R.  Follick,  Montpelier,  Idaho;  J. 
Elden  Brown,  Draper;  Edward  W.  Southwick,  Lehi;  Esdras  Whittaker, 
Ogden;  Vernon  W.  Maughan,  Wellsville;  Marvin  L.  Nielson,  Garland, 
Utah. 

Favorable  Conditions  in  Holland 

Elder  Sam  R.  Carpenter,  Arnhem,  Holland,  June  9  says:  "It  seems 
to  me  that  there  never  was  a  time  of  greater  progress  in  the  Church  than 
at  present.  That  vital  energy  shown  by  our  grand-parents  is  still  making 
itself  manifest  among  their  children.  The  pulsing  life  found  in  the 
"Mormon"  Church  is  witnessed  in  no  other  organization.  To  me  the 
reason  is  that  the  religion  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  arises  out  of  individual 
conviction  and  love  for  the  truth,  and  is  not  like  that  of  the  world  gen- 
erally, arising  out  of  custom  and  habit.  Five  missionaries  and  about 
fourteen  Saints  left  Holland  for  Zion  last  Wednesday.  We  are  being 
blessed  very  much  in  our  work,  and  are  receiving  new  hands  to  help. 
Conditions  are  favorable  here  at  present.  We  are  in  no  way  hindered  in 
spreading  our  message.  We  held  a  very  successful  conference  on  the 
21st  of  May,  and  are  reaching  many  in  our  trading  work.  In  very  deed 
we  are  in  a  wonderful  field  of  labor.  We  recently  visited  what  they  call 
here  the  Holy  Land  Foundation,  a  movement  of  the  Catholic  Church,  to 
bring  into  life  as  much  as  possible  the  land  and  customs  of  Jerusalem  at 
the  time  of  the  Savior.  The  work  is  very  instructive.  They  have  a  re- 
production of  Golgotha,  the  tomb,  the  stall  where  Christ  was  born,  the 
gates  of  Jerusalem,  etc.  We  had  a  real  instructive  tour,  a  priest  explaining 
to   us   the   situation    so   that   we   had    quite   an    insight   into    some   of  the 


204  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Catholic  principles.  The  'Foundation'  is  within  walking  distance  of  the 
German  border.  We  took  the  side  trip  across  the  line,  and  were  so  able 
to  send  cards  home  through  Germany,  took  some  pictures,  and  for  37c 
bought  sufficient  paper  money  to  provide  souvenirs  for  our  friends." 

Tahitian  Mission  has  a  New  President 

Elder  H.  Kennard  has  been  succeeded  as  president  of  the  Tahitian  mis- 
sion by  Elder  O.  B.  Peterson. 

New  President  Danish  Mission 

Elder  Alma  L.  Peterson  of  Huntsville,  Utah,  has  been  called  to  preside 
over  the  Danish  mission.  Elder  Peterson  performed  a  mission  to  Norway  in 
1910-12,  and  presided  for  some  time  over  the  Aarhus  conference.  Elder 
Carl  Peterson,  of  Ogden,  who  now  presides  over  the  Danish  mission,  has  been 
honorably  released  and  will  return  home,  when  the  new  president  arrives. 

Elder  LeRoi  Snow,  Secretary  Eastern  States  Mission 

At  the  General  Board  meeting  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  on  November  15, 
1922,  General  Superintendent  George  Albert  Smith  reported  that  Elder  LeRoi 
C.  Snow  was  about  to  leave  for  the  Eastern  States  mission.  He  congratulated 
Elder  Snow  on  his  appointment  as  secretary  of  that  mission  and  extended 
him  the  thanks  and  appreciation  of  the  General  Board  for  his  faithful  and 
excellent  service  as  a  member  of  the  Board.  He  was  granted  a  leave  of 
absence.  He  was  also  presented  with  a  copy  of  the  combined  Book  of  Mor- 
mon, DoctrbJe  and  Covenants,  and  Pearl  of  Great  Price  as  a  token  of  the 
love  and  esteem  of  the  members  of  the  Board.  In  response,  Elder  Snow 
stated  that  he  regretted  to  leave  the  Board  again,  having  once  left  to  reside 
in  Arizona,  but  returned  in  order  that  he  might  be  in  closer  touch  with  the 
Snow  family  and  also  to  resume  his  associations  with  the  General  Board. 
He  considered  it  a  great  honor  to  be  called  to  his  present  position,  and  with 
pleasure,  accepted  the  call.  He  complimented  the  Board  upon  their  splendid 
labors  and  assured  them  that  he  would  continue  his  work  in  the  mission  in 
behalf  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 


Our  Slogan 


We  stand  for  a  life  of  purity, 

That  is  more  than  a  passing  trite. 
For  a  life  whose  acts  are  a  surety, 

Of  thought  that  is  clean   and   right; 
We   stand  for   a   firm   allegiance 

That  is  more  than  a  boasted  deed, 
For  a  true  and  loyal  obedience 

To  the  code  of  our  fathers'  creed ; 
We  stand  for  the  hope  predestinate 

That  is  more  than  a  platitude 
When  the  "pure  in  heartl"  shall  consummate 

The   Master's  Beatitude. 
Mesa,  Arizona  Bertha  A.  Kleinman 


The.Lesser  Priesthood  to  Take  Charge  of  Meetings  December  10 

As  announced  in  the  November  number  of  the  Improvement  Era,  the 
First  Presidency  of  the  Church  have  approved  a  recommendation  of  the 
Presiding  Bishopric  to  set  apart  the  Sunday  of  December  10,  as  a  day 
for  the  discussion  of  tithing,  when  the  Sacrament  meetings  are  to  be  con- 
ducted by  the  young  men  of  each  ward  in  the  Church  who  hold  the 
Aaronic   Priesthood,   under   the    direction    of   the   bishop    of   the   ward. 

Recently,  the  Presiding  Bishopric  sent  a  leter  to  each  of  the  bish- 
ops throughout  the  Church,  requesting  them  to  prepare  a  suitable  program, 
adapted  to  the  local  conditions  and  circumstances,  and  have  such  program 
announced  in  the  various  organizations  and  meetings  between  the  time  the 
letter  was  received  and  the  10th  of  December.  The  Presiding  Bishop 
likewise  in  this  letter,  suggested  the  following  items  as  appropriate  for  a 
program  for  this  occasion: 

1.  The  recitation  in  concert  of  the  law  of  tithing,  Sections  119,  120, 
Doctrine  and  Covenants. 

2.  A  recitation  of  the  third  chapter  of  Malachi,  commencing  with  the 
ninth  verse. 

3.  The  teachers  and  priests  assigned  to  give  five  minute  talks  on: 
(a)  The  history  of  tithing  among  the  Hebrews,  (b)  Purpose  of  tithing.  (3) 
How  to  tithe,  (d)  Who  should  pay  tithing?  (e)  When  to  pay  tithing,  and 
the  blessings  that  are  promised  to  those  who  faithfully  observe  this  im- 
portant law  of  the  gospel. 

Members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  should  be  elected  to  open  and 
close  the  meeting  with  prayer,  to  act  as  ushers  and  to  perform  such  other 
duties  as  may  be  required  at  the  service  on  that  day. 

If  possible,  musical  exercises  should  also  be  given  by  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood;  and  all  the  singing  should  be  in  harmony  with  the  spirit  of 
the  restored  gospel,  such  as:  "And  Angel  from  on  High;"  "Come,  all  Ye 
Sons  of  God;"  "What  was  Witnessed  in  the  Heavens?"  and  similar  inspir- 
ing musical  numbers. 

Undoubtedly  the  bishops  can  make  this  one  of  the  big  events  of  the 
wards,  and  it  will  aid  in  encouraging  the  congregation,  as  well  as  the  young 
people,  in  obtaining  a  better  understanding  of  the  law  of  tithing,  being  an 
impetus  to  have  them  apply  it  in  their  daily  lives. 


Annual  Visit  of  the  Bishop  to  the  Peopled/of  the  Wards 

To  enable  the  bishops  to  become  better  acquainted  with  the  people 
and  their  home-life  it  has  become  the  custom  in  the  Church  that  they  and 
their  counselors  shall  make  an  annual  house  to  house  visit.  The  First 
Presidency  have  again  expressed  their  desire  that  such  annual  visit  be  made 
again  this  year,  and  the  Presiding  Bishopric  have  notified  bishops  in  the 
wards  of  the  Church  to  this  effect.  If  the  membership  of  the  ward  is  so 
large  that  it  is  not  possible  for  each  family  to  be  visited  by  the  bishop 
or  his  counselors,  it  is  suggested  that  the  ward  be  divided  into  districts,  and 
brethren  holding  the  Priesthood  be  called  to  assist  in  this  important  labor. 
During  the  visit  it  is  especially  required  that  an  effort  should  be  made 
to  see  that  every  member  of  the  Church  in  each  ward  is  enrolled  upon 
the  records  of  the  ward.  Where  their  membership  is  not  recorded,  such 
information  should  be  given  to  the  bishop,  and  inquiry  made  of  the  Presid- 


206 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


iug  Bishop's  office  for  their  certificates  of  membership.  Their  visits  are 
very  necessary,  and  are  instituted  to  encourage  and  instruct  the  members 
of  the  Church  concerning  their  religious  duties.  It  is  also  an  opportunity 
to  give  such  counsel  and  advice  as  may  be  necessary,  and  to  encourage  the 
Saints  to  pay  their  tithes  and  offerings;  to  attend  Sacramental  meetings,  and 
to  remember  their  prayers  and  family  duties.  The  bishops  are  enjoined 
to  commence  the  work  early,  so  that  a  complete  visit  may  be  made  before 
the  end  of  the  year. 


Many   Baptisms   Performed 

Stanley  J.  Tingey,  writing  from  Joplin,  Missouri,  reports  that  the 
work  in  Webb  City  and  Joplin  branches  is  progressing  rapidly. 
"Many  baptisms  have  been  performed  in  these  branches  in  tie  past  year. 


Mutual  Improvement  Association  meetings  are  very  successful.  Mission- 
aries, left  to  right:  Elder  F.  Pratt  Hawks,  Annie  E.  Cloverly,  Almira  Miller, 
E.  Dean  Orme;  back  row,  Stanley  J.  Tingey,  J.  Conrad  Wangsgaard,  Harry 
A.  Steinagel,  Clyde  F.   Curtis,  and  George  B.  Lyon." 


What  They  Say 


"The  Era  is  by  far  the  most  popular  publication  we  have  among  the 
elders." — Elder  Earl  B.  Snell,  secretary  of  the  Swiss-German  Mission,  Basel. 

"We  deem  the  Improvement  Era  a  most  worthy  companion  in  promul- 
gating the  gospel  and  desire  its  continued  advancement." — L.  W.  Doxey, 
Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

"We  enjoy  the  Improvement  Era  much.  It  is  a  big  help  in  our  mis- 
sionary labors,  giving  the  people  opportunity  to  see  some  of  our  literature, 
and  what  the  Latter-day  Saints  publish  and  read  at  home." — Elder  WUliam 
C.  Warner,  Perth,  West  Australia. 


A   Great   Convention 

About  480  boy  scout  executives  devoted  eight  days  to  the  serious  study 
of  the  problems  of  America,  recently,  at  Blue  Ridge,  North  Carolina.  There 
were  representatives  from  England,  France,  Canada,  and  from  every  state 
in  the  Union,  all  of  which  gave  emphasis  to  the  local  and  international 
character  of  Scouting.  There  were,  besides  representatives  of  many  organ- 
izations such  as  the  American  Red  Cross,  the  American  Legion,  Inter- 
national 5f.  M.  C.  A.,  National  Catholic  Welfare  Council,  International  Sun- 
day School  Association,  Community  Center  and  Playground  Movements, 
which  assured  the  conference  of  their  hearty  cooperation  in  the  extension 
of  the  movement.    Each  day  was  divided  into  ten  distinct  program  sections. 

half  of  which  were  for  the  whole 
conference,  and  half  for  group 
meetings.  This  provided  oppor- 
tunity for  the  study  and  discus- 
sion of  practically  every  phase  of 
scout  executives'  work.  Organiza- 
tion, recreations,  exhibits  of  local 
council  methods,  camping,  and 
other  parts  of  the  scout  program, 
constituted  an  elaborate  means  of 
study  between  sessions.  There 
were  also  motion  pictures  of  scout 
activities,  nature  study  hikes  into 
the  mountains,  and  rest  periods,  fit- 
ting the  delegates  for  the  strenu- 
ous work  of  the  conference.  There 
was  a  training  school  for  scout 
executives,  under  the  leadership 
of  Chief  Scout  Executive  James 
E.  Wlest,  and  other  leaders.  "Ser- 
James  Wilder,  head  of  Sea-Scouting,  vice,"  the  battle  cry  of  the  scout 
Boy  Scouts  of  America;  Oscar  A.  Kirk-  movement,  was  here  discussed.  Re< 
ham,  Executive  Director  Y.  M.  M.  I.  ports  on  the  principle  phases  of 
A.,  Salt  Lake  Council,  Boy  Scouts  of  the  scout  executives'  job  were  dis- 
America,  and  Daniel  Beard,  National  triLuted  in  printed  form  in  ad- 
Scout  Commissioner,  Boy  Scouts  of  vance  of  the  conference  so  that  the 
America,  who  sent  the  following  greet-  executives  came  together  to  prepare 
ing  to  the  Boy  Scouts  of  the  inter-  to  discuss  these  reports  and  take 
mountain  region:  "Boys,  you  live  on  action  upon  the  recommendations. 
the  backbone  of  our  land;  therefore,  I  Problems,  such  as,  how  to  reach 
expect  you  to  become  the  backbone  the  "under  boy";  men  must  set 
of  our  Scout  organization." —  the  example,  exemplified  by  Prof- 

(Signed)   Dan   Beard,   Chief,     essor    Herman    H.    Home,    of    the 

New  York  University  in  the  words : 
"Men,  be  what  you  want  your  boys  to  become;"  business  efficiency,  and 
moral  qualities,  were  also  stressed.  The  chief  scout  executive  demanded 
that  executives  face  facts,  discuss  them,  deal  only  with  facts  of  the  Boy 


208  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Scout  movement:  its  membership,  its  methods,  its  right  to  public  confi- 
dence and  support.  There  were  special  delegates  from  England,  France, 
and  Canada. — Captain  Francis  Gidney,  camp  director  of  the  British  Boy 
Scouts;  M.  J.  Guerin-Des  Jardins,  who  represented  three  scout  organiza- 
tions in  France,  and  John  Stiles,  from  the  Canadian  Boy  Scouts,  whose  words 
concerning  practical  experience  in  scouting  in  their  own  countries,  received 
deep  attention. 

The  singing  of  the  conference  at  the  "fellowship  hour"'  was  noteworthy 
as  a  definite  expression  of  the  under-current  of  spiritual  life  which  charac- 
terizes the  successful  scout  executive.  The  special  "fellowship  hour"  on 
Sunday,  on  the  mountain  top,  brought  all  the  delegates  together,  who  list- 
ened to  representatives  of  the  three  great  religious  bodies  in  this  country, 
Protestant,  Catholic,  and  Jewish,  speak  on  scouting  and  religion.  The 
speakers  agreed  that  scouting  with  its  fine  code  of  practical  service,  is  a 
tangible  expression  in  every  boy's  life  of  the  faith  in  which  he  is  trained. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  churches  of  America  have  furnished  over  ninety  per 
cent  of  the  scout  leaders,  including  scout  masters.  The  conference  went  on 
record  in  support  of  the  National  Council's  recommendation  that  no  scout- 
ing activity  should  take  place  on  Sunday,  which  is  not  in  harmony  with  the 
religious  conviction  and  customs  of  the  church  people. 

The  conference  was  strong  for  more  expert  training  of  our  scout  lead- 
ers, for  wider  expansion  of  sea  scouting,  for  a  renewed  emphasis  on  the 
romance  and  adventure  bound  up  in  the  Boy  Scout  program,  and  for  an 
aggressive  measure  to  secure  volunteer  leadership  essential  to  meet  the  de- 
mands of  the  boyhood  of  America  for  this  form  of  training.  The  National 
Council  reported  that  the  affairs  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  as  an  or- 
ganization were  never  in  better  shape.  The  membership  today  is  well  over 
the  half  million  mark,  some  120,000  of  whom  are  volunteer  leaders,  scout- 
masters, members  of  local  councils  and  others.  This  second  bi-ennial  con- 
ference of  men  who  are  giving  their  full  time  to  leadership  in  this  movement 
was  regarded  by  the  officers  and  friends  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  as 
bringing  this  important  work  for  boys  to  a  point  of  departure  in  its  his- 
tory, from  which  it  is  certain  a  great  expansion  of  the  movement  will  take 
place.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of  boys  are  waiting  to  join  the  movement. 
The  measures  adopted  at  the  conferences  were  all  for  more  effective  ad- 
ministrative leadership.  Through  the  cooperation  of  many  national  organ- 
izations, including  churches  and  schools,  the  volunteer  leadership  in  scout- 
ing, so  indispensable  for  the  maintenance  and  increase  of  boy  membership, 
will  doubtless  be  received. 

Scout  executives  George  A.  Goates,  Ogden;  Victor  Lindblad,  Logan, 
and  A.  A.  Anderson,  Provo;  and  Dr.  George  R.  Hill,  Logan,  were  in 
attendance. 

Scout  Executive  Oscar  A.  Kirkham  had  the  privilege  and  pleasure  of 
taking  part  in  the  program,  and  he  presided  at  one  of  the  general  services, 
at  which  he  had  the  honor  of  being  introduced  to  the  French  delegate  of 
the  conference.  Later,  through  the  courtesy  of  this  delegate,  M.  J.  Guerin- 
Des  Jardins,  he  was  made  an  honorary  member  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  France. 
As  a  general  summary  of  the  conference,  this  might  be  of  interest,  taken  from 
The  Scout  Executive: 

This  conference  reiterated  its  loyalty  to  church,  home  and  school; 

This  conference  has  solemnized  us, 

America  expects  so  much  of  us. 

This  conference  has  humbled  us; 

We  have  made  such  little  progress. 

This  conference  has  heartened  us, 

It  has  given  us  new  hopes  and  aspirations  and  new  tools  to  work  with. 


MUTUAL  WORK  209 

This  conference  has  challenged  us, 

It  has  given  us  the  vision  of  great  and  glorious  conquest. 

Suggestive  Method  for  Securing  Members 

The  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  of  the  Church  has  a  membership  of  42,000  at 
present.  In  order  to  obtain  the  desired  50,000,  it  means  that  our  number 
must  increase  to  the  extent  of  slightly  more  than  20  per  cent.  The  mem- 
bership committee  of  each  ward  should  provide  a  list  of  non-members  and 
divide  the  names  among  their  members  and  additional  workers.  The  com- 
mittee and  workers  should  make  a  special  study  of  the  people  to  be  ap- 
proached. It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  methods  of  approach  be 
given  most  thorough  consideration  as  well.  Organize  thoroughly  the  forces 
to  be  applied  in  this  campaign  and  provide  for  a  system  of  regular  reporting 
and  systematic  checking.  It  is  urged  that  the  membershipi  committe  eof  eacb 
stake  and  ward  read  carefully  the  various  methods  of  securing  new  mem- 
bers as  given  in  the  Handbook,  and  that  they  seek  the  Lord  for  inspiration 
and  ability  to  reach  the  heart  of  prospective  members.  Stimulate  the 
workers  with  the  thought,  "He  can  who  thinks  he  can." 

The  Association  itself  can  aid  in  the  work:  (1)  By  proper  example 
by  its  officers.  (2)  By  having  officers  who  understand  tbeir  business,  and 
will  apply  themselves.  (3)  By  good  class  preparation  on  the  part  of  the 
officers  and  present  members.  (4)  By  a  first  class  social  and  activity  pro- 
gram. 

Leadership  Week 

At  the  Brigham  Young  University  has  been  announced  for  the  week 
commencing  January  22.  The  program  for  this  year  will  follow  some- 
what the  general  plan  as  established  last  year  and  which  was  so  very  suc- 
cessful. New  features  and  lecturers  will  be  included  on  the  program  of 
the  various  departments  so  that  not  only  new  subject  matter  but  also  new 
method  of  attack  will  be  introduced.  It  is  hoped  by  authorities  of  the  insti- 
tution that  the  attendance  will  be  even  more  representative  than  was  the 
case  last  year,  although  over  half  of  the  stakes  had  someone  in  attendance 
last  year.  Leadership  Week  is  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  B.  Y.  U. 
Extension  Division. 

Have  an  Objective 

Thomas  A.  Beal.  Member-  of  the  General  Board 

In  order  to  develope  faith  and  initiative  one  must  carry  some  responsi- 
bility. Only  by  doing  things  for  ourselves  do  we  come  to  realize  fully 
the  importance  of  them.  Things  foreign  to  us  are  not  as  interesting  by 
any  means  as  those  to  which  we  have  contributed.  That  is,  that  which  is 
part  jof  our  making,  which  we  have  added  to,  is  the  thing  in  which  we  are 
most  interested.  Those  on  the  bleachers  watching  a  football  game  are 
interested  in  their  team's  winning,  but  they  cannot  possibly  be  as  interested 
as  those  who  are  actually  in  the  game.  In  other  words,  we  want  to  be  in  the 
game.    The  thrill  of  success  is  worth  all  the  effort. 

But  no  one  ever  succeeded  without  work.  Things  do  not  come  simply 
with  the  asking.  Effort  must  be  put  forth  on  our  part.  By  work  and  faith 
we  may  accomplish  almost  any  human  task.  Did  you  ever  read  of  any  great 
man  having  succeeded  without  work.  I  think  not.  If  you  will  read  the 
lives  of  any  of  our  great  men,  you  will  find  that  they  not  only  put  in  the 
customary  eight  hours  a  day,  but  often  twice  that  amount.  But  more 
than  work  and  faith  is  necessary  in  order  to  succeed.  One  must,  in  addi- 
tion to  these,  have  an  objective.  Too  many  of  our  young  men  are  going 
through  school  and  through  life  without  an  objective.    They  are  like  a  boat 


210  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

upon  the  sea  without  a  rudder  and  are^iossed  hither  and  thither  with 
each  wind  that  blows.  They  do  not  know  where  they  are  going.  What 
young  men  need  today  is  a  goal  toward  which  to  constantly  direct  their 
efforts. 

Often  it  has  become  my  duty  to  help  young  men  find  themselves. 
To  get  them  thinking  as  to  what  they  want  to  be  in  life.  As  to  where 
they  are  going.  I  frequently  ask  my  students  what  their  objective  is.  After 
a  young  man,  by  careful  analysis,  has  determined  what  his  objective  in 
life  is,  then  he  has  half  won  the  race.  By  diligent  work  and  faith  he  is 
then  sure  to  succeed. 

Fidelity  to  work  coupled  with  an  objective,  is,  then,  the  principal 
problem.  Whatever  one  undertakes  he  should  do  so  with  the  idea  of  mak< 
ing  it  the  best.  Efficiency  should  be  his  motto.  Fidelity  to  work  not  only 
makes  for  success  but  for  efficiency,  too.  Let  me  explain.  In  1911,  or 
thereabouts,  Princeton  and  Yale  were  rivals  for  the  football  championship. 
On  Friday,  preceding  the  game  at  Princeton  on  Saturday,  the  English  pro- 
fessor assigned  a  theme  to  his  class  to  be  handed  in  on  the  following  Mon- 
day week  bence.  The  game  came  off  Saturday  as  scheduled,  and  Princeton 
won.  The  following  Saturday  a  return  game  was  played  on  the  Yale  cam- 
pus. Again  the  Princeton  team  was  successful.  The  next  Monday  when  the 
English  class  convened  and  the  teacher  called  for  the  papers,  one  after 
another  of  the  students  answered  unprepared,  giving  as  their  reason  that 
they  were  so  interested  in  the  two  games  that  they  couldn't  think  of  any- 
thing else.  When  the  teacher  was  about  to  give  up  in  despair,  the  last  man 
on  the  roll,  Sam  White,  handed  in  his  paper.  Not  only  did  he  have  time  to 
captain  the  Princeton  team,  and  not  only  did  he  win  the  two  games  as  the 
star  player,  but  he  also  had  time  to  prepare  his  theme  for  his  English  in- 
structor. This  illustrates  fidelity  to  work.  Sam  White  was  faithful  to 
every  trust  placed  in  him. 

In  your  "M"  work,  young  man,  first  have  an  objective,  determine 
what  you  want  to  get  out  of  the  "M"  work,  have  your  eye  upon  the  mark, 
then  put  your  faith  and  best  efforts  into  it  and  success  shall  be  your  reward. 

Bremerton  Mutual 

The  M.  I.  A.  work  is  prospering  greatly  in  the  Bremerton  branch,  West 
Washington  conference.  Brother  Emil  Lundstrom,  as  president  of  the 
young  men,  and  Sister  Sydney  Minnette,  as  president  of  the  young  ladies, 
are  both  putting  forth  every  effort  to  make  this  year  a  greater  success  than 
any  preceding  year.  These  two  are  aided  materially  by  the  other  officers 
and  branch  members,  all  of  whom  appear  to  take  a  great  deal  of  interest  in 
the  M.  I.  A.  work. 

In  a  recent  drive,  100  per  cent  of  the  members  paid  their  fund.  But 
this  is  not  the  only  line  in  which  they  are  succeeding.  In  all  other  points, 
tending  for  100  per  cent  efficient,  they  are  showing  marked  success,  and 
as  the  officers  say,  will  not  be  satisfied  with  less  than  100  per  cent  efficient 
for  1922-23.— Abrctm  H.  Cannon. 

What  is  the  Hour  of  Fate  in  a  Persons  Life? — 7  p.  m. 

Why? 

This  is  the  answer: 

A  person's  waking  hours  are  divided  between  industry  and  leisure;  to  a 
majority  of  mankind,  seven  p.  m.  marks  the  end  of  work  and  the  beginning 
of  leisure. 

It  is  the  hour  a  person  makes  a  choice  of  the  kind  of  leisure  he  is  to 
have. 

If  you  turn  to  leisure  which  means  improvement  of  your  mind  and  body 
and  soul,  you  tvin;  if  otherwise,  you  lose. 


MUTUAL  WORK  211 

For  what  is  a  man  profited,  if  he  shall  gain  the  whole  world,  and  lose 
his  own  soul?    What  shall  a  man  give  in  exchange  for  his  soul? 

The  M.  I.  A.  stands  for  a  pure  life  through  clean  thought  and)  action. 

Ten  Reasons  why  you  should  attend  the  M.  I.  A. 

1.  It  places  the  boy  and  girl  in  companionship  with  the  best  elements 
in  the  community. 

2.  It  gives  unusual  social  advantages,  and  provides  wholesome  recrea- 
tion  under   proper   leadership. 

3.  It  affords  them  an  opportunity  to  express  themselves  before  the 
public,  which  in  itself  is  a  valuable  training  for  the  duties  of  life. 

4.  It  enables  them  to  discover  their  possibilities  and  to  render  actual 
service  to  others. 

5.  It  satisfies  every  condition  and  want  usually  supplied  by  social 
societies,  literary  organizations  and  private  clubs;  and  it  teaches  young  men 
and  young  women   proper  conduct   at  dances   and   socials. 

6.  It  develops  the  young  man  and  boy  in  athletics,  helpful  games  and 
scout-craft,  and  teaches  the  girl  the  essentials  of  home-making. 

7.  It  affords  them  training  in  music,  public  speaking  and  story- 
telling, and  helps  them  to  find)  their  life's  work. 

8.  It  gives  them  something  good  to  do;  it  keeps  alive  in  them  the 
ideals  of  their  noble  ancestors,  and  holds  them  in  harmony  with  the  spirit 
of  the  gospel. 

9.  It  offers  opportunity  for  the  study  of  religious,  ethical,  social  and 
industrial  questions  of  the  day  fcsm  a  "Mormon"  point  of  view,  and  under 
the   influence   of  the  spirit   of  the   gospel. 

10.  It  gives  them  pride  to  know  that  they  are  members  of  an  organiza- 
tion of  a  hundred  thousand  active  young  people  working  for  the  spiritual, 
social,  and  intellectual  advancement  of  its  membership. 

The  presidency  and  "officers  of  the  7th  ward  Mutual  Improvement 
Association,  Logan,  Utah  cordially  invite  you  to  become  an  active  member 
through  attendance  at  our  regular  services,  every  Tuesday  evening  at  7:30 
p.  m. 


On  the  Summit  of  Mt.  Putnam,  9000  Feet  Above  Sea  Level 

In  the  early  morning  of  August  17,  1922,  fourteen  boy  scouts  of  Troop 
5,  Hatch  ward,  Idaho  stake,  left  for  a  two  days'  hike  to  the  mountains. 
George  M.  Gooch,  now  deputy  commissioner  of  Idaho  stake,  planned  and 


212  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

supervised  the  hike.  They  reached  camp  about  2  o'clock,  which  was  situ- 
ated some  15  miles  away  at  the  foot  of  the  glorious  Mt.  Putman.  The 
greater  part  of  their  time  was  spent  in  hiking  to  various  points  of  interest, 
and  they  had  wrestling  matches  in  the  afternoon,  and  songs,  games,  and 
stories  at  the  evening  campfires.  The  outing  was  keenly  enjoyed  by  all  the 
scouts,  and  they  experienced  a  few  adventures  in  break-downs,  loss  of 
lunch  and  lack  of  water,   which  proved  that  they  were  real   scouts. 

The  Spirit  of  Scouting 
By  President  James  H.  Robinson,  of  the  South  Davis  stake 

Scouting  as  the  stake  presidency  sees  it  is  a  wonderful  developer.  It 
holds  up  to  young  men  ideals  of  noble  character,  it  illustrates  the  qualities 
essential  to  lofty  achievement,  it  stimulates,  encourages,  and  inspires  our 
boys  to  be  and  to  do  something  in  the  world.  It  teaches  them  how  to 
acquire  practical  power  and  how  to  succeed  in  life.  It  also  teaches  them 
how  to  be  cheerful  and  happy  and  to  look  on  the  bright  side  of  life,  and 
if  there  be  no  bright  side,  to  polish  up  the  dark  side  and  make  it  worth 
while.  It  gives  to  boys  healthy  bodies  through  exercise  and  proper  living. 
Good  bones  are  better  than  gold;  and  tough  muscles,  than  silver;  and 
nerves  that  carry  energy  to  every  function  are  better  than  houses  and 
lands.     Heart-life,  soul-life,  hope,  joy,  and   love,   are   true  riches. 

Franklin  said  money  never  made  a  man  happy  yet;  there  is  nothing  in 
its  nature  to  produce  happiness.  The  more  a  man  has  the  more  he  wants. 
Instead  of  filling  a  vacuum  it  makes  one.  A  great  bank  account  can  never 
make  a  man  rich.  It  is  the  mind  that  makes  the  body  rich.  No  man  is 
rich,  however  much  money  or  land  he  may  possess,  who  has  a  poor  heart. 
Boy  Scout  work  makes  the  heart  rich  and  the  life  full,  as  we  view  it.  If 
a  man's  heart  is  poor,  that  man  is  poor  indeed,  though  he  own  and  rule 
kingdoms.  He  is  rich  or  poor  according  to  what  he  is,  and  not  according 
to  what  he  has. 

Some  men  are  rich  in  health,  in  constant  happiness  and  cheerfulness, 
in  that  fine  temperament  which  floats  them  over  troubles  and  trials  enough 
to  sink  a  ship  load  of  ordinary  men.  Others  are  rich  in  disposition,  family, 
and  friends.  Boys,  be  so  amiable  that  everyone  loves  you,  so  cheerful  that 
you  carry  an  atmosphere  of  jollity  constantly  around  with  you. 

And,  of  course,  we  have  the  right  to  expect  that  the  good  Boy  Scout 
has  learned  all  these  lessons  that  he  may  turn  out  to  be  a  good  man.  Now 
we  all  know  that  the  chances  are  strong  that  he  won't  be  much  of  a  man 
unless  he  is  a  good  deal  of  a  boy.  He  must  not  be  a  coward  or  a  weakling, 
a  bully,  a  shirk  or  a  prig.  He  must  work  hard  and  play  hard.  He  must  be 
clean-minded  and  clean-lived,  and  able  to  hold  his  own  against  all  comers 
and  under  all  circumstances.  It  is  only  on  these  conditions  that  he  will  grow 
to  be  the  kind  of  man  of  whom  we  can  all  well  be  proud. 

Let  him  set  his  aim  high,  not  forgetting  to  put  his  shoulder  low,  de- 
termined that  through  cheerfulness  and  hard  work  he  shall  accomplish 
something  in  the  world. 


A  Healthy  People 

The  annual  death  rate  in  Utah  is  only  8.2  persons  per  thousand  popu- 
lation, as  compared  with  16.5  persons  per  thousand  population  in  the 
United  States  at  large.  Dr.  W.  A.  Evans,  of  Chicago,  a  noted  hygienist,  in 
an  article  published  in  the  Chicago  Tribune,  October,  1920  said:  "Of  all 
the  states,  Utah  has  the  highest  birth  rate,  the  lowest  death  rate  and  the 
least  sickness  among  babies." 


MUTUAL  WORK 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Statistical  Report,  October,  1922 


213 


en 

U 
U 

T3 

CO 

G 

13 

bo 

a 
l-J 

c 

eu 

CO 

cu 

1-1 

a 

o 
C 

V 

CO 

B 

^j 

en 

STAKES 

u 

a 

u 
O 

a 

CU 

04 

0 

u 

a 

c 
s 
1 

a 
u 

J 

a 

0 

a 

< 

cu 

u 

G 
a 

V 

o 

a 
a 
•a 

W 

T3 

o 

"o 

•V 

C 

B 

V 

CO 

w 

«C 

u 
o 

u 

a 

u 

V 

cu 

x> 

a) 

u 

cs 

cu  — 

.a  3 

'c 

W 

co  a 

'S 

< 

< 

3 

£ 

£ 

C/3 

u 

"c3 

"1 

.cj  C 

cu 

in 

Ih 

o 

u 

"c3 

o 

s 

'c 

>£  H 

"a 

'S 

J3 

6 

6 

««  a 

"V 

.  1» 

o 

<4H  ■!-> 

•V 

cu 

o 

Wi 

£ 

fc 

ow 

< 

tfl       l-> 

H 

o< 

< 

Ui 

1— > 

H 

Bear  River  . . 

509 

13 

5 

43 

116 

46 

48 

253 

45 

43 

19 

29 

136 

Box  Elder  .  . 

801 

13 

13 

109 

268 

141 

208 

723 

70 

198 

88 

139 

495 

Carbon   

360 

10  j  4 

71 

32 

52 

■155 

54 

20 

35 

109 

Cottonwood 

782 

12 

9 

u 

67 

91 

181 

420 

'63 

40 

65 

130 

298 

1750 

16 

16 

165 

173 

201 

405 

944 

142 

114 

155 

289 

698 

210 

6 

1 

8 

10 

8 

26 

4 

7 

7 

18 

1148 | 11 

11 

91 

158 

181 

279 

709 

76 

107 

'94 

/•97 

474 

608 

11 

10 

90 

76 

71 

169 

406 

82 

57 

54 

128 

321 

338 

7 

4 

27 

43 

26 

33 

129 

20 

21 

28 

28 

93 

Mt.  O'gden  . . . 

378 

6 

6 

43 

79 

74 

143 

339 

43 

55 

50 

124 

272 

North  Davis  . 

423 

8 

8 

73 

59 

86 

95 

313 

54 

30 

50 

54 

188 

North  Sanpete 

800 

13 

8 

153 

65 

82 

123 

423 

4 

6 

5 

8 

23 

North  Sevier  . 

270 

6 

6 

39 

50 

55 

144 

36 

40 

37 

113 

North  Weber 

644 

17 

10 

'56 

21 

104 

90 

271 

'46 

17 

73 

60 

196 

Ogden  

750 

10 

10 

79 

71 

166 

214 

530 

71 

63 

107 

165 

406 

890 

13  |  10 

72 

103 

10'5 

201 

481 

64 

69 

86 

143 

362 

Roosevelt  .... 

325 

10' |  10 

I  77 

104 

55 

101 

337 

44 

49 

27 

58 

178 

San  Juan  .... 

226 

4 

4 

27 

50 

44 

61 

182 

14 

40 

25 

37 

116 

363 

6 

6 

53  |  79 

80 

105 

317 

52 

61 

38 

88 

239 

South  Davis 

497 

8 

8 

62 

77 

125 

176 

440 

49 

44 

62 

117 

272 

South  Sanpete 

543 

10 

6 

46 

61 

59 

62 

288 

42 

51 

60 

49 

202 

South  Sevier 

300 

7 

4 

41 

21 

51  1  32 

145 

41 

21 

51 

32 

145 

380 

12 

7 

39 

10 

76 

54 

179 

32 

4 

51 

34 

121 

409 

8 

5 

33 

39 

79 

64 

215 

27 

28 

52 

55 

162 

375 

9 

6 

42 

62 

75 

76 

255 

33 

40 

51 

53 

177 

Maricopa  .... 

368 

8 

8 

55 

132 

82 

99 

360 

45 

73 

69 

71 

258 

St.  Joseph  . . . 

510 

13  |  7 

36 

44 

48 

87 

215 

26 

22 

34 

60 

142 

Bingham  .... 

500 

12 

11 

80 

184 

172 

156 

592 

69 

107 

88 

96 

360 

Blackfoot  

514 

13 

10 

81 

98 

78 

118 

375 

56 

57 

46 

52 

211 

330 

8 

6 

46 

67 

66 

62 

241 

29 

46 

44 

43 

162 

181 

6 

6 

41 

62 

29 

64 

196 

35 

37 

24 

50 

146 

Franklin  .... 

339 

11 

8 

61   66 

85  |  70 

282 

42 

54 

41 

33 

170 

665 

13 

12 

114  |  153 

185 

217 

669 

83 

114 

115 

165 

477 

370 

11 

6 

48   49 

40 

65 

202 

42 

32 

36 

47 

157 

Portneuf  .... 

340 

15 

7 

48  1  24 

66 

68 

206 

32 

22 

35 

50 

139 

Raft  River  . . 

160 

9 

6 

33  |  57 

35 

39 

164 

17 

36 

20 

25 

98 

Shelley  

349 

8 

8 

67 

99 

79 

109 

354 

53 

52 

52 

72 

229 

Big  Horn  .... 

298 

6 

6 

118 

132 

86 

336 

74 

74 

61 

209 

|  190 

7 

5 

'36 

45 

28 

59 

168 

San  Luis  .... 

210 

4 

4 

41 

42 

62 

56 

201 

37 

37 

50 

23 

147 

Star  Valley  . . 

334 

11 

9 

77 

76 

102 

95 

350 

57 

46 

59 

56 

218 

325 

6 

5 

33 

64 

59 

66 

222 

Union  

158 

6 

6 

38 

76 

27 

28 

169 

33 

43 

23 

20 

119 

99 

5 

3 

21 

19 

20 

19 

79 

15 

12 

17 

15 

59 

Lethbridge  . . 

247 

10   7 

46|  78 

56 

71  |  251 

40 

38 

26 

36 

140 

Note. — The  forty-five  stakes  reporting  make  a  very  good  showing 
for  October.  Stake  officers  will  please  stir  up  the  ward  secretaries 
to  report  promptly.  There  is  no  excuse.  It  is  their  part  in  the  associa- 
tion game  to  be  dependable. 


214  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Efficiency  Report,  October,  1922 


STAKES 


in 


IS 


0.C4 


h 

O 

<fl 

CO 

bo 

u 

8 

O 

i 

IH 

w 

c 

Eg 

0.2 

B 

u 

11 

T3V 

u 

«H 

^) 

* 

£h 

Bear     River     

Box   Elder    

Carbon     

Cottonwood    

Granite    

Kanab     

Liberty    . 

Logan     

Millard     

Mt.   Ogden    

North    Davis    

North   Sanpete    .  .  . 

North  Sevier 

North    Weber    .... 

Ogden     

Pioneer    

Roosevelt     

San   Juan    

Sevier     

South    Davis     .... 

South   Sanpete    I 

South    Sevier     | 

Summit     I 

Uintah     

Wasatch     I 

Maricopa     I 

St.    Joseph     

Bingham     

Blackf oot    

Boise    

Cassia     

Franklin     

Fremont    

Oneida     

Portneuf     

Raft   River    

Shelley     

Big    Horn     

Moapa    

San    Luis    

Star  Valley    

Taylor     

Union     

Young     

Lethb  ridge     


5 
9 

6 
5 
5 
1 

7 
7 
3 
9 
7 
5 
5 
4 
7 
4 
10| 


4 
10 

6 
10 
10 
10  1 


5 

10 

10 

6 

9 

10 


10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

6 

10 

3 

8 

10' 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

8, 

X 

10 

9 

10 

10 

10 

5 

7 

9 

10 

10 

10 

3 

10 

9 

9 


10  I 
5.1 


|       9  |     10  I    10|       3  I 


5 
5 
5 

10 

7 
10 

4 
10 

7 

7 
10 

8 
10 

6 

6 
10 
10 
10 
10 

9 
10 

7 
10 

6 
10 


10 

8 

61 

10 

10 

10 

10 

-  10 

4 

10 

10 

... 

10 

4 

6 

10 

10 

5 

10 

10 

4 

9 

9 

8 

8 

10 

6 

10 

10 

8 

10 

10 

9 

6 

8 

3 

10 

10 

9 

6 

3 

7 

10 

8 

4 

9 

7 

1 

9 

10 

8 

9 

10 

9 

10 

10 

5 

10 

10 

2 

6 

8 

3 

8 

7 

8 

10 

8 

3 

6 

6 

6 

10 

10 

5 

9 

10 

7 

9 
10| 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

4 
10 

8 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

4 
10 

6 
10 
10 
10 

9 

6 

8 

6 
10 

8 
10 

8 

9 
10 
10 
10 

7 

8 
10 


5! 

5  I 
5  I 
41 
9  I 
81 
6 
6 
5 
6 
6 
5 
10 
II 
7 
5 
9 
7 
8 
6 
7 


10|       8 


5 
9 

10 

6 

9  I 
10| 

9  I 

8  I 
10  1 
10 
10  i 
10 
10 

51 
10 

7 
10 
10 

9 
10 

8 
10 
10 

8 

5 
10 
10 

9 

9 

3 
10 

7 

9 
10 
10 

8 

9 

9 
10 
10 

8 

8 
10 

6 
10 


10| 

10| 
10 

6 

9 
10 
10 
10 

7 

9 
10 
10 

8 
10 


10 

10 
8 
4 

10 
3 
3 
5 
9 

10 
5 
2 
4 
7 

10 
4 

10 


9  |       5 
6  |       6 

10  |       8 

10|  ... 

10  |     10 

10 
5  I 

10| 

10| 


The  first  snow  of  the  season,  at  Ogden,  fell  on  Mt.  Ogden,  Oct.  12. 
There  was  a  light  rainfall  in  the  city. 

The  value  of  Utah  livestock  is  estimated  at  $22,250,511,  in  a  tabulation 
by  the  state  auditor  completed  Oct.  16. 

The  British  Parliament  urns  dissolved,  Oct.  26,  by  royal  proclamation, 
and  the  new  was  summoned  to  meet  Nov.  20. 

The  coronation  of  King  Ferdinand  of  Rumania,  and  Queen  Mary,  took 
place  Oct.  15,  in  the  public  square  at  Albajulia,  in  the  presence  of  a  vast 
crowd. 

An  extra  session  of  Congress  was  called,  Nov.  9,  by  proclamation  by 
President  Harding.  It  convened  Nov.  20,  two  weeks  in  advance  of  the 
regular  session. 

Great  Britain  paid  $50,000,000  to  the  United  States  in  October,  a  first 
instalment  on  her  debt  to  our  country.  Another  like  payment  was  looked 
for  in  November. 

Isaac  Guggenheim  died,  Oct.  10,  at  Southampton,  England.  He  was 
known  as  an  American  capitalist  and  copper  magnate.  His  death  was 
sudden  and  unexpected. 

Snow  and  rain  fell  all  over  Utah  the  last  days  of  October  and  first 
days  of  November,  ending  a  "dry"  season"  which  has  lasted  since  August. 
The  change  was  welcomed  by  farmers  and  stock  raisers. 

The  Richmond  tabernacle  was  dedicated,  Oct.  29,  at  the  Benson  stake 
quarterly  conference,  by  Elder  George  F.  Richards.  The  building  was 
begun  twenty  years  ago,  and  finished  at  a  total  cost  of  $49,814.65. 

Indictments  by  the  Utah  state  grand  jury  were  returned,  Oct.  27,  against 
twelve  coal  dealers  of  the  state  and  lumber  dealers  in  Salt  Lake  City, 
for  having  combined  to  raise  or  to  maintain  high  prices  on  their  products. 

Justice  Wm.  R.  Day  resigned  Oct.  24,  his  position  as  associate  justice 
of  the  U.  S.  Supreme  Court,  to  take  effect  Nov.  14.  He  resigned  in  order 
to  assume  his  duties  as  a  member  of  the  American-German  claims  commis- 
sion. 

A  new  Italian  ministry  was  formed,  Oct.  30,  by  Benito  Mussolini, 
composed  of  four  different  political  parties.  The  supposition  is  that  the 
new  government  will  support  France  at  the  coming  Near  Eastern  peace  con- 
gress. 

Henry  Wallace  Crocket  died  at  Provo,  Utah,  Oct.  15,  after  an  opera- 
tion for  appendicitis.  He  was  superintendent  of  the  State  Mental  Hospital 
farm,  and  brother  of  the  secretary  of  state.  He  was  a  native  of  Logan,  Utah, 
46  years  old. 

Norway  was  awarded  $12,000,000  by  the  arbitration  tribunal  which  for 
several  months  has  been  considering  the  controversy  between  that  country 
and  the  United  States  involving  claims  growing  out  of  the  requisitioning 
of  Norwegian  vessels  during  the  war. 

James  Vincent,  of  Spanish  Fork,  Utah,  died  at  his  home  there,  Oct.  9, 


216  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

of  ailments  incident  to  advanced  age.  He  was  94  years  old,  the  oldest 
inhabitant  of  the  town.  He  was  horn  in  Rackheat,  Norfolk,  England,  and 
came  to  Utah  in  1864. 

A  terrific  explosion  occurred,  November  6,  in  the  No.  1  mine  of  the 
Reilly  Coal  Co.,  at  Spangler,  Pa.  There  were  112  men  in  the  mine  at  the 
time  of  the  accident  of  whom  32  were  rescued.  Eighty  dead  bodies  were 
brought  to  the  surface. 

The  loss  caused  jfey  the  recent  coal  strike  in  the  United  States  is  esti- 
mated at  $1,900,000,000,  according  to  Mr.  J.  G.  Bradley,  of  Dundon,  W. 
Va.,  former  president  of  the  National  Coal  Association.  The  loss  in  wages 
alone  was  $450,000,(000. 

Robert  Campbell  Gemmell  died,  Oct.  25,  of  heart  failure  on  a  train 
bound  for  Los  Angeles.  As  assistant  managing  director  of  the  Jackling 
mining  properties,  he  was  well  known  in  the  mining  world  of  Utah  and  near- 
by  states.    He  was  59  years  of  age. 

Fire  destroyed  the  steamship,  City  of  Honolulu,  Oct.  12,  670  miles  off 
the  coast  of  California.  The  passengers  and  crew,  numbering  217  souls  took 
to  the  life  boats,  and,  thanks  to  radio  messages,  sent  out  before  the  ship  was 
abandoned,  were  rescued  by  a  freighter. 

A  farewell  party  for  Elder  David  O.  McKay  was  given  in  Ogden  Nov. 
2,  attended,  according  to  estimates,  by  2,500  friends  and  well-wishers.  Elder 
McKay  left  Nov.  7,  for  Liverpool,  to  take  charge  of  the  European  mission 
as  the  successor  of  Elder  Orson  F.  "Whitney. 

John  W .  Eslinger  died  suddenly  at  his  home  in  Salt  Lake  City,  Nov. 
6,  of  heart  failure,  68  years  of  age.  He  was  apparently  in  good  health 
when  he  retired  for  the  night,  but  was  found  dead  in  the  morning.  In 
1898  he  was  captain  of  police  in  Salt  Lake  City. 

Ex-Kaiser  Wilhelm  married  Princess  Hermione  of  Reuss,  at  Doran, 
Holland,  Nov.  5,  where  he  lives  in  voluntary  exile.  A  contract  was  entered 
into  which  the  bridegroom  signed  as  "Wilhelm  II."  A  religious  ceremony 
was  then  performed  by  the  Lutheran  priest,  Dr.  Vogel,  former  court  chap- 
lain. 

Uncle  Sam  received  fifty  million  dollars  from  Great  Britain,  Oct.  16,  as 
part  payment  of  interest  due  on  $4,277,000,000  borrowed  during  the  war. 
The  money  was  paid  through  J.  P.  Morgan  &  Co.,  New  York,  the  American 
fiscal  agent  of  the  British  government.  Payments  are  to  be  made  at  inter- 
vals of  six  months. 

Father  Bernard  Vaughan  died  in  London,  October  31.  He  was  a  brother 
of  Cardinal  Vaughan  and  a  famous  Jesuit  priest.  It  was  Father  Vaughan 
who,  some  years  ago,  during  a  wave  of  anti-Mormon  excitement  in  England, 
expressed  the  opinion  that  the  Mormons  ought  to  be  "dropped  into  the 
middle  of  the  ocean." 

A  convention  was  signed  Oct.  10,  at  Mudasnia,  between  the  representa- 
tives of  Great  Britain,  France,  Italy,  Greece,  and  the  Turkish  Nationalists, 
by  which  the  Turks  are  given  eastern  Thrace,  but  the  straits  are  neutral- 
ized. Conferences  are  to  be  arranged  for  further  agreements  on  peace 
terms  and  the  Dardanelles. 

The  sultanate  of  Turkey  was  declared  abolislied,  Nov.  2,  by  the  Angora 
assembly,  and  a  caliph  or  successor  of  Mohammed  was  elected  Nov.  18,  when 
the  sultan  had  fled  from  Constantinople.  By  the  adoption  of  an  organic 
statute,  all  the  functions  of  the  sultan  were  conferred  upon  *'the  nation," 
thus  popularizing  the  government. 

President  Heber  J.  Grant  addressed  the  members  of  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  Salt  Lake  City,  Oct.  18,  urging  the  development  of  the  great 
resources  of  Utah.     The  audience  was  probably  the  largest  ever  gathered 


PASSING  EVENTS  217 

at  that  great  association  of  business  men,  and  they  listened  with  marked 
attention  to  the  earnest,  practical  discourse. 

Authority  to  build  a  railroad  from  Lund  to  Cedar  City,  Iron  county, 
was  issued  by  the  interstate  commerce  commission,  Washington,  Oct.  21, 
to  the  Los  Angles  and  Salt  Lake  railroad.  The  line  will  be  32  miles  long. 
It  is  considered  necessary  for  the  development  of  the  iron  deposits  in 
Iron  county  and  the  tourist  travel  to  Utah  parks  and  the  northern  rim  of 
the  Grand  Canyon. 

Funeral  services  for  Mrs.  Geneska  Boswell  were  held  at  Nephi,  Oct. 
31,  in  the  stake  tabernacle.  The  deceased  was  a  pioneer  of  1847,  having 
come  to  Utah  in  September,  that  year.  She  was  born  in  Buffalo,  New  York, 
April  30,  1836,  and  joined  the  Church  when  eight  years  old.  She  has  lived 
in  Utah  since  1853.  She  leaves  nine  children,  47  grandchildren  and  102 
great  grandchildren. 

A  prohibition  ruling  by  Attorney  Gei.eral  Dougherty,  intended  to  make 
the  ocean  "dry,"  was  upheld  by  Federal  Judge  Learned  Hand,  Oct.  23,  in  a 
decision  against  the  steamship  companies  that  opposed  it.  Accordingly 
American  vessels  may  not  carry  intoxicating  liquors  anywhere,  and  foreign 
vessels,  not  within  the  three-mile  limit.  An  appeal  has  been  taken  by  the 
steamship  companies  to  the  supreme  court. 

Elder  John  Hardisen  Pace,  died,  at  Price,  Carbon  county,  Nov.  2. 
At  the  time  of  his  death  he  was  first  counselor  in  the  Carbon  stake  presi- 
dency. He  was  born  in  Spanish  Fork,  Nov.  1,  1856.  Elder  Pace  was  widely 
known  in  southeastern  Utah,  having  been  an  active  pioneer  in  the  settle- 
ment and  growth  of  that  part  of  the  state.  He  was  president  of  the  Pace 
Livestock  Company  and  was  interested  in  a  number  of  business  concerns. 

Dr.  Lyman  Abbott  died,  Oct.  22,  according  to  a  New  York  dispatch 
of  that  date,  nearly  87  years  of  age.  He  was  editor  of  the  Outlook  and  has 
been  famous  for  many  years  as  clergyman,  lawyer,  author,  and  successor 
to  Henry  Ward  Beecher,  as  pastor  of  Plymouth  church,  Brooklyn.  When 
the  end  came  his  four  sons  and  two  daughters  were  at  the  bedside.  Dr. 
Abbott  suffered  a  severe  attack  of  bronchitis  at  his  country  home  in  Conv 
wall-on-the-Hundson  last  summer,  from  which  he  never  fully  recovered. 

Albert  Bond,  Sr.,  was  buried  in  the  Ogden,  Utah,  cemetery,  Oct.  23. 
He  died  while  on  a  mission  to  Holland  in  September,  and  the  remains  were 
brought  to  Ogden  for  interment.  Services  were  held  in  the  tabernacle,  with 
Bishop  Clarence  Morris,  of  the  Fourteenth  ward,  presiding.  Mrs.  Bond, 
who  accompanied  her  husband  on  his  mission,  November,  1921,  returned 
with  the  body. 

The  greatest  speed  attained  by  any  traveler  was  placed  on  record  Oct. 
16,  at  Mount  Clemens,  Mich.,  when  Lieutenant  Russel  L.  Maughan,  a  U.  S. 
army  pilot  covered  a  one-kilometer  course  at  the  rate  of  248.5  miles  an 
hour.  Aeronautical  engineers  who  witnessed  the  flight  were  astounded 
and  declared  that  the  demonstration  proved  that  there  was  no  limit  to  the 
speed  that  may  be  attained  in  the  air.  Lieutenant  Maughan  is  from  Logan, 
Utah.    He  has  just  won  the  Pulitzer  aero  classic. 

Miss  Katherine  Wells  died  Nov.  10  at  the  family  residence,  Salt  Lake 
City.  She  was  a  daughter  of  the  late  Daniel  H.  Wells.  She  was  born  in 
this  city,  and  in  the  early  days,  attended  school  here.  Later,  she  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Deseret.  For  years  she  was  identified  with  the  C.  R. 
Savage  company  and  gained  a  reputation  for  skill  in  mounting  photo- 
graphs and  tinting  and  coloring.  She  was  also  identified  with  the  art 
department  of  the  State  fair. 

Bernard  Arnold  Martin  Froiseth  died  Nov.  4|  at  his  home  in  Salt  Lake 
City,  after  a  prolonged  illness.     He  was  a  prominent  real  estate  and  min- 


218  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

ing  man,  but  perhaps  better  known  as  a  pioneer  publisher  of  maps  of 
Utah.  He  was  born  in  Trondhjem,  Norway,  83  years  ago,  and  came  to 
Minnesota  in  his  early  boyhood  He  was  colonel  in  the  army  during  the 
Civil  War.  He  came  to  Salt  Lake  City  in  1869.  On  June  8,  1921,  he  and 
his  wife  celebrated  their  golden  wedding. 

Utah  has  more  beet  sugar  plants  than  aniy  other  state,  according  to 
reports  from  Washington,  Nov.  4.  Of  the  ninety  establishments  reporting  in 
1921,  eighteen  were  located  in  Utah,  sixteen  each  in  Colorado  and  Michi- 
gan, nine  in  California,  eight  in  Idaho,  four  in  Washington,  two  in  Wyom- 
ing and  one  each  in  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Minnesota,  Montana, 
and  Washington.  Colorado,  the  leading  state  as  regards  production,  in 
1921,  produced  29  per  cent  of  the  total  value  in  that  year. 

The  resignation  of  Lloyd  George  from  his  post  as  the  prime  minister 
of  Great  Britain  was  officially  announced,  Oct.  19.  The  entire  cabinet 
goes  with  him.  The  action  was  taken  in  consequence  of  a  decsion  by  a 
number  of  the  Commons  and  government  ministers,  to  appeal  to  the 
country  as  the  Conservative  party.  The  vote  was  187  to  87,  and  ended  the 
coalition  for  which  Lloyd  George  was  the  sponsor.  Lloyd  George  has  held 
the  office  for  seven  years — three  of  the  World  war — the  most  critical  period 
of  British  history  His  successor  is  Bonar  Law,  whom  the  king  summoned 
on  the  advice  of  Lloyd  George. 

The  dirigible  C-2  ivas  burned  Oct.  17  on  its  return  transcontinental 
flight  from  Ross  Field,  California,  to  Langley  Field,  Virginia,  and  seven 
persons  were  injured.  According  to  Major  H.  A.  Strauss,  commander  of  the 
ill-fated  ship,  the  accident  was  due  primarily  to  the  pulling  out  of  the 
fabric  of  the  envelope  during  a  strong  wind.  A  board  of  inquiry  was  ap 
pointed  by  Major  Royce,  commander  of  Brooks  Field,  to  investigate  the 
accident.  The  "blimp"  was  the  largest  of  the  U.  S.  Army.  Major  Strauss 
said  it  was  valued  at  possibly  $70,000,  but  originally  cost  the  government 
$270,000. 

Thomas  Nelson  Page  died  suddenly  Nov.  1,  on  his  estate  in  the  town  of 
England,  Va.  He  was  a  lawyer  and  author,  and  at  one  time,  U.  S.  am- 
bassador to  Italy.  He  was  born  April  23,  1853.  In  1893  he  moved  to 
Washington.  After  marrying  Miss  Anne  Seddon  Bruce  in  1886,  Mr.  Page 
resumed  his  literary  work,  which  he  had  begun  while  a  student,  and  finally 
devoted  his  entire  time  to  writing.  Most  of  his  stories,  which  attained  wide 
popularity,  were  of  southern  life.  Following  the  death  of  his  wife,  Mr.  Page 
went  abroad  and  in  1893,  he  married  Mrs.  Florence  Lethrop  Field,  widow 
of  Henry  Field  of  Chicago.  She  died  June  6,  1921.  The  author  had  come 
to  his  Virginia  home,  where  he  planned  to  spend  the  remaining  days  »f  his 
life,  to  begin  work  on  his  memoirs  as  ambassador  to  Italy  durng  the  Wilson 
administration. 

An  earthquake  m  Chile,  Nov.  11,  destroyed  several  cities  and  towns,  in 
the  province  of  Antofogasta,  Atacama,  and  Coquimbo.  A  tidal  wave  fol- 
lowed the  tremors,  completing  the  destruction.  The  death  roll  is  reported 
as  exceeding  a  thousand  and  the  property  lo66  runs  into  millions.  Ships 
were  swept  ashore  and  pounded  to  pieces  against  the  rocks.  The  earth- 
quake was  registered  by  the  seismograph  at  the-  University  of  Utah,  and  the 
tidal  wave  was  felt  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  indicating  violent  disturbances 
in  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Further  disturbances  were  reported  from  Serena, 
capital  of  the  province  of  Coquimbo,  on  Nov.  13,  and  also  from  Constitu- 
cion,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Maule.  On  the  14th  the  Pacific  Ocean 
was  still  restless.  Reports  from  Antofogasta  of  that  date  stated  that  the 
sea  ebbed  and  then  came  back  booming,  three  times.  The  entire  foreign 
corps  of  diplomats  at  Santiago,  Chile,  has  tendered  their  condolences  to  the 
stricken  nation. 


Integrity  Inspires  Confidence 

JOSEPH  WILLIAM  TAYLOR 

Utah's  Leading  Undertaker  and  Licensed  Embalmer 

21-25  SOUTH  WEST  TEMPLE 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

Phones:     Wasatch   7600 
Both  Office  and  Residence 

My  Service  has  the  Little  Marks  of  Difference  that  Make  it  Distinctive 


Improvement  Era,  December,  1922 

Two  Dollars  per  Annum 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  as  second  class  matted 

Acceptance  for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided  for  in  Section  1103,  Act  of 

October  3,  1917,  authorized  on  July  2,  1918 

Address  Room  406  Church  Office  Building,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Heber  J.  Grant,  )  ^ ,.  Edward  H.  Anderson,  Business  Mgr. 

Edward  H.  Anderson,  I  Moroni  Snow,  Assistant 

CONTENTS 

Portrait  of  Elder  David  O.  McKay Frontispiece 

For  Christmas  Morn.     A  Poem  Alfred  Lambourne 95 

On  Government  and  Law  Prest.  Heber  J.  Grant 97 

A  Glimpse  into  the  Secret  Diplomacy  of  the  Con- 

federate   States — II   Dr.  A.  L.  Curtis  109 

Endurato.     A  Poem  Alice  Morrill  117 

The  Feeling  of  Autumn.    A  Poem  Wallace  C.  Thompson  ..._ 117 

The  Bennion,  Jordan  Stake,  Scout  Band 118 

The  Gift  of  Peace.    A  Story Venice  Farnsworth  Anderson  ....119 

Gems  of  Thought  127 

Hearts  and  Hollyhocks— III-IV.    A  Story  Ruth  Moench  Bell  128 

In  the  Beautiful  Valley  of  Life.    A  Poem  Annie  G.  LauritzerJ 137 

Large  Families  Dr.  C.  L.  Olsen   138 

By  Whose  Authority?  _ Reinhard  Maeser  144 

That  Lad.    A  Poem  George  E.  Gibby  ....  148 

Doing  Common  Things  in  an  Uncommon  Way — 

X-XII    Dr.  George  H.  Brimhall  149 

The  Book  of  Mormon   -- _ Selections  -155 

Are  You  Honest?  Ernest  D.  Partridge  —157 

A  Call  to  Repentance  B.  H.  Roberts  159 

In   the   Light   of  History   Dr.  James  E.  Talmage  166 

God's   Dealings  with  Mankind  Prest.  Anthony  W.Ivins 170 

A  Prairie  Night.    A  Poem Frank  C.  Steele 179 

The  Church  and  the  Laws  of  the  Land  Bishop  Charles  W .  Nibley  ... 180 

There  are  no  Unknown  Dead.    A  Poem  Dr.  George  H.  Brimhall  184 

The  Church  and  Missionary  Work  David  O.  McKay  185 

Morgan  Fathers   and  Sons'  Outing  189 

Hvitra-manna-land  and  Lamoni  J.  M.  Sjodahl 190 

Bits   of   Philosophy   Nephi  Jensen -....193 

Editor's   Table — Greetings    194 

A  Day  for  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  194 

Earthquakes  and  Desolation  195 

Messages  from  the  Missions  197 

Priesthood  Quorums'  Table  205 

Mutual  Work  _ 207 

Passing  Events  215 


(r 


WhatCanYouDoBest? 

Your  success  in  life  depends  upon  choos- 
ing the  work  for  which  you  are  fitted  and 
then  IN  LEARNING  TO  DO  THAT  WORK 
WELL.  j 

Read  this  list  of  well  paying  occupations 
carefully.  Select  your  life's  work.  The 
Utah  Agricultural  College  will  prepare  you 
to  make  it  a  successful  vocation. 

AGRICULTURE — Practical  farmer;  stock  raiser;  animal  husband- 
man; poultry  husbandman;  dairy  farmer;  manager  of  creamery; 
range  manager;  soils  expert;  crops  expert;  crops  pests  inspector; 
teacher  in  agriculture;  orchardist;  county  agent;  extension  specialist; 
agricultural  chemist;  bacteriologist;  expert  in  farm  management; 
landscape  gardener;  botanist;  entomologist;  veterinarian. 

HOME  ECONOMICS — Home  demonstrator;  extension  specialist; 
teacher  in  home  economics;  dietician;  rural  health  expert;  nurse; 
borne  manager;  dressmaker;  milliner. 

ENGINEERING — Agricultural  engineer;  draftsman;  surveyor;  drain- 
age expert;  irrigation  engineer;  architect;  expert  in  rural  sanitation; 
expert  in  road  construction. 

MECHANIC  ARTS — Contractor;  automobile  mechanic;  tractor  op- 
erator; teacher  in  mechanic  arts;  gas  engine  expert;  cabinet  maker; 
carpenter;   iron  worker;   foundry  man;  expert  machinist;   draftsman. 

BUSINESS — Banker;  expert  in  marketing;  advertising  expert;  sales- 
man; manager  of  cooperative  institutions;  business  administrator; 
private  secretary;  office  manager;  typist;  stenographer;  expert  in 
agricultural  economics;  economist;  expert  in  political  science; 
teacher  in  commerce. 

GENERAL  SCIENCE — Artist;  musician;  librarian;  writer.  Thor- 
ough training  given  in  chemistry,  botany,  bacteriology,  geology, 
zoology,  entomology,  mathematics,  foreign  languages,  English,  history, 
political  science,  public  speaking,  physiology. 

EDUCATION  and  PEDAGOGY— Teachers  in  agriculture,  home  eco- 
nomics, mechanic  arts,  commerce  and  business  administration  and  in 
general  subjects  in  high  schools  and  colleges;  primarily  teachers; 
grammar  school  teachers. 

Winter  Quarter  Opens 
Tuesday,  January  2nd 

Send  for  special  catalog  and  illustrated 
circulars 

Utah  Agricultural  College 

LOGAN,  UTAH 


Clears 
Creek; 

Vcoal/ 


^HU; 


No  Need  to  Fear 
Winter's  Cold 

If  your  bins  are  well  stocked  with 
Castle  Gate  and  Clear  Creek  Coals. 

Ask  Your  Dealer 

UTAH  FUEL  CO. 

Miners  and  shippers  of  Castle  Gate 
and   Clear   Creek   Coals 


Gasile 
Gate 
\Coai 


Henager  s 

Business   College 

The   school   with   a   national 

reputation  that  holds  five 

world's  records 


School  in   session  all  the  year  and  new   students  may   enroll  at   any  time. 
Position    guaranteed    to    all    graduates 

It  pays  to  get  the  best 

Call  or  write  for  full  information 

HENAGER'S  BUSINESS  COLLEGE 

47  E.  Broadway 


Phone  Was.  1138 


SALT  LAKE  CITY 


Fire  is  No  Respecter  of  Fersons 

You  may  wait  'til  tomorrow  to  insure  but  the  fire  may  not 
"See  our  agent  in  your  town" 

UTAH   HOME   FIRE   INSURANCE  CO. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT,  &  CO.,  General  Agents 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


The  Inter-Mountain  Life  Issued  More  New  Business 

In  Utah  Last  Year  Than  Any  Other  Western  or  Southern  Co. 

This  company  is  noted  throughout  the  United  States  for: 

Its  wise  financial  policy. 

Its  low  mortality  rate. 

The  attractive  policies  it  offers. 

Its  liberal  Agents'  contracts. 
There  is  yet  room  for  reliable  representatives  within  the 
Rocky   Mountain   States.      Very   liberal   compensation  will   be 
granted  men  who  secure  these  positions. 

Inter-Mountain  Life  Insurance  Co. 

Home  Office — Boston  Building, 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

J.  O.  Carter,  President 


Investment 
Talks 

Number 

2 

Every  dollar  you  Invest  in 
one  of  our  Monthly  Instal- 
lment Certificates  is  se- 
cured by  double  that 
amount  in  First  Real 
Estate  Mortgages  deposited 
with  the  COLUMBIA 
TRUST  CO.  of  Salt  Lake 
City.  This  is  Guaranteed 
Safety. 

Invest  as  you  save. 
Free    Booklet    on    request. 

Guaranteed 

Securities  Co. 

* 

Investment  Bankers 

SUITE  206  CLIFT  BLD6. 
PHONE  WASATCH  2830 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


Electrical  Gifts 
for  the  Whole 
Family 

Gifts  both  beautiful  and  useful 
are  to  be  found  here; — every- 
thing from  electric  trains  and 
toy  ranges  to  vacuum  cleaners 
and  washing  machines. 

Utah  Po#4&  \ 
LighdCb.    s 

"Efficient  Pubftc ,  Service" 

Everything  Electrical  for  the 
Home 


SOUTHERN,  PACIFIC  LINES 

SHORTEST  AND  QUICKEST  ROUTE  TO 
SAN    FRANCISCO,    OAKLAND,    SACRA- 
MENTO, AND  ALL  CENTRAL  CALIFOR- 
NIA POINTS 

Through  sleeping  cars  from  Salt  Lake  City.  Round  trip 
tickets  now  on  sale  allowing  stop  overs  at  all  points.  Final  re- 
turn limit  nine  months  from  date  of  sale. 

We  handle  railroad  and  pullman  tickets  to  all  points  on 
our  lines  and  it  is  a  pleasure  for  us  to  assist  you  in  planning 
your  trip  and  making  your  itinerary. 

We  quote  freight  rate,  trace  shipments,  and  give  general 
information  on  passenger  and  freight  business. 

We  solicit  your  patronage  and  invite  you  to  call.  Telephone 
or  write  us  for  information  and  service. 


Passenger 
Wasatch  3008 


Telephones 

GROUND  FLOOR  OFFICE 
41   South   Main  Street 


Freight 
Wasatch  3078 


P.  BANCROFT,  District  Freight  and  Passenger  Agent 


This  Solves  It  For  You! 


21 

Greeting 

Cards 

$1.00 


(Add     10c     for 
postage) 


Beautiful  Xmas  Greeting  Cards — as- 
sortment of  21,  no  two  alike,  sent  to 
you  in  a  charmingly  decorated  box. 
These  cards  are  carefully  chosen 
from  our  own  varied  stocks  and  rep- 
resent individual  values  up  to  25c. 
You'll  be  delighted  with  them. 

Order  today. 

Why  not  books  for  gifts? 


DESERET  BOOK    COMPANY 


44  East  South  Temple 


Salt  Lake  City 


WHEN   WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,   PLEASE  MENTION   THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


^WftMtefc- 


For   Her  Christmas! 

— nothing   will   delight   more    than 
an  exquisite  box  of 


dainty   Hand  Made   Chocolates 

— famous   for   their   wonderful 

centers ! 

KEELEY'S— Salt   Lake 


Z.C.M.I.  Factory  Made 

Mountaineer 

•  Overalls 

A  splendid  Overall  that  will  give 
you  wonderful  service. 

ASK  YOUR  DEALER 
FOR  THEM. 


Is  Your  life  Insurance  Beneficial? 

The  very  best  there  is  in  Life  Insurance  issued  by 

The  Big  Home  Company 

You  need  Our  Insurance        -        -        We  want  Your  Business 

Beneficial  Life  Insurance   Co. 

Heber  J.  Grant,  Pres.       STILT  L71KB     Lorenzo  N. StohLV.Pres. &  Mgr. 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,  PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA